Godlike Productions - Conspiracy Forum
Users Online Now: 1,667 (Who's On?)Visitors Today: 531,449
Pageviews Today: 748,296Threads Today: 283Posts Today: 4,073
07:07 AM


Rate this Thread

Absolute BS Crap Reasonable Nice Amazing
 

P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead

 
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
07/30/2009 06:35 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
Century VIII



Quatrain 8,1

PAU, NAY, LORON plus feu qu'… sang sera.
Laude nager, fuir grand au surrez.
Les agassas entree refusera.
Pampon, Durancde les tiendra enferrez.

Pau, Nay, Loron will be more of fire than blood,
to swim in praise, the great one to flee to the confluence (of rivers).
He will refuse entry to the magpies
Pampon and the Durance will keep them confined.



Quatrain 8,2

Condon & Aux & autour de Mirande
Je voi du ciel feu qui les environne.
Sol Mars conjoint au Lion puis marmande
Fouldre, grand gresle, mur tombe dans Garonne.

Condom and Auch and around Mirande,
I see fire from the sky which encompasses them.
Sun and Mars conjoined in Leo,
then at Marmande, lightning, great hail,
a wall falls into the Garonne.



Quatrain 8,3

Au fort chasteau de Viglanne & Resviers
Sera serr‚ le puisnay de Nancy:
Dedans Turin seront ards les premiers,
Lors que de dueil Lyon sera transi.

Within the strong castle of Vigilance and Resviers
the younger born of Nancy will be shut up.
In Turin the first ones will be burned,
when Lyons will be transported with grief.



Quatrain 8,4

Dedans Monech le coq sera receu,
Le Cardinal de France apparoistra
Par Logarion Romain sera deceu
Foiblesse … l'aigle, & force au coq naistra.

The cock will be received into Monace,
the Cardinal of France will appear;
He will be deceived by the Roman legation;
weakness to the eagle, strength will be born to the cock.



Quatrain 8,5

Apparoistra temple luisant orn‚,
La lampe & cierge … Borne & Bretueil.
Pour la lucerne le canton destorn‚,
Quand on verra le grand coq au cercueil.

There will appear a shining ornate temple,
the lamp and the candle at Borne and Breteuil.
For the canton of Lucerne turned aside,
when one will see the great cock in his shroud.



Quatrain 8,6

Charte fulgure … Lyon apparente
Luisant, print Malte subit sera estainte,
Sardon, Mauris traitera decepvante,
Geneve … Londes … coq trahison fainte.

Lighting and brightness are seen at Lyons shining,
Malta is taken, suddenly it will be extinguished.
Sardon, Maurice will act deceitfully,
Geneva to London, feigning treason towards the cock.



Quatrain 8,7

Verceil, Milan donra intelligence,
Dedans Tycin sera faite la paye.
Courir par Siene eau, sang, feu par Florence.
Unique choir d'hault en bas faisant maie.

Vercelli, Milan will give the news,
the wound will be given at Pavia.
To run in the Seine, water, blood and fire through Florence,
the unique one falling from high to low calling for help.



Quatrain 8,8

Pres de Linterne dans de tonnes fermez,
Chivaz fera poir l'aigle la menee,
L'esleu cass‚ lui ses gens enfermez,
Dedans Turin rapt espouse emmenee.

Near Focia enclosed in some tuns
Chivasso will plot for the eagle.
The elected one driven out, he and his people shut up,
rape with Turin, the bride led away.



Quatrain 8,9

Pendant que l'aigle & le coq … Savone
Seront unis Mer Levant & Ongrie,
L'armee … Naples, Palerne, Marque d'Ancone
Rome, Venise par BVarb horrible crie.

While the eagle is united with the cock at Savonna,
the Eastern Sea and Hungary.
The army at Naples, Palermo, the marches of Ancona,
Rome and Venice a great outcry by the Barbarian.



Quatrain 8,10

Puanteur grande sortira de Lausanne,
Qu'on ne seura l'origine du fait,
Lon mettra hors toute le gente loingtaine
Feu veu au ciel, peuple estranger deffait.

A great stench will come from Lausanne,
but they will not know its origin,
they will put out all people from distant places,
fire seen in the sky, a foreign nation defeated.



Quatrain 8,11

Peuple infini paroistra … Vicence
Sans force feu brusler la Basilique
Pres de Lunage deffait grand de Valence,
Lors que Venise par more prendra pique.

A multitude of people will appear at Vicenza
without force, fire to burn the Basilica.
Near Lunage the great one of Valenza defeated:
at a time when Venice takes up the quarrel through custom.



Quatrain 8,12

Apparoistra aupres de Buffaloree
L'hault & procere entr‚ dedans Milan
L'abb‚ de Foix avec ceux de saint Morre
Feront la forbe abillez en vilan.

He will appear near to Buffalora
the highly born and tall one entered into Milan.
The Abbe of Foix with those of Saint-Meur
will cause damage dressed up as serfs.



Quatrain 8,13

Le crois‚ frere par amour effrenee
Fera par Praytus Bellesophon mourir,
Classe … mil ans la femme forcenee,
Beu le breuvage, tous deux apres perir.

The crusader brother through impassioned love
will cause Bellerophon to die through Proetus;
the fleet for a thousand years, the maddened woman,
the potion drunk, both of them then die.



Quatrain 8,14

Le grand credit d'or, d'argent l'abondance
Fera aveugler par libide honneur
Sera cogneu d'adultere l'offense,
Qui parviendra … son grand deshonneur.

The great credit of gold and abundance of silver
will cause honour to be blinded by lust;
the offence of the adulterer will become known,
which will occur to his great dishonour.



Quatrain 8,15

Vers Aquilon grans efforts par hommasse
Presque l'Europe & l'univers vexer,
Les deux eclipse mettra en tel chasse,
Et aux Pannons vie & mort renforcer.

Great exertions towards the North by a man-woman
to vex Europe and almost all the Universe.
The two eclipses will be put into such a rout
that they will reinforce life or death for the Hungarians.



Quatrain 8,16

Au lieu que HIERON feit sa nef fabriquer,
Si grand deluge sera & si subite,
Qu'on n'aura lieu ne terres s'atacquer
L'onde monter Fesulan Olympique.

At the place where HIERON has his ship built,
there will be such a great sudden flood,
that one will not have a place nor land to fall upon,
the waters mount to the Olympic Fesulan.



Quatrain 8,17

Les bien aisez subit seront desmis
Par les trois freres le monde mis en trouble,
Cit‚ marine saisiront ennemis,
Faim, feu, sang, peste & de tous maux le double.

Those at ease will suddenly be cast down,
the world put into trouble by three brothers;
their enemies will seize the marine city,
hunger, fire, blood, plague, all evils doubled.



Quatrain 8,18

De Flora issue de sa mort sera cause,
Un temps devant par jeune & vieille bueira,
Par les trois lys luis feront telle pause,
Par son fruit sauve comme chair crue mueire.

The cause of her death will be issued from Florence,
one time before drunk by young and old;
by the three lilies they will give her a great pause.
Save through her offspring as raw meat is dampened.



Quatrain 8,19

A soubstenir la grand cappe troublee,
Pour l'esclaircir les rouges marcheront,
De mort famille sera presque accablee.
Les rouges rouges le rouge assomeront.

To support the great troubled Cappe;
the reds will march in order to clarify it;
a family will be almost overcome by death,
the red, red ones will knock down the red one.



Quatrain 8,20

Le faux messaige par election fainte
Courir par urban rompu pache arreste,
Voix acheptees, de sang chappelle tainte,
Et … un autre l'empire contraicte.

The false message about the rigged election
to run through the city stopping the broken pact;
voices bought, chapel stained with blood,
the empire contracted to another one.



Quatrain 8,21

Au port d'Agde trois fustes entreront
Portant d'infect non foi & pestilence
Passant le pont mil milles embleront,
Et le pont rompre … tierce resistance.

Three foists will enter the port of Agde
carrying the infection and pestilence, not the faith.
Passing the bridge they will carry off a million,
the bridge is broken by the resistance of a third.



Quatrain 8,22

Gorsan, Narbonne, par le sel advertir
Tucham, la grace Parpignam trahie,
La ville rouge n'y vouldra consentir.
Par haulte vol drap gris vie faillie.

Coursan, Narbonne through the salt to warn
Tuchan, the grace of Perpignan betrayed;
the red town will not wish to consent to it,
in a high flight, a copy flag and a life ended.



Quatrain 8,23

Lettres trouvees de la roine les coffres,
Point de subscrit sans aucun nom d'hauteur
Par la police seront cach‚ les offres.
Qu'on ne scaura qui sera l'amateur.

Letters are found in the queen's chests,
no signature and no name of the author.
The ruse will conceal the offers;
so that they do not know who the lover is.



Quatrain 8,24

Le lieutenant … l'entree de l'huis,
Assommera la grand de Perpignan,
En se cuidant saulver … Monpertuis.
Sera deceu bastard de Luisgnan.

The lieutenant at the door of the house,
will knock down the great man of Perpignag.
Thinking to save himself at Montpertuis,
the bastard of Lusignan will be deceived.



Quatrain 8,25

Coeur de l'amant ouvert d'amour fertive
Dans le ruisseau fera ravir la Dame,
Le demi mal contrefera lassive,
Le pere … deux privera corps de l'ame.

The heart of the lover, awakened by furtive love
will ravish the lady in the stream.
She will pretend bashfully to be half injured,
the father of each will deprive the body of its soul.



Quatrain 8,26

De Caton es trouves en Barcellonne,
Mis descouvers lieu retrouvers & ruine,
Le grand qui tient ne tient vouldra Pamplonne.
Par l'abbaye de Montferrat bruine.

The bones of Cato found in Barcelona,
placed, discovered, the site found again and ruined.
The great one who holds, but does not hold,
wants Pamplona, drizzle at the abbey of Montserrat.



Quatrain 8,27

La voye auxelle l'une sur l'autre forniz
Du muy desert hor mis brave & genest
L'escript d'empereur le fenix
Veu en celui ce qu'… nul autre n'est.

The auxiliary way, one arch upon the other,
Le Muy deserted except for the brave one and his genet.
The writing of the Phoenix Emperor,
seen by him which is (shown) to no other.



Quatrain 8,28

Les simulacres d'or & argent enflez,
Qu'apres le rapt au lac furent gettez
Au desouvert estaincts tous & troublez.
Au marbre script prescript intergetez.

The copies of gold and silver inflated,
which after the theft were thrown into the lake,
at the discovery that all is exhausted and dissipated by the debt.
All scrips and bonds will be wiped out.



Quatrain 8,29

Au quart pillier l'on sacre … Saturne.
Par tremblant terre & deluge fendu
Soubz l'edifice Saturnin trouvee urne,
D'or Capion ravi & puis rendu.

At the fourth pillar which they dedicate to Saturn
split by earthquake and by flood;
under Saturn's building an urn is found
gold carried off by Caepio and then restored.



Quatrain 8,30

Dedans Tholoze non loing de Beluzer
Faisant un puis long, palais d'espectacle,
Tresor trouv‚ un chacun ira vexer,
Et en deux locz & pres del vasacle.

In Toulouse, not far from Beluzer
making a deep pit a palace of spectacle,
the treasure found will come to vex everyone
in two places and near the Basacle.



Quatrain 8,31

Premier grand fruit le prince de Perquiere
Mais puis viendra bien & cruel malin,
Dedans Venise perdra sa gloire fiere
Et mis … mal par plus joune Celin.

The first great fruit of the prince of Perchiera,
then will come a cruel and wicked man.
In Venice he will lose his proud glory,
and is led into evil by then younger Selin.



Quatrain 8,32

Garde toi roi Gaulois de ton nepveu
Qui fera tant que ton unique fils
Sera meutri … Venus faisant voeu,
Accompaign‚ de nuit que trois & six.

French king, beware of your nephew
who will do so much that your only son
will be murdered while making his vows to Venus;
accompanied at night by three and six.



Quatrain 8,33

Le grand naistra de Veronne & Vincence,
Qui portera un surnon bien indigne.
Qui … Venise vouldra faire vengeance.
Lui mesme prins homme du guet & signe.

The great one who will be born of Verona and Vincenza
who carries a very unworthy surname;
he who at Venice will wish to take vengeance,
himself taken by a man of the watch and sign.



Quatrain 8,34

Apres victoire du Lyon au Lyon
Sur la montaigne de JURA Secatombe
Delues & brodes septieme million
Lyon, Ulme … Mausol mort & tombe.

After the victory of the Lion over the Lion,
there will be great slaughter on the mountain of Jura;
floods and darkcoloured people of the seventh ( of a million ),
Lyons, Ulm at the mausoleum death and the tomb.



Quatrain 8,35

Dedans l'entree de Garonne & Baise
Et la forest non loing de Damazan
Du marsaves gelees, puis gresle & bize
Dordonnois gelle par erreur de mezan.

At the entrance to Garonne and Baise
and the forest not far from Damazan,
discoveries of the frozen sea, then hail and north winds.
Frost in the Dardonnais through the mistake of the month.



Quatrain 8,36

Sera commis conte oingdre audch‚
De Saulne & sainct Aulbin & Bell'oeuvre
Paver de marbre de tours loing espluch‚
Non Bleteram resister & chef d'oeuvre.

It will be committed against the anointed brought
>from Lons le Saulnier, Saint Aubin and Bell'oeuvre.
To pave with marble taken from distant towers,
not to risist Bletteram and his masterpiece.



Quatrain 8,37

La forteresse aupres de la Tamise
Cherra par lors le Roi dedans serr‚,
Aupres du pont sera veu en chemise
Un devant mort, puis dans le fort barr‚.

The fortress near the Thames
will fall when the king is locked up inside.
He will be seen in his shirt near the bridge,
one facing death then barred inside the fortress.



Quatrain 8,38

Le Roi de Blois dans Avignon regner
Un autre fois le peuple emonopole
Dedans le Rhosne par murs fera baigner
Jusques … cinq le dernier pres de Nolle.

The King of Blois will reign in Avignon,
once again the people covered in blood.
In the Rh“ne he will make swim
near the wallss up to five, the last one near Nolle.



Quatrain 8,39

Qu'aura est‚ par prince Bizantin,
Sera tollu par prince de Tholoze.
La foi de Foix par le chef Tholentin,
Lui faillira ne refusant l'espouse.

He who will have been for the Byzantine prince
will be taken away by the prince of Toulouse.
The faith of Foix through the leader of Tolentino
will fail him, not refusing the bride.



Quatrain 8,40

Le sang du Juste par Taurer la daurade,
Pour se venger contre les Saturnins
Au nouveau lac plongeront la marinade.
Puis marcher contre le Albanins.

The blood of the Just for Taur and La Duarade
in order to avenge itself against the Saturnines.
They will immerse the band in the new lake,
then they will march against Alba.



Quatrain 8,41

Esleu sera Renad ne sonnant mot,
Faisant le faint public vivant pain d'orge,
Tyranniser apres tant … un cop,
Mettant … pied des plus grans sus la gorge.

a fox will be elected without speaking one word,
appearing saintly in public living on barley bread,
afterwards he will suddenly become a tyrant
putting his foot on the throats of the greatest men.



Quatrain 8,42

Par avarice, par force & violence
Viendra vexer les siens chiefz d'Orl‚ans,
Pres aint Memire assault & resistance.
Mort dans sa tante diront qu'il dort leans.

Through avarice, through force and violence
the chief of Orl‚ans will come to vex his supporters.
Near St. Memire, assault and resistance.
Dead in his tent they will say he is asleep inside.



Quatrain 8,43

Par le decide de deux choses bastars
Nepveu du sang occupera le regne
Dedans lectoyre seront les coups de dars
Nepveu par peur plaire l'enseigne.

Through the fall of two bastard creatures
the nephew of the blood will occupy the throne.
Within Lectoure there will be blows of lances,
the nephew through fear will fold up his standard.



Quatrain 8,44

Le procre‚ naturel dogmion,
De sept … neuf du Chemin destorner
A roi de longue & ami au mi-hom,
Doit … Navarre fort de PAU prosterner.

The natural offspring off Ogmios
will turn off the road from seven to nine.
To the king long friend of the half man,
Navarre must destroy the fort at Pau.



Quatrain 8,45

La main escharpe & la jambe bandes,
Longs puis nay de Calais portera.
Au mot du guet la mort sera tardee
Puis dans le temple … Pasques saignera.

With his hand in a sling and his leg bandaged,
the younger brother of Calais will reach far.
At the word of the watch, the death will be delayed,
then he will bleed at Easter in the Temple.



Quatrain 8,46

Pol mensolee mourra trois lieus du Rosne
Fuis les deux prochains tarasc detrois:
Cas Mars fera le plus horrible trosne,
De coq & d'aigle de France, freres trois.

Paul the celibate will die three leagues from Rome,
the two nearest flee the oppressed monster.
When Mars will take up his horrible throne,
the Cock and the Eagle, France and the three brothers.



Quatrain 8,47

Lac Trasmenien portera tesmoignage,
Des conjurez serez dedans Perouse,
Un despolle contrefera le sage,
Truant Tedesque de sterne & minuse.

Lake Trasimene will bear witness
of the conspirators locked up inside Perugia.
A fool will imitate the wise one,
killing the Teutons, destroying and cutting to pieces.



Quatrain 8,48

Saturne en Cancer, Jupiter avec Mars,
Dedans Feurier Chaldondon salvaterre.
Sault Castalon affailli de trois pars,
Pres de Verbiesque conflit mortelle guerre.

Saturn in Cancer, Jupiter with Mars
in February 'Chaldondon' salva tierra.
Sierra Morena besieged on three sides
near Verbiesque, war and mortal conflict.



Quatrain 8,49

Saturn: au beuf joue en l'eau, Mars en fleiche,
Six de Fevrier mortalit‚ donra,
Ceux de Tardaigne … Briges si grand breche,
Qu'… Ponteroso chef Barbarin mourra,

Saturn in Taurus, Jupiter in Aquarius. Mars in Sagittarius,
the sixth of February brings death.
Those of Tardaigne so great a breach at Bruges,
that the barbarian chief wilkl die at Ponteroso.



Quatrain 8,50

La pestilence l'entour de Capadille,
Un autre faim pres de Sagont s'appreste:
Le chevalier bastard de bon senille,
Au grand de Thunes fera trancher la teste.

The plague around Capellades,
another famine is near to Sagunto;
the knightly bastard of the good old man
will cause the great one of Tunis to lose his head.



Quatrain 8,51

Le Bizantin faisant oblation,
Apres avoir Cordube … soi reprinse:
Son chemin long repos pamplation,
Mer passant proi par la Colongna prinse.

The Byzantine makes an oblation
after having taken back Cordoba.
A long rest on his road, the vines cut down,
at sea the passing prey captured by the Pillar.



Quatrain 8,52 ---- Unfinished/Censored ----

Le roi de Blois dans Avignon regner,
D'amboise & seme viendra le long de Lyndre
Ongle … Poitiers sainctes aesles ruiner
Devant Boni.

The king of Blois to reign in Avignon,
>from Amboise and 'Seme' the length of the Indre:
claws at Poitiers holy wings ruined
before Boni. . . .



Quatrain 8,53

Dedans Bolongne vouldra laves ses fautes,
Il ne pourra au temple du soleil,
Il volera faisant choses si haultes
En hierarchie n'en fut oncq un pareil.

Within Boulogne he will want to wash away his misdeeds,
he cannot at the temple of the Sun.
He will fly away, doing very great things:
In the hierarchy he had never an equal.



Quatrain 8,54

Soubz la colleur du traicte mariage,
Fait magnamine par grand Chyren selin.
Quintin, Arras recouvres au voyage
D'espaignolz fait second banc macelin.

Under the colour of the mariage treaty,
a magnanimous act by the 'Chyren selin':
St. Quintin and Arras recovered on the journey;
By the Spanish a second butcher's bench is made.



Quatrain 8,55

Entre deux fleuves se verra enserr‚,
Tonneaux & caques unis … passer outre,
Huict poutz rompus chef … tant enferr‚,
Enfans parfaictz sont jugetez en coultre.

He will find himself shut in between two rivers,
casks and barrels joined to cross beyond:
eight bridges broken, their chief run through so many times,
perfect children's throats slit by the knife.



Quatrain 8,56

La bande foible le terra occupera
Ceux de hault lieux feront horribles cris,
Le gros troppeau d'estre coin troublera
Toute pres D. nebro descouvers les escris.

The weak band will occupy the land,
those of high places will make dreadful cries.
The large herd of the outer corner troubled,
near Edinburgh it falls discovered by the writings.



Quatrain 8,57

De soldat simple parviendra en empire,
De robe courte parviendra … la longue
Vaillant aux armes en eglise on plus pire
Vexer les prestres comme l'eau fait l'esponge.

>From simple soldier he will attain to Empire,
>from the short robe he will grow into the long.
Brave in arms, much worse towards the Church,
he vexes the priests as water fills a sponge.



Quatrain 8,58

Regne en querelle aux freres divis‚,
Prendre les armes & le nom Britannique
Tiltre Anglican sera guard advis‚,
Surprins de nuict mener … l'air Gallique.

A kingdom divided by two quarrelling brothers
to take the arms and the name of Britain.
The Anglican title will be advised to watch out,
surprised by night ( the other is ), led to the French air.



Quatrain 8,59

Par deux fois hault, par deux fois mis … bas
L'orient aussie l'occident faiblira
Son adversaire apres plusiers combats,
Par mer chass‚ au besoin faillira.

Twice put up and twice cast down,
the East will also weaken the West.
Its adversary after several battles
chased by sea will fail at time of need.



Quatrain 8,60

Premier en Gaule, premier en Romanie
Par mer & terre aux Anglois & Paris
Merveilleux faitz par celle grand mesnie
Violent terax perdra le NORLARIS.

First in Gaul, first in Roumania,
over land and sea against the English and Paris.
Marvellous deeds by that great troop,
violent, the wild beast will lose Lorraine.



Quatrain 8,61

Jamais par le descouvrement du jour
Ne parviendra au signe sceptrifere
Que tous ses sieges ne soient en sejour,
Portant du coq don du TAG amifere.

Never by the revelation of daylight
will he attain the mark of the sceptre bearer.
Until all his sieges are at rest,
bringing to the Cock the gift of the armed legion.



Quatrain 8,62

Lors qu'on verra expiler le saint temple,
Plus grand du rosne leurs sacrez profaner:
Par eux naistra pestilence si ample.
Roi fuit injuste ne fera condamner.

When one sees the holy temple plundered,
the greatest of the Rh“ne profaning their sacred things;
because of them a very great pestilence will appear,
the king, unjust, will not condemn them.



Quatrain 8,63

Quand l'adultere bless‚ sans coup aura
Merdri la femme & le filz par despit,
Ferme assoumee l'enfant estranglera:
Huit captifz prins, s'estouffer sans respit.

When the adulterer wounded without a blow
will have murdered his wife and son out of spite;
his wife knocked down, he will strangle the child;
eight captives taken, choked beyond help.



Quatrain 8,64

Dedans les isles les enfans transportez,
Les deux de sept seront en desespoir,
Ceux terrouer en seront supportez,
Nom pelle prins des ligues fui l'espoir.

The infants transported into the islands,
two out of seven will be in despair.
Those of the soil will be supported by it,
the name 'shovel' taken, the hope of the leagues fails.



Quatrain 8,65

Le vieux frustr‚ du principal espoir,
Il parviendra au chef de son empire:
Vingt mois tiendra le regne … grand pouvoir,
Tiran, cruel en delaissant un pire.

The old man disappointed in his main hope,
will attain to the leadership of his Empire.
Twenty months he will hold rule with great force,
a tyrant, cruel, giving way to one worse.



Quatrain 8,66

Quand l'escritue D.M. trouvee,
En cave antique … lampe descouverte,
Loi, Roi, & Prince Ulpian esprouvee
Pavillon rogne & Duc sous la couvert.

When the inscription D.M. is found
in the ancient cave, revealed by a lamp.
Law, the King and Prince Ulpian tried,
the Queen and Duke in the pavilion under cover.



Quatrain 8,67

PAR. CAR. NERSAF, … ruine grand discord,
Ne l'un ne l'autre aura election,
Nersaf du peuple aura amour & concorde.
Ferrare, Callonne grande protection.

Paris, Carcassone, France to ruin in great disharmony,
neither one nor the other will be elected.
France will have the love and good will of the people,
Ferara, Colonna great protection.



Quatrain 8,68

Vieux Cardinal par le jeune deceu,
Hors de sa change se verra desarm‚,
Arles ne monstres double soit aperceu,
Et Liqueduct & le Prince embausm‚.

The old Cardinal is deceived by the young one,
he will find himself disarmed, out of his position:
Do not show, Arles, that the double is perceived,
both Liqueduct and the Prince embalmed.



Quatrain 8,69

Aupres du jeune le vieux ange baisser
Et le viendra surmonter … la fin:
Dix ans esgaux au plus vieux rabaisser,
De trois deux l'un huitiesme seraphin.

Beside the young one the old angel falls,
and will come to rise above him at the end;
ten years equal to most the old one falls again,
of three two and one, the eighth seraphin.



Quatrain 8,70

Il entrera vilain, mechant, infame
Tyrannisant la Mesopotamie,
Tous amis fait d'adulterine d'ame,
Terre horrible, noir de phisonomie.

He will enter, wicked, unpleasant, infamous,
tyrannizing over Mesopotamia.
All friends made by the adulterous lady,
the land dreadful and black of aspect.



Quatrain 8,71

Croistra le nombre si grand des astronomes
Chassez, bannis & livres consurez,
L'an mil six cents sept par sacre glomes
Que nul aux sacres ne seront asseurez.

The number of astrologers will grow so great,
that they will be driven out, banned and their books censored.
In the year 1607 by sacred assemblies
so that none will be safe from the holy ones.



Quatrain 8,72

Champ Perusin d'enorme deffaite
Et le conflit tout au pres de Ravenne,
Passage sacre lors qu'on fera la feste,
Vainqueur vaincu cheval manger la venne.

Oh what a huge defeat on the Perugian battlefield
and the conflict very close to Ravenna.
A holy passage when they will celebrate the feast,
the conquerer banished to eat horse meat.



Quatrain 8,73

Soldat barbare le grand Roi frappera,
Injustement non esloign‚ de mort,
L'avare mere du fait cause fera
Conjurateur & regne en grand remort.

The king is struck by a barbarian soldier,
unjustly, not far from death.
The greedy will be the cause of the deed,
conspirator and realm in great remorse.



Quatrain 8,74

En terre neufue bien avant Roi entr‚
Pendant subges lui viendront faire acueil,
Sa perfidie aura tel recontr‚
Qu'aux citadins lieu de feste & receuil.

A king entered very far into the new land
while the subjects will come to bid him welcome;
his treachery will have such a result
that to the citizens it is a reception instead of a festival.



Quatrain 8,75

Le pere & fils seront meurdris ensemble
Le prefecteur dedans son pavillon
La mere … Tours du filz ventre aura enfle
Criche verdure de failles papillon.

The father and son will be murdered together,
the leader within his pavilion.
The mother at Tours will have her belly swollen with a son,
a verdure chest with little pieces of paper.



Quatrain 8,76

Plus Macelin que roi en Angleterre
Lieu obscure nay par force aura l'empire:
Lasche sans foi, sans loi saignera terre,
Son temps approche si presque je soupire.

More of a butcher than a king in England,
born of obscure rank will gain empire through force.
Coward without faith, without law he will bleed the land;
His time approaches so close that I sigh.



Quatrain 8,77

L'antechrist trois bien tost anniehilez,
Vingt & sept ans sang durera sa guerre.
Les heretiques mortz, captifs, exilez.
Sang corps humain eau rougi gresler terre.

The antichrist very soon annihilates the three,
twenty-seven years his war will last.
The unbelievers are dead, captive, exiled;
with blood, human bodies, water and red hail covering the earth.



Quatrain 8,78

Un Bragamus avec la langue torte
Viendra des dieux le sanctuaire,
Aux heretiques il ouvrira la porte
En suscitant l'eglise militaire.

A soldier of fortune with twisted tongue
will come to the sanctuary of the gods.
He will open the door to heretics
and raise up the Church militant.



Quatrain 8,79

Qui par fer pere perdra nay de Nonnaire,
De Gorgon sur la sera sang perfetant
En terre estrange fera si tant de taire,
Qui bruslera lui mesme & son enfant.

He who loses his father by the sword, born in a Nunnery,
upon this Gorgon's blood will conceive anew;
in a strange land he will do everything to be silent,
he who will burn both himself and his child.



Quatrain 8,80

Des innocens le sang de vefue & vierge.
Tant de maulx faitz par moyen se grand Roge
Saintz simulacres tremper en ardent cierge
De frayeur crainte ne verra nul que boge.

The blood of innocents, widow and virgin,
so many evils committed by means of the Great Red One,
holy images placed over burning candles,
terrified by fear, none will be seen to move.



Quatrain 8,81

Le neuf empire en desolation
Sera chang‚ du pole aquilonaire.
De la Sicile viendra l'esmotion
Troubler l'emprise … Philip tributaire.

The new empire in desolation
will be changed from the Northern Pole.
>From Sicily will come such troub that
it will bother the enterprise tributary to Philip.



Quatrain 8,82

Ronge long, sec faisant du bon valet,
A la parfin n'aura que son congie
Poignant poison & lettres au collet
Sera saisi eschapp‚ en dangie.

Thin tall and dry, playing the good valet
in the end will have nothing but his dismissal;
sharp poison and letters in his collar,
he will be seized escaping into danger.



Quatrain 8,83

Le plus grand voile hors de port de Zara,
Pres de Bisance fera son entreprinse,
D'ennemi parte & l'ami ne sera,
Le Tiers … deux fera grand pille & prinse.

The largest sail set out of the port of Zara,
near Byzantium will carry out its enterprise.
Loss of enemy and friend will not be,
a third will turn on both with great pillage and capture.



Quatrain 8,84

Paterne orra de la Sicile crie,
Tous les aprests du Goulphre de Trieste,
Qui s'entendra jusque … la Trinacrie
Tant de voiles, fui, fuiz, l'horrible peste.

Paterno will hear the cry from Sicily,
all the preparations in the Gulf of Trieste;
it will be heard as far as Sicily
flee oh, flee, so may sails, the dreaded pestilence !



Quatrain 8,85

Entre Bayonne & … Saint Jean de Lux
Sera pos‚ de Mars la promottoire
Aux Hanix d'Aduilon Nanar hostera lux,
Puis suffocqu‚ au lict sans adjutoire.

Between Bayonne and St.Jean de Luz
will be placed the promontory of Mars.
To the Hanix of the North, Nanar will remove the light,
then suffocate in bed without assistance.



Quatrain 8,86

Par Arani Tholoser ville franque,
Bande infini par le mont Adrian,
Passe riviere, Hutin par pont la planque
Bayonne entrera tous Bihoro criant.

Through Emani, Tolosa and Villefranche,
an infinite band through the mountains of Adrian.
Passes the river, Cambat over the plank for a bridge,
Bayonne will be entered all crying Bigoree.



Quatrain 8,87

Mort conspiree viendra en plein effect,
Charge donnee & voiage de mort,
Esleu, cr‚e, receu par siens deffait.
Sang d'innocence devant foi par remort.

A death conspired will come to its full effect,
the charge given and the voyage of death.
Elected, created, received ( then ) defeated by its followers,
in remorse the blood of innocence in front of him.



Quatrain 8,88

Dans la Sardaigne un noble Roi viendra
Que ne tiendra que trois ans le royaume,
Plusieurs couleurs avec soi conjoindra,
Lui mesmes apres soin someil marrit scome.

A noble king will come to Sardinia,
who will only rule for three years in the kingdom.
He will join with himself several colours;
he himself, after taunts, care spoils slumber.



Quatrain 8,89

Pour ne tumber entre mains de son oncle,
Qui ses enfans par regner trucidez.
Orant au peuple mettant pied sur Peloncle
Mort & traisn‚ entre chevaulx bardez.

In order not to fall into the hands of his uncle
who slaughtered his children in order to reign.
Pleasing with the people, puttin his foot on 'Peloncle',
dead and dragged between armoured horses.



Quatrain 8,90

Quand des croisez un trouv‚ de sens trouble
En lieu du sacre verra un boeuf cornu
Par vierge porc son lieu lors sera comble
Par roi plus ordre ne sera soustenu.

When those of the cross are found their senses troubled,
in place of sacred things he will see a horned bull,
through the virgin the pig's place will then be filled,
order will no longer be maintained by the king.



Quatrain 8,91

Frymy les champs des Rodans entrees
Ou les croisez seront presque unis,
Les deux brassieres en Pisces rencontrees
Et un grand nombre par deluge punis.

Entered among the field of the Rh“ne ( dwellers )
where those of the cross are almost united,
the two lands meeting in Pisces
and a great number punished by the flood.



Quatrain 8,92

Loin hors du regne mis en hazard voyage
Grand host duira pour soi l'occupera,
Le roi tiendra les siens captif ostrage
A son retour tout pays pillera.

Far distant from his kingdom, sent on a dangerous journey,
he will lead a great army and keep it for himself.
The king will hold his people captive and hostage,
he will plunder the whole country on his return.



Quatrain 8,93

Sept mois sans plus obtiendra prelature
Par son deces grand scisme fera naistre:
Sept mois tiendra un autre la preture
Pres de Venise paix union renaistre.

For seven months, no longer, will he hold the office of prelate,
through his death a great schism will arise;
for seven months another acts as prelate near Venice,
peace and union are reborn.



Quatrain 8,94

Devant le lac ou plus cher fut gett‚
De sept mois, & son host desconfit
Seront Hispans par Albanois gastez
Par delai perte en donnant le conflict.

In front of the lake where the dearest one was destroyed
for seven months and his army routed;
Spaniards will be devastating by means of Alba,
through delay in giving battle, loss.



Quatrain 8,95

Le seducteur sera mis en la fosse
Et estach‚ jusques … quelque temps,
Le clerc uni le chef avec sa crosse
Picante droite attraira les contens.

The seducer will be placed in a ditch
and will be tied up for some time.
The scholar joins the chief with his cross.
The sharp right will draw the contented ones.



Quatrain 8,96

La synagogue sterile sans nul fruit
Sera receu entre les infideles
De Babylon la fille du porsuit
Misere & triste lui trenchera les aisles.

The sterile synagogue without any fruit,
will be received by the infidels,
the daughter of the persecuted (man) of Babylon,
miserable and sad, they will clip her wings.



Quatrain 8,97

A fin du VAR changer le pompotans,
Pres du rivage les trois beaux enfants naistre.
Ruine ay peuple par aage competans.
Regne ay pays changer plus voir croistre.

At the end of the Var the great powers change;
near the bank three beautiful children are born.
Ruin to the people when they are of age;
in the country the kingdom is seen to grow and change more.



Quatrain 8,98

Des gens d'eglise sang fera espandu,
Comme de l'eau eu si grand abondance;
Et d'un long temps ne sera restranche
Ve, ve au clerc ruine & doleance.

Of the church men the blood will bepoured forth
as abundant as water in (amount);
for a long time it will not be restrained,
woe, woe, for the clergy ruin and grief.



Quatrain 8,99

Par la puissance des trois rois tempoulz,
En autre lieu sera mis le saint siege:
O— la substance & de l'esprit corporel,
Sera remis & receu pour vrai siege.

Through the power of three temporal kings,
the sacred seat will be put in another place,
where the substance of the body and the spirit
will be restored and received as the true seat.



Quatrain 8,100

Pour l'abondance de larme respandue
Du hault en bas par le bas au plus hault.
Trop grande foir par jeu vie perdue
De soif mourir par habondant deffault.

By the great number of tears shed,
>from top to bottom and from the bottome to the very top,
a life is lost through a game with too much faith,
to die of thirst through a great deficiency.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
07/30/2009 06:39 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
CENTURIE IX



Quatrain 9,1

Dans la maison du traducteur de Bourc,
Seront les lettres trouuees sur la table,
Borgne, roux, blanc, chanu tiendra de cours,
Qui changera au nouueau Connestable.

In the house of the translator of Bourg,
The letters will be found on the table,
One-eyed, red-haired, white, hoary-headed will hold the course,
Which will change for the new Constable.



Quatrain 9,2

Du haut du mont Auentin voix ouye,
Vuydez vuydez de tous les deux costez:
Du sang des rouges sera l'ire assomye,
D'Arimin Prato, Columna debotez.

>From the top of the Aventine hill a voice heard,
Be gone, be gone all of you on both sides:
The anger will be appeased by the blood of the red ones,
>From Rimini and Prato, the Colonna expelled.



Quatrain 9,3

La magna vaqua … Rauenne grand trouble,
Conduicts par quinze enserrez … Fornase:
A Rome naistra deux monstres … testes double
Sang, feu, deluge, les plus grands … l'espase.

The "great cow" at Racenna in great trouble,
Led by fifteen shut up at Fornase:
At Rome there will be born two double-headed monsters,
Blood, fire, flood, the greatest ones in space.



Quatrain 9,4

L'an ensuyuant d‚couuerts par deluge,
Deux chefs esleuz, le premier ne tiendra
De fuyr ombre … l'vn d'eux le refuge,
Saccagee case qui premier maintiendra.

The following year discoveries through flood,
Two chiefs elected, the first one will not hold:
The refuge for the one of them fleeing a shadow,
The house of which will maintain the first une plundered.



Quatrain 9,5

Tiers doigt du pied au premier semblera
A vn nouveau monarque de bas haut,
Qui Pyse & Luques Tyran occupera
Du precedent corriger le deffaut.

The third toe will seem first
To a new monarch from low high,
He who will possess himself as a Tyrant of Pisa and Lucca,
To correct the fault of his predecessor.



Quatrain 9,6

Par la Guyenne infinit‚ d'Anglois
Occuperont par nom d'Anglaquitaine,
Du Languedoc Ispalme Bourdeloys,
Qu'ils nommeront apres Barboxitaine.

An infinity of Englishmen in Guienne
Will settle under the name of Anglaquitaine:
In Languedoc, "Ispalme," Bordelais,
Which they will name after "Barboxitaine."



Quatrain 9,7

Qui ouurira le monument trouu‚,
Et ne viendra le serrer promptement,
Mal luy viendra, & ne pourra prouu‚
Si mieux doit estre Roy Breton ou Normand.

He who will open the tomb found,
And will come to close it promptly,
Evil will come to him, and one will be unable to prove,
If it would be better to be a Breton or Norman King.



Quatrain 9,8

Puisnay Roy fait son pere mettre … mort,
Apres conflict de mort tres-inhonneste:
Escrit trouu‚, soup‡on donna remort,
Quand loup chass‚ pose sur la couchette.

The younger son made King will put his father to death,
After the conflict ver dishonest death:
Inscription found, suspicion will bring remore,
When the wolf driven out lies down ion the bedstead.



Quatrain 9,9

Quand lampe ardente de feu inextinguible
Sera trouu‚ au temple des Vestales.
Enfant trouu‚ feu, eau passant par crible:
Perir eau Nymes, Tholose cheoir les halles.

When the lamp burning with inextinguishable fire
Will be found in the temple of the Vestals:
Child found in fire, water passing through the sieve:
To peish in water NŒmes, Toulouse the markets to fall.



Quatrain 9,10

Moyne moynesse d'enfant mort expos‚,
Mourir par ourse, & rauy par verrier,
Par Fois & Pamyes le camp sera pos‚
Contre Tholose Carcas dresser forrier.

The child of a monk and nun exposed to death,
To die through a she-bear, and carried off by a boar,
The army will be camped by Foix and Pamiers,
Against Toulouse Carcassonne the harbinger to form.



Quatrain 9,11

Le iuste mort … tort … mort l'on viendra mettre
Publiquement du lieu esteint:
Si grande peste en ce lieu viendra naistre,
Que les iugeans fuyr seront contraints.

Wrongly will they come to put the just one to death,
In public and in the middle extinguished:
So great a pestilence will come to arise in this place,
That the judges will be forced to flee.



Quatrain 9,12

Le tant d'argent de Diane & Mercure,
Les simulachres au lac seront trouuez:
Le figurier cherchant argille neuue
Lui & les siens d'or seront abbreuuez.

So much silver of Diana and Mercury,
The images will be found in the lake:
The sculptor looking for new clay,
He and his followers will be steeped in gold.



Quatrain 9,13

Les exilez autour de la Soulongne
Conduits de nuict pour marcher en Lauxois,
Deux de Modenne truculent de Bolongne,
Mis decouuerts par feu de Buran‡ois.

The exiles around Sologne,
Led by night to march into Auxois,
Two of Modena for Bologna cruel,
Placed discovered by the fire of Buzan‡ais.



Quatrain 9,14

Mis en planure chauderons d'infecteurs,
Vin, miel & huyle & bastis sur fourneauxs
Seront plongez, sans mal dit malfacteurs
Sept fum extaint au canon des bordeaux.

Dyers' caldrons put on the flat surface,
Wine, honey and oil, and built over furnaces:
They will be immersed, innocent, pronounced malefactors,
Seven of Borneaux smoke still in the cannon.



Quatrain 9,15

Pres de Parpan les rouges detenus,
Ceux du milieu parfondres menez loing:
Trois mis en pieces, & cinq mal soustenus,
Pour le Seigneur & Prelat de Bourgoing.

Near Perpignan the red ones detained,
Those of the middle completely ruined led far off:
Three cut in pieces, and five badly supported,
For the Lord and Prelate of Burgundy.



Quatrain 9,16

De castel Franco sortira l'assemblee,
L'ambassadeur non plaisant fera scisme:
Ceux de Ribiere seront en la meslee,
Et au grand goulfre desnie ont l'entree.

Out of Castelfranco will come the assembly,
The ambassador not agreeable will cause a schism:
Those of Riviera will be in the squabble,
And they will refuse entry to the great gulf.



Quatrain 9,17

Le tiers premier pis que ne fit Neron,
Vuidez vaillant que sang humain respandre:
R‚difier fera le forneron,
Siecle d'or mort, nouueau Roy grƒd esclandre.

The third one first does worse than Nero,
How much human blood to flow, valiant, be gone:
He will cause the furnace to be rebuilt,
Golden Age dead, new King great scandal.



Quatrain 9,18

Le lys Dauffois portera dans Nansi,
Iusques en Flandres electeur de l'Empire
Neufue obturee au grand Montmorency,
Hors lieux prouuez deliure … clere peine.

The lily of the Dauphin will reach into Nancy,
As far as Flanders the Elector of the Empire:
New confinement for the great Montmorency,
Outside proven places delivered to celebrated punishment.



Quatrain 9,19

Dans le milieu de la forest Mayenne,
Sol au Lyon la fouldre tombera:
Le grand bastard yssu du grand du Maine,
Ce iour fougeres pointe en sang entrera.

In the middle of the forest of Mayenne,
Lightning will fall, the Sun in Leo:
The great bastard issued from the great one Maine,
On this day a point will enter the blood of FougŠres.



Quatrain 9,20

De nuict viendra par la forest de Reines,
Deux pars vaultorte Hene la pierre blanche.
Le moyne noir en gris dedans Varennes,
Esleu cap cause tempeste, feu sang tranche.

By night will come through the forest of "Reines,"
Two couples roundabout route Queen the white stone,
The monk king in gray in Varennes:
Elected Capet causes tempest, fire, blood, slice.



Quatrain 9,21

Au temple haut de Bloys sacre Salonne,
Nuict pont de Loyre Prelat, Roy pernicant:
Curseur victoire aux marests de la lone,
D'o— prelature de blancs abormeant.

At the tall temple of Saint-Solenne at Blois,
Night Loire bridge, Prelate, King killing outright:
Crushing victory in the marshes of the pond,
Whence prelacy of whites miscarrying.



Quatrain 9,22

Roy & sa cour au lieu de langue halbe,
Dedans le temple vis a vis du palais:
Dans le iardin Duc de Mantor & d'Albe,
Albe & Mantor poignard langue & palais.

The King and his court in the place of cunning tongue,
Within the temple facing the palace:
In the garden the Duke of Mantue and Alba,
Alba and Mantua dagger tongue and palace.



Quatrain 9,23

Puisnay ioant au fresch dessoubs la tonne,
Le haut du toict du milieu sur la teste,
Le pere Roy au temple saint Salonne,
Sacrifiant sacrera fum de feste.

The younger son playing outdoors under the arbor,
The top of the roof in the middle on his head,
The father King in the temple of Saint-Solonne,
Sacrificing he will consecrate festival smoke.



Quatrain 9,24

Sur le palais au rochier des fenestres,
Seront rauis les deux petits royaux:
Passer aurelle Luthece, Denis cloistres,
Nonnain, Mallods aualler vers noyaux.

Upon the palace at the balcony of the windows,
The two little royal ones will be carried off:
To pass Orl‚ans, Paris, abbey of Saint-Denis,
Nun, wicked ones to swallow green pits.



Quatrain 9,25

Passant les ponts venir pres de rosiers,
Tard arriu‚ plustost qu'il cuidera,
Viendront les noues Espagnols … Besiers,
Qu'icelle chasse emprinse cassera.

Crossing the bridges to come near the Roisiers,
Sooner than he thought, he arrived late.
The new Spaniards will come to B‚ziers,
So that this chase will break the enterprise.



Quatrain 9,26

Nice sortie sur nom des lettres aspres,
La grande cappe fera present non sien:
Proche de vultry aux murs de vertes capres,
Apres plombin le vent … bon essien.

Departed by the bitter letters the surname of Nice,
The great Cappe will present something, not his own;
Near Voltai at the wall of the green columns,
After Piombino the wind in good earnest.



Quatrain 9,27

De bois la garde, vent clos ronds pont sera,
Haut le receu frappera le Dauphin,
Le vieux teccon bois vnis passera,
Passant plus outre du Duc le droit confin.

The forester, the wind will be close around the bridge,
Received highly, he will strike the Dauphin.
The old craftsman will pass through the woods in a company,
Going far beyond the right borders of the Duke.



Quatrain 9,28

Voile Symacle port Massiliolique,
Dans Venise port marcher aux Pannons:
Partir du goufre & sinus Illirique,
Vast … Socile, Ligurs coups de canons.

The Allied fleet from the port of Marseilles,
In Venice harbour to march against Hungary.
To leave from the gulf and the bay of Illyria,
Devastation in Sicily, for the Ligurians, cannon shot.



Quatrain 9,29

Lors que celuy qu'… nul ne donne lieu,
Abandonner voudra lieu prins non prins:
Feu neuf par saignes, bieument … Charlieu,
Seront Quintin Balez reprins.

When the man will give way to none,
Will wish to abandon a place taken, yet not taken;
Ship afire through the swamps, bitumen at Charlieu,
St. Quintin and Calais will be recaptured.



Quatrain 9,30

Au port de Puola & de sainct Nicolas,
Perir Normande au goufre Phanatique,
Cap de Bisance rues crier helas,
Secours de Gaddes & du grand Philippique.

At the port of Pola and of San Nicolo,
A Normand will punish in the Gulf of Quarnero:
Capet to cry alas in the streets of Byzantium,
Help from Cadiz and the great Philip.




Quatrain 9,31

Le tremblement de terre … Morrura,
Caffich sainct George … demy perfondrez:
Paix assoupie la guerre esueillera,
Dans temple … Pasques abysmes enfondrez.

The trembling of the earth at Mortara
The tin island of St. George half sunk;
Drowsy with peace, war will arise,
At Easter in the temple abysses opened.



Quatrain 9,32

De fin porphire profond collon trouuee
Dessouz la laze escripts capitolin:
Os poil retors Romain force prouuee,
Classe agiter au port de Methelin.

A deep column of fine porphyry is found,
Inscriptions of the Capitol under the base;
Bones, twisted hair, the Roman strength tried,
The fleet is stirred at the harbour of Mitylene.



Quatrain 9,33

Hercules Roy de Rome & d'Annemarc,
De Gaule trois Guion surnomm‚,
Trembler l'Italie & l'vnde de sainct Marc,
Premier sur tous monarque renomm‚.

Hercules King of Rome and of "Annemark,"
With the surname of the chief of triple Gaul,
Italy and the one of St. Mark to tremble,
First monarch renowned above all.



Quatrain 9,34

Le part soluz mary sera mitr‚,
Retour conflict passera sur le thuille:
Par cinq cens vn trahyr sera tiltr‚
Narbon & Saulce par couteaux auons d'huille.

The single part afflicted will be mitred,
Return conflict to pass over the tile:
For five hundred one to betray will be titled
Narbonne and Salces we have oil for knives.



Quatrain 9,35

Et Ferdinand blonde sera deserte,
Quitter la fleur, suiure le Macedon,
Au grand besoin de faillira sa routte,
Et marchera contre le Myrmidon.

And fair Ferdinand will be detached,
To abandon the flower, to follow the Macedonian:
In the great pinch his course will fail,
And he will march against the Myrmidons.



Quatrain 9,36

Vn grƒd Roy prins entre les mains d'vn loyne,
Non loin de Pasque confusion coup cultre:
Perpet, captifs foudre en la husne,
Lors que trois freres se blesseront & murtre.

A great King taken by the hands of a young man,
Not far from Easter confusion knife thrust:
Everlasting captive times what lightning on the top,
When three brothers will wound each other and murder.



Quatrain 9,37

Pont & moulins en Decembre versez,
En si haut lieu montera la Garonne:
Meurs, edifices, Tolose renuersez,
Qu'on ne s‡aura son lieu autant matronne.

Bridge and mills overturned in December,
The Garonne will rise to a very high place:
Walls, edifices, Toulouse overturned,
So that none will know his place like a matron.



Quatrain 9,38

L'entree de Blaye par Rochelle & l'Anglois,
Passera outre le grand Aemathien:
Non loin d'Agen attendra le Gaulois,
Secours Narbonne deceu par entretien.

The entry at Blaye for La Rochelle and the English,
The great Macedonian will pass beyond:
Not far from Agen will wait the Gaul,
Narbonne help beguiled through conversation.



Quatrain 9,39

En Arbissel … Veront & Carcari,
De nuict conduits par Sauonne attraper,
Le vifs Gascon Turby, & la Scerry:
Derrier mur vieux & neuf palais gripper.

In Albisola to "Veront" and Carcara,
Led by night to seize Savona:
The guick Gascon La Turbie and L'EscarŠne:
Behind the wall old and new palace to seize.



Quatrain 9,40

Pres de Quintin dons la forest bourlis,
Dans l'Abaye seront Flamens ranch‚s:
Les deux puisnais de coups my estourdis,
Suitte oppressee & garde tous ach‚s.

Near Saint-Quintin in the forest deceived,
In the Abbey the Flemish will be cut up:
The two younger sons half-stunned by blows,
The rest crushed and the guard all cut to pieces.



Quatrain 9,41

Le grand Chyren soy saisir d'Auignon,
De Rome lettres en miel plein d'amertu
Lettre ambassade partir de Chanignon,
Carpentras pris par duc noir rouge plum

The great "Chyren" will seize Avignon,
>From Rome letters in honey full of bitterness:
Letter and embassy to leave from "Chanignon,"
Carpentras taken by a black duke with a red feather.



Quatrain 9,42

De Barcellonne, de Gennes & Venise
De la Secille peste Monet vnis:
Contre Barbare classe prendront la vise,
Barbar pouss‚ bien loing iusqu'… Thunis.

>From Barcelona, from Genoa and Venice,
>From Sicily pestilence Monaco joined:
They will take their aim against the Barbarian fleet,
Barbarian driven 'way back as far as Tunis.



Quatrain 9,43

Proche … descendre l'armee Crucigere,
Sera guettee par les Isma‰lites,
De tous costez batus par nef Rauiere,
Prompt assaillis de dix galeres eslites.

On the point of landing the Crusader army
Will be ambushed by the Ishmaelites,
Struck from all sides by the ship Impetuosity,
Rapidly attacked by ten elite galleys.



Quatrain 9,44

Migr‚s, migr‚s de Geneue trestous.
Saturne d'or en fer se changera,
Le contre FAYPOZ exterminera tous,
Auant l'aduent le ciel signes fera.

Leave, leave Geneva every last one of you,
Saturn will be converted from gold to iron,
"Raypoz" will exterminate all who oppose him,
Before the coming the sky will show signs.



Quatrain 9,45

Ne sera soul iamais de demander,
Grand Mendosus obtiendra son empire:
Loing de la cour fera contremander
Pymond, Picard, Paris Tyrron le pire.

None will remain to ask,
Great "Mendosus" will obtian his dominion:
Far from the court he will cause to be countermanded
Piedmont, Picardy, Paris, Tuscany the worst.



Quatrain 9,46

Vuydez fuyez de Tolose les ronges,
Du sacrifice faire piation.
Le chef du mal dessous l'ombre des courges:
Mort estrangler carne omination.

Be gone, flee from Toulouse ye red ones,
For the sacrifice to make expiation:
The chief cause of the evil under the shade of pumpkins:
Dead to strangle carnal prognostication.



Quatrain 9,47

Les soubz signez d'indigne deliurance,
Et de la multe auront contre aduis:
Change monarque mis en perille pence,
Serrez en cage le verront vis … vis.

The undersigned to an infamous deliverance,
And having contrary advice from the multitude:
Monarch changes put in danger over thought,
Shut up in a cage they will see each other face to face.



Quatrain 9,48

La grand cit‚ d'Occean maritime,
Enuironnee de marets en cristal:
Dans le solstice hyemal & la prime,
Sera tentee de vent espouuantal.

The great city of the maritime Ocean,
Surrounded by a crystalline swamp:
In the winter solstice and the spring,
It will be tried by frightful wind.



Quatrain 9,49

Gand & Bruceles marcheront contre Anuers,
Senat de Londres mettront … mort leur Roy:
Le sel & vin luy seront … l'enuers,
Pour eux auoir le regne en desarroy.

Ghent and Brussels will march against Antwerp,
The Senate of London will put to death their King:
Salt and wine will overthrow him,
To have them the realm turned upside down.



Quatrain 9,50

Mandosus tost viendra … son haut regne,
Mettant arriere vn peu les Norlaris:
Le rouge blesme, le masle a l'interregne,
Le ieune crainte & frayeur Barbaris.

Mendosus will soon come to his high realm,
Putting behind a little the Lorrainers:
The pale red one, the male in the interregnum,
The fearful youth and Barbaric terror.



Quatrain 9,51

Contre les rouges sectes se banderont,
Feu, eau, fer, corde par paix se minera:
An point mourir ceux qui machineront,
Fors vn que monde sur tout ruinera.

Against the red ones sects will conspire,
Fire, water, steel, rope through peace will weaken:
On the point of dying those who will plot,
Except one who above all the world will ruin.



Quatrain 9,52

La paix s'approche d'vn cost‚, & la guerre,
Oncques ne fut la poursuitte si grande:
Plaindre h“me, femme sang innocent par terre,
Et ce sera de France a toute bande.

Peace is nigh on one side, and war,
Never was the pursuit of it so great:
To bemoan men, women innocent blood on the land,
And this will be throughout all France.



Quatrain 9,53

Le Neron ieune dans le trois cheminees,
Fera de paiges vifs pour ardoir ietter:
Heureux qui loing sera de tels menees,
Trois de son sang le feront mort guetter.

The young Nero in the three chimneys
Will cause live pages to be thrown to burn:
Happy those who will be far away from such practices,
Three of his blood will have him ambushed to death.



Quatrain 9,54

Arriuera au port de Corsibonne,
Pres de Rauenne, qui pillera la dame:
En mer profonde legat de la Vlisbonne,
Sous roc cachez rauiront septante ames.

There will arrive at Porto Corsini,
Near Ravenna, he who will plunder the lady:
In the deep sea legate from Lisbon,
Hidden under a rock they will carry off seventy souls.


Quatrain 9,55

L'horrible guerre qu'en l'Occident s'appreste,
L'an ensuiuant viendra la pestilence
Si fort l'horrible que ieune, vieux, ne beste,
Sang, feu. Mercure, Mars, Iupiter en France.

The horrible war which is being prepared in the West,
The following year will come the pestilence
So very horrible that young, old, nor beast,
Blood, fire Mercury, Mars, Jupiter in France.



Quatrain 9,56

Cam pres de Noudam passera Goussan ville,
Et … Maiotes laissera son enseigne:
Conuertira en instant plus de mille,
Cherchƒt les deux remettre en chaine & legne.

The army near Houdan will pass Goussainville,
And at "Maiotes" it will leave its mark:
In an instant more than a thousand will be converted,
Looking for the two to put them back in chain and firewood.



Quatrain 9,57

Au lieu de DRVX vn Roy reposera,
Et cherchera loy changeant d'Anatheme:
Pendant le ciel si tresfort tonnera,
Portera neufue Roy tuera soy mesme.

In the place of "Drux" a King will rest,
And will look for a law changing Anathema:
While the sky will thunder so very loudly,
New entry the King will kill himself.



Quatrain 9,58

Au cost‚ gauche … l'endroit de Vitry,
Seront guettez les trois rouges, de France:
Tous assommez rouge, noir non meurdry,
Par les Bretons remis en asseurance.

On the left side at the spot of Vitry,
The three red ones of France will be awaited:
All felled red, black one not murdered,
By the Bretons restored to safety.



Quatrain 9,59

A la Fert‚ prendra la Vidame,
Nicol tenu rouge qu'auoit produit la vie:
La grand Loyse naistra que fera clame,
Donnant Bourgongne … Bretons par enuie.

At La Fert‚-Vidame he will seize,
Nicholas held red who had produced his life:
The great Louise who will act secretly one will be born,
Giving Burgundy to the Bretons through envy.



Quatrain 9,60

Conflict Barbar en la Cornette noire,
Sang espandu, trembler la Dalmatie:
Grand Ismael mettra son promontoire,
Ranes trembler secours Lusitanie.

Conflict Barbarian in the black Headdress,
Blood shed, Dalmatia to tremble:
Great Ishmael will set up his promontory,
Frogs to tremble Lusitania aid.



Quatrain 9,61

La pille faicte … la coste marine,
In cita noua & parens amenez.
Plusieurs de Malte par le fait de Messine,
Estroit serrez seront mal guerdonnez.

The plunder made upon the marine coast,
In Cittanova and relatives brought forward:
Several of Malta through the deed of Messina
Will be closely confined poorly rewarded.



Quatrain 9,62

Au grand de Chera mon agora,
Seront croisez par ranc tous attachez,
Le pertinax Oppi, & Mandragora,
Raugon d'Octobre le tiers seront laschez.

To the great one of Ceramon-agora,
The crusaders will all be attached by rank,
The long-lasting Opium and Mandrake,
The "Raugon" will be released on the third of October.



Quatrain 9,63

Plainctes & pleurs cris, & grands hurlemens
Pres de Narbon a Bayonne & en Foix,
O quels horribles calamitez changemens,
Auant que Mars reuolu quelquefois.

Complaints and tears, cries and great howls,
Near Narbonne at Bayonne and in Foix:
Oh, what horrible calamities and changes,
Before Mars has made several revolutions.



Quatrain 9,64

L'Aemathion passer monts Pyrennees,
En Mas Narbon ne fera resistance,
Par mer & terre fera si grand menee,
Cap. n'ayant terre seure pour demeurance.

The Macedonian to pass the Pyrenees mountains,
In March Narbonne will not offer resistance:
By land and sea he will carry on very great intrigue,
Capetian having no land safe for residence.



Quatrain 9,65

Dedans le coing de Luna viendra rendre
O— sera prins & mis en terre estrange.
Les fruicts immeurs seront … grand esclandre,
Grand vitupere, … l'vn grande loange.

He will come to go into the corner of "Luna,"
Where he will be captured and put in a strange land:
The unripe fruits will be the subject of great scandal,
Great blame, to one great praise.



Quatrain 9,66

Paix, vnion sera & changement,
Estats, offices bas haut & haut bien bas
Dresser voyage, le fruict premier tourment,
Guerre cesser, ciuil proces debats.

There will be peace, union and change,
Estates, offices, low high and high very low:
To prepare a trip, the first offspring torment,
War to cease, civil process, debates.



Quatrain 9,67

Du haut des monts … l'entour de Lizere
Port … la roche Valent cent assemblez
De Chasteauneuf Pierre late en donzere,
Contre le Crest Romans foy assemblez.

>From the height of the mountains around the IsŠre,
One hundred assembled at the haven in the rock Valence:
>From Chƒteauneuf, Pierrelatte, in DonzŠre,
Against Crest, Romans, faith assembled.



Quatrain 9,68

Du mont Aymar sera noble obscurcie,
Le mal viendra au ioinct de Saone & Rosne:
Dans bois cachez soldats iour de Lucie
Qui ne fut onc vn si horrible throsne.

The noble of "Mount Aymar" will be made obscure,
The evil will come at the junction of the Sa“ne and Rh“ne:
Soldiers hidden in the woods on Lucy's day,
Never was there so horrible a throne.



Quatrain 9,69

Sur le mont de Bailly & la Bresle
Seront cachez de Grenoble les fiers
Outre Lyon, Vien eux si grand gresle.
Langoult en terre n'en restera vn tiers.

One the mountain of Sain-Bel and L'Arbresle
The proud one of Grenoble will be hidden:
Beyond Lyons and Vienne on them a very great hail,
Lobster on the land not a third thereof will remain.



Quatrain 9,70

Harnois trenchans dans les flambeaux cachez,
Dedans Lyon, le iour du Sacrement,
Ceux de Vienne seront trestous hachez,
Par les cantons Latins Mascon ne ment.

Sharp weapons hidden in the torches.
In Lyons, the day of the Sacrament,
Those of Vienne will all be cut to pieces,
By the Latin Cantons Mƒcon does not lie.



Quatrain 9,71

Aux lieux sacrez animaux veu … trixe,
Auec celuy qui n'osera le iour.
A Carcassonne pour disgrace propice,
Sera pos‚ pour plus amule seiour.

At the holy places animals seen with hair,
With him who will not dare the day:
At Carcassonne propitious for disgrace,
He will be set for a more ample stay.



Quatrain 9,72

Encor seront les saincts temples pollus,
Et expillez par Senat Tholosain,
Saturne deux trois cicles reuollus.
Dans Auril, May, gens de nouueau leuain.

Again will the holy temples be polluted,
And plundered by the Senate of Toulouse:
Saturn two three cycles completed,
In April, May, people of new leaven.



Quatrain 9,73

Dans Fois entrez Roy ceiulee Turban:
Et regnera moins euolu Saturne,
Roy Turban blanc Bizance coeur ban,
Sol, Mars, Mercure pres la hurne.

The Blue Turban King entered into Foix,
And he will reign less than an evolution of Saturn:
The White Turban King Byzantium heart banished,
Sun, Mars and Mercury near Aquarius.



Quatrain 9,74

Dans la cit‚ de Fertsod homicide,
Fait, & fait multe beuf arant ne macter,
Retours encores aux honneurs d'Artemide
Et … Vulcan corps morts sepulturer.

In the city of "Fertsod" homicide,
Deed, and deed many oxen plowing no sacrifice:
Return again to the honors of Artemis,
And to Vulcan bodies dead ones to bury.



Quatrain 9,75

De l'Ambraxie & du pays de Thrace
Peuple par mer, mal, & secours Gaulois,
Perpetuelle en prouence la trace,
Auec vestige de leurs coustume & loix.

>From Ambracia and the country of Thrace
People by sea, evil and help from the Gauls:
In Provence the perpetual trace,
With vertiges of their custom and laws.



Quatrain 9,76

Auec le noir Rapax & sanguinaire,
Yssu du peaultre de l'inhumain Neron,
Emmy deux fleuues main gauche militaire,
Sera meurtry par Ioyne chaulueron.

With the rapacious and blood-thirsty king,
Issued from the pallet of the inhuman Nero:
Between two rivers military hand left,
He will be murdered by Yound Baldy.



Quatrain 9,77

Le regne prins le Roy coniurera
La dame prinse … mort iurez … sort,
La vie … Royne fils on desniera,
Et la pellix au fort de la consort.

The realm taken the King will conspire,
The lady taken to death ones sworn by lot:
They will refuse life to the Queen and son,
And the mistress at the fort of the wife.



Quatrain 9,78

La dame Grecque de beaut‚ laydique,
Heureuse faicte de procs innumerable,
Hors translatee en regne Hispanique,
Captiue prinse mourir mort miserable.

The Greek lady of ugly beauty,
Made happy by countless suitors:
Transferred out to the Spanish realm,
Taken captive to die a miserable death.



Quatrain 9,79

Le chef de classe par fraude stratageme,
Fera timides sortir de leurs galees,
Sortis meurtris chefs renieux de cresme,
Puis par l'embusche luy rendront le saleres.

The chief of the fleet through deceit and trickery
Will make the timid ones come out of their galleys:
Come out, murdered, the chief renouncer of chrism,
Then through ambush they will pay him his wages.



Quatrain 9,80

Le Duc voudra les siens exterminer,
Enuoyera les plus forts lieux estranges:
Par tyrannie Bize & Luc ruiner,
Puy les Barbares sans vin feront vendanges.

The Duke will want to exterminate his followers,
He will send the strongest ones to strange places:
Through tyranny to ruin Pisa and Lucca,
Then the Barbarians will gather the grapes without vine.



Quatrain 9,81

Le Roy rus‚ entendra ses embusches,
De trois quartiers ennemis assaillir:
Vn nombre estrange larmes de coqueluches,
Viendra Lemprin du traducteur faillir.

The crafty King will understand his snares,
Enemies to assail from three sides:
A strange number tears from hoods,
The grandeur of the translator will come to fail.



Quatrain 9,82

Par le deluge & pestilence forte,
La cit‚ grande de long temps assiegee:
La sentinelle & garde de main morte,
Subite prinse, mais de nulle outragee.

By the flood and fierce pestilence,
The great city for long besieged:
The sentry and guard dead by hand,
Sudden capture but none wronged.



Quatrain 9,83

Sol vingt de Taurus si fort de terre trembler,
Le grand theatre remply ruinera:
L'air, ciel & terre obscurcir & troubler,
Lors l'infidelle Dieu & saincts voguera.

Sun twentieth of Taurus the earth will tremble very mightily,
It will ruin the great theater filled:
To darken and trouble air, sky and land,
Then the infidel will call upon God and saints.



Quatrain 9,84

Roy expos‚ parfera l'hecatombe,
Apres auoir trouu‚ son origine:
Torrent ouurir de marbre & plomb la tombe,
D'vn grand Romain d'enseigne Medusine.

The King exposed will complete the slaughter,
After having discovered his origin:
Torrent to open the tomb of marble and lead,
Of a great Roman with "Medusine" device.



Quatrain 9,85

Passer Guienne, Languedoc & le Rosne,
D'Agen tenan de Marmande & la Roolle:
D'ouurir par foy parroy, Phocˆ tiˆdra s“ trosne
Conflict aupres saint Pol de Mauseole.

To pass Guienne, Languedoc and the Rh“ne,
>From Agen holding Marmande and La R‚ole:
To open through faith the wall, Marseilles will hold its throne,
Conflict near Saint-Paul-de-Mausole.



Quatrain 9,86

Du bourg Lareyne paruiˆdr“t droit … Chartres,
Et feront pres du pont Amhoni pause
Sept pour la paix cauteleux comme Martres,
Feront entree d'armee … Paris clause.

>From Bourg-la-Reine they will come straight to Chartres,
And near Pont d'Antony they will pause:
Seven crafty as Martens for peace,
Paris closed by an army they will enter.



Quatrain 9,87

Par la forest du Touphon essartee,
Par hermitage sera pos‚ le temple,
Le Duc d'Estampes par sa ruse inuentee.
Du mont Lehori prelat donra exemple.

In the forest cleared of the Tuft,
By the hermitage will be placed the temple:
The Duke of tampes through the ruse he invented
Will teach a lesson to the prelate of Montlh‚ry.



Quatrain 9,88

Calais Arras, secours … Theroanne,
Paix & semblant simulera l'escoutte,
Soulde d'Alobrox descendre par Roane.
Destornay peuple qui defera la routte.

Calais, Arras, help to Th‚rouanne,
Peace and semblance the spy will simulate:
The soldiery of Savoy to descend by Roanne,
People who would end the rout deterred.



Quatrain 9,89

Sept ans sera Philipp. fortune prospere.
Rabaissera des Arabes l'effort,
Puis son midy perplex rebors affaire,
Ieune ognion abismera son fort.

For seven years fortune will favor Philip,
He will beat down again the exertions of the Arabs:
Then at his noon perplexing contrary affair,
Young Ogmios will destroy his stronghold.



Quatrain 9,90

Vn capitaine de la Grand Germanie
Se viendra rendre par simul‚ secours
Au Roy des Roys aide de Pannoie,
Que sa reuolte fera de sang grand cours.

A captain of Great Germany
Will come to deliver through false help
To the King of Kings the support of Pannonia,
So that his revolt will cause a great flow of blood.



Quatrain 9,91

L'horrible peste Perynt‚ & Nicopollo,
Le Chersonnez tiendra & Marceloyne,
La Thessalie vastera l'Amphipolle,
Mal incogneu, & le refus d'Anthoine.

The horrible plague Perinthus and Nicopolis,
The Peninsula and Macedonia will it fall upon:
It will devastate Thessaly and Amphipolis,
An unknown evil, and from Anthony refusal.



Quatrain 9,92

Le Roy voudra en cit‚ neufue entrer,
Par ennemis expugner l'on viendra
Captif libere faux dire & perpetrer,
Roy dehors estre, loin d'ennemis tiendra.

The King will want to enter the new city,
Through its enemies they will come to subdue it:
Captive free falsely to speak and act,
King to be outside, he will keep far from the enemy.



Quatrain 9,93

Les ennemis du fort bien esloignez,
Par chariots conduict le bastion.
Par sur les murs de Bourges esgrongnez
Quand Hercules bastira l'Haemathion.

The enemies very far from the fort,
The bastion brought by wagons:
Above the walls of Bourges crumbled,
When Hercules the Macedonian will strike.



Quatrain 9,94

Foibles galeres seront vnies ensemble,
Ennemis faux le plus fort en rampart:
Foibles assaillies Vratislaue tremble,
Lubecq & Mysne tiendront barbare part.

Weak galleys will be joined together,
False enemies the strongest on the rampart:
Weak ones assailed Bratislava trembles,
Lbeck and Meissen will take the barbarian side.



Quatrain 9,95

Le nouueau faict conduira l'exercice,
Proche apam‚ iusqu'aupres du riuage:
Tendant secours de Millannoile eslite,
Duc yeux priu‚ … Milanfer de cage.

The newly made one will lead the army,
Almost cut off up to near the bank:
Help from the Milanais elite straining,
The Duke deprived of his eyes in Milan in an iron cage.



Quatrain 9,96

Dans cit‚ entrer exercit desniee,
Duc entrera par persuasion,
Aux foibles portes clam armee amenee,
Mettront feu, mort, de sang effusion.

The army denied entry to the city,
The Duke will enter through persuasion:
The army led secretly to the weak gates,
They will put it to fire and sword, effusion of blood.



Quatrain 9,97

De mer copies en trois pars diuisee,
A la seconde les viures failleront,
Desesperez cherchant champs Helisees,
Premiers en breche entrez victoire auront.

The forces of the sea divided into three parts,
The second one will run out of supplies,
In despair looking for the Elysian Fields,
The first ones to enter the breach will obtain the victory.



Quatrain 9,98

Les affigez par faute d'vn seul taint,
Contremenant … partie opposite,
Aux Lygonnois mandera que contraint
Seront de rendre le grand chef de Molite.

Those afflicted through the fault of a single one stained,
The transgressor in the opposite party:
He will send word to those of Lyons that compelled
They be to deliver the great chief of "Molite."



Quatrain 9,99

Vent Aquilon fera partir le siege,
Par meurs ietter cendres, chauls, & poussiere:
Par pluye apres, qui leur fera bien pege,
Dernier secours encontre leur frontiere.

The "Aquilon" Wind will cause the siege to be raised,
Over the walls to throw ashes, lime and dust:
Through rain afterwards, which will do them much worse,
Last help against their frontier.



Quatrain 9,100

Naualle pugne nuit sera superee.
Le feu aux naues … l'Occident ruine:
Rubriche neufue, la grand nef coloree,
Ire … vaincu, & victoire en bruine.

Naval battle night will be overcome,
Fire in the ships to the West ruin:
New trick, the great ship colored,
Anger to the vanquished, and victory in a drizzle.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
07/30/2009 06:43 AM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
CENTVRIE X.


Quatrain 10,1

A L'ennemy, l'ennemy foy promise
Ne se tiendra, les captifs retenus:
Prins preme mort, & le reste en chemise.
Damn‚ le reste pour estre soustenus.

To the ennemy, the enemy faith promised
Will not be kept, the captives retained:
One near death captured, and the remainder in their shirts,
The remainder damned for being supported.



Quatrain 10,2

Voille gallere voil de nef cachera,
La grande classe viendra sortir la moindre,
Dix naues proches tourneront pousser,
Grande vaincue vnics … soy ioindre.

The ship's veil will hide the sail galley,
The great fleet will come the lesser one to go out:
Ten ships near will turn to drive it back,
The great one conquered the united ones to join to itself.



Quatrain 10,3

En apres cinq troupeau ne mettra hors vn
Fuitif pour Penelon laschera,
Faux murmurer, secours vnir pour lors,
Le chef le siege pour lors abandonnera.


After that five will not put out the flock,
A fugitive for "Penelon" he will turn loose:
To murmur falsely then help to come,
The chief will then abandon the siege.



Quatrain 10,4

Sur la minuict conducteur de l'armee
Se sauuera subit esuanouy,
Sept ans apres la fame non blasmee,
A son retour ne dira onc ouy.

At midnight the leader of the army
Will save himself, suddenly vanished:
Seven years later his reputation unblemished,
To his return they will never say yes.



Quatrain 10,5

Albi & Castres feront nouuelle ligue,
Neuf Arriens Lis bon & Portugues,
Carcas, Tholouse consumeront leur brigue,
Quand chef neuf monstre de Lauragues.

Albi and Castres will form a new league,
Nine Arians Lisbon and the Portuguese:
Carcassonne and Toulouse will end their intrigue,
When the chief new monster from the Lauraguais.



Quatrain 10,6

Sardon Nemaus si haut deborderont,
Qu'on cuidera Deucalion renaistre.
Dans le collosse la plus part fuyront,
Vesta sepulchre feu esteint apparoistre.

The Gardon will flood NŒmes so high
That they will believe Deucalion reborn:
Into the colossus the greater part will flee,
Vesta tomb fire to appear extinguished.



Quatrain 10,7

Le grand conflit qu'on appreste … Nancy,
L'Aemathien dira tout ie soubmets,
L'Isle Britanne par vin sel en solcy:
Hem, mi. deux Phi. long temps ne tiˆdra Mets.

The great conflict that they are preparing for Nancy,
The Macedonian will say I subjugate all:
The British Isle in anxiety over wine and salt,
"Hem. mi." Philip two Metz will not hold for long.



Quatrain 10,8

Index & poulse parfondera le front,
De Senegalia le Conte … son fils propre,
La Myrnamee par plusieurs de prin front,
Trois dans sept iours bless‚s mort.

With forefinger and thumb he will moisten the forehead,
The Count of Senigallia to his own son:
The Venus through several of thin forehead,
Three in seven days wounded dead.



Quatrain 10,9

De Castillon figuieres iour de brune,
De femme infame naistra souuerain Prince:
Surnom de chausses perhume luy posthume,
Onc Roy ne fut si pire en sa prouince.

In the Castle of Figueras on a misty day
A sovereign prince will be born of an infamous woman:
Surname of breeches on the ground will make him posthumous,
Never was there a King so very bad in his province.



Quatrain 10,10

Tasche de meurdre, enormes adulteres,
Grand ennemy de tout le genre humain:
Que sera pire qu'ayeuls, oncles ne peres,
Enfer, feu, eaux, sanguin & inhumain.

Stained with murder and enormous adulteries,
Great enemy of the entire human race:
One who will be worse than his grandfathers, uncles or fathers,
In steel, fire, waters, bloody and inhuman.



Quatrain 10,11

Dessous Ionchere du dangereux passage,
Fera passer le posthume sa bande.
Les monts Pyrens passer hors son bagage,
De Parpignan courira duc … Tende.

At the dangerous passage below Junquera,
The posthumous one will have his band cross:
To pass the Pyrenes mountains without his baggage,
>From Perpignan the duke will hasten to Tende.



Quatrain 10,12

Esleu en Pape, d'esleu se mocqu‚,
Subit soudain esmeu prompt & timide,
Par trop bon doux … mourrir prouoqu‚,
Crainte esteinte la nuict de sara mort guide.

Elected Pope, as elected he will be mocked,
Suddenly unexpectedly moved prompt and timid:
Through too much goodness and kindness provoked to die,
Fear extinguished guides the night of his death.



Quatrain 10,13

Souz la pasture d'animaux ruminant,
Par eux conduicts au ventre helbipolique,
Soldats cachez, les armes bruit menant,
Non long temptez de cit‚ Antipolique.

Beneath the food of ruminating animals,
led by them to the belly of the fodder city:
Soldiers hidden, their arms making a noise,
Tried not far from the city of Antibes.



Quatrain 10,14

Vrnel Vaucile sans conseil de soy mesmes,
Hardit timide, car crainte prins vaincu,
Accompagn‚ de plusieurs putains blesmes.
A Barcellonne au Chartreux conuaincu.

"Urnel Vaucile" without a purpose on his own,
Bold, timid, through fear overcome and captured:
Accompanied by several pale whores,
Convinced in the Carthusian convent at Barcelona.



Quatrain 10,15

Pere duc vieux d'ans & de soif charg‚,
Au iour extreme fils desniant l'esguiere.
Dedans le puits vif mort viendra plong‚.
Senat au fil la mort longue & legere.

Father duke old in years and choked by thirst,
On his last day his don denying him the jug:
Into the well plunged alive he will come up dead,
Senate to the thread death long and light.



Quatrain 10,16

Heureux au regne de France, heureux de vie,
Ignorant sang, mort fureur & rapine:
Par mon flateurs sera mis en enuie,
Roy desrob‚, trop de foye en cuisine.

Happy in the realm of France, happy in life,
Ignorant of blood, death, fury and plunder:
For a flattering name he will be envied,
A concealed King, too much faith in the kitchen.



Quatrain 10,17

La Royne estrange voyant sa fille blesme,
Par vn regret dans l'estomach enclos:
Cris lamentables seront lors d'Angolesme,
Et au germains mariage forclos.

The convict Queen seeing her daughter pale,
Because of a sorrow locked up in her breast:
Lamentable cries will come then from Angoulˆme,
And the marriage of the first cousin impeded.



Quatrain 10,18

Le ranc Lorrain fera place … Vendosme,
Le haut mis bas, & le bas mis en haut,
Le fils de Mamon sera esleu dans Rome,
Et les deux grands seront mis en defaut.

The house of Lorraine will make way for Vend“me,
The high put low, and the low put high:
The son of Mammon will be elected in Rome,
And the two great ones will be put at a loss.



Quatrain 10,19

Iour que sera par Royne saluee,
Le iour apres se salut, la premiere:
Le compte fait raison & valbuee,
Par auant humble oncques ne fut si fiere.

The day that she will be hailed as Queen,
The day after the benediction the prayer:
The reckoning is right and valid,
Once humble never was one so proud.



Quatrain 10,20

Tous les amis qu'auront tenu party,
Pour rude en lettres mis mort & saccag‚.
Biens publiez par fixe grand neanty,
Onc Romain peuple ne fut tant outrag‚.

All the friend who will have belonged to the party,
For the rude in letters put to death and plundered:
Property up for sale at fixed price the great one annihilated.
Never were the Roman people so wronged.



Quatrain 10,21

Par le despit du Roy soustenant moindre,
Sera meurdry luy presentant les bagues:
Le pere au fils voulant noblesse poindre,
Fait comme … Perse jadis firent les Magues.

Through the spite of the King supporting the lesser one,
He will be murdered presenting the jewels to him:
The father wishing to impress nobility on the son
Does as the Magi did of yore in Persia.



Quatrain 10,22

Pour ne vouloir consentir au diuorce,
Qui puis apres sera cogneu indigne:
Le Roy des isles sera chass‚ par sorte,
Mais … son lieu qui de roy n'aura signe.

For not wishing to consent to the divorce,
Which then afterwards will be recognised as unworthy:
The King of the Isles will be driven out by force,
In his place put one who will have no mark of a king.



Quatrain 10,23

Au peuple ingrat faictes les remonstrances.
Par lors l'armee se saisira d'Antibe,
Dans l'arc Monech feront les doleances,
Et … Freius l'vn l'autre prendra ribe.

The remonstrances made to the ungrateful people,
Thereupon the army will seize Antibes:
The complaints will place Monace in the arch,
And at Fr‚jus the one will take the shore from the other



Quatrain 10,24

Le captif prince aux Itales vaincu
Passera Gennes par mer iusqu'… Marceille,
Par grand effort des forens suruaincu
Sauf coup de feu barril liqueur d'abeille.

The captive prince conquered in Italy
Will pass Genoa by sea as far as Marseilles:
Through great exertion by the foreigners overcome,
Safe from gunshot, barrel of bee's liquor.



Quatrain 10,25

Par Nebro ouurir de Bisanne passage,
Bien esloignez el tago fara moestra,
Dans Pelligouxe sera commis l'outrage,
De la grand dame assise sur l'orchestra

Through the Ebro to open the passage of "Bisanne,"
Very far away will the Tagus make a demonstration:
In "Pelligouxe" will the outrage be commited,
By the great lady seated in the orchestra.



Quatrain 10,26

Le successeur vengera son beau frere,
Occuper regne souz vmbre de vengeance,
Occis ostacle son sang mort vitupere,
Long temps Bretaigne tiendra auec la France.

The successor will avenge his brother-in-law,
To occupy the realm under the shadow of vengeance:
Obstacle slain his blood for the death blame,
For a long time will Brittany hold with France.



Quatrain 10,27

Par le cinquiesme & vn grand Hercules
Viendront le temple ouurir de main bellique,
Vn Clement, Iule & Ascans recules,
L'espee, clef, aigle, n'eurent onc si grand picque.

Through the fifth one and a great Hercules
They will come to open the temple by hand of war:
One Clement, Julius and Ascanius set back,
The sword, key, eagle, never was there such a great animosity.



Quatrain 10,28

Second & tiers qui font prime musique
Sera par Roy en honneur sublimee,
Par grance & maigre presque demy eticque
Raport de Venus faux rendra deprimee.

Second and third which make prime music
By the King to be sublimated in honor:
Through the fat and the thin almost emaciated,
By the false report of Venus to be debased.



Quatrain 10,29

De Pol MANSOL dans cauerne caprine
Cach‚ & prins extrait hors par la barbe,
Captif mene comme beste mastine
Par Bergourdans amenee pres de Tarbe.

In a cave of Saint-Paul-de-Mausole a goat
Hidden and seized pulled out by the beard:
Led captive like a mastiff beast
By the Bigorre people brought to near Tarbes.



Quatrain 10,30

Nepveu & sang du sainct nouueau venu,
Par le surnom soustient arcs & couuert
Seront chassez mis … mort chassez nu,
En rouge & noir conuertiront leur vert.

Nephew and blood of the new saint come,
Through the surname he will sustain arches and roof:
They will be driven out put to death chased nude,
Into red and black will they convert their green.



Quatrain 10,31

Le sainct Empire, viendra en Germanie
Isma‰lites trouueront lieux ouuerts,
Asnes voudront aussi la Carmanie
Les soustenans de terre tous couuerts.

The Holy Empire will come into Germany,
The Ishmaelites will find open places:
The asses will want also Carmania,
The supportes all covered by earth.



Quatrain 10,32

Le grand empire chacun an deuoit estre,
Vn sur les autres le viendra obtenir:
Mais peu de temps sera son reigne & estre,
Deux ans naues se pourra soustenir.

The great empire, everyone would be of it,
One will come to obtain it over the others:
But his realm and state will be of short duration,
Two years will he be able to maintain himself on the sea.



Quatrain 10,33

La faction cruelle … robe longue,
Viendra cacher souz ses pointus poignards,
Saisir Florence le Duc & lieu diphlonque,
Sa descouuerte par immurs & flangnards.

The cruel faction in the long robe
Will come to hide under the sharp daggers:
The Duke to seize Florence and the diphthong place,
Its discovery by immature ones and sycophants.



Quatrain 10,34

Gaulois qu'empire par guerre occupera,
Par son beau frere mineur sera trahy:
Pour cheual rude voltigeant trainera,
Du fait le frere long temps sera hay.

The Gaul who will hold the empire through war,
He will be betrayed by his minor brother-in-law:
He will be drawn by a fierce, prancing horce,
The brother will be hated for the deed for a long time



Quatrain 10,35

Puisnay royal flagrant d'ardant libide,
Pour se iouyr de cousine germaine:
Habit de femme au temple d'Arthemide,
Allant meurdry par incognu du Maine.

The younger son of the king flagrant in burning lust
To enjoy his first cousin:
Female attire in the Temple of Artemis,
Going to be murdered by the unknown one of Maine.



Quatrain 10,36

Apres le Roy du soucq guerres parlant,
L'Isle Harmotique le tiendra … mespris:
Quelques ans bons rongeant vn & pillant,
Par tyrannie … l'isle changeant pris.

Upon the King of the stump speaking of wars,
The United Isle will hold him in contempt:
For several good years one gnawing and pillaging,
Through tyranny in the isle esteem changing.



Quatrain 10,37

L'assemblee grande pres du lac de Borget,
Se ralieront pres du Montmelian:
Marchans plus outre pensifs feront proget
Chambry, Moraine combat sainct Iulian.

The great assembly near the Lake of Bourget,
They will meet near Montm‚lian:
Going beyond the thoughful ones will draw up a plan,
Chamb‚ry, Saint-Jean-de-Maurienne, Saint-Julien combat.



Quatrain 10,38

Amour allegre non loing pose le siege.
Au sainct barbar seront les garnisons:
Vrsins Hadrie pour Gaulois feront plaige,
Pour peur rendus de l'armee aux Grisons.

Sprightly love lays the siege not far,
The garrisons will be at the barbarian saint:
The Orsini and "Adria" will provide a guarantee for the Gauls,
For fear deliverd by the army to the Grisons.



Quatrain 10,39

Premier fils vefue malheureux mariage,
Sans nuls enfans deux Isles en discord:
Auant dixhuict incompetant eage,
De l'autre pres plus bas sera l'accord.

First son, widow, unfortunate marriage,
Without any children two Isles in discord:
Before eighteen, incompetent age,
For the other one the betrothal will take place while younger.



Quatrain 10,40

Le ieune n'ay au regne Britannique,
Qu'aura le pere mourant recommand‚,
Iceluy mort LONOLE donra topique,
Et … son fils le regne demand‚.

The young heir to the British realm,
Whom his dying father will have recommended:
The latter dead "Lonole" will dispute with him,
And from the son the realm demanded.



Quatrain 10,41

En la frontiere de Caussa & de Charlus,
Non guieres loing du fonds de la valee:
De ville franche musique … son de luths,
Enuironnez combouls & grand mittee.

On the boundary of Caussade and Caylus,
Not at all far from the bottom of the valley:
Music from Villefranche to the sound of lutes,
Encompassed by cymbals and great stringing.



Quatrain 10,42

Le regne humain d'Angelique geniture,
Fera son regne paix vnion tenir:
Captiue guerre demy de sa closture,
Long temps la paix leur fera maintenir.

The humane realm of Anglican offspring,
It will cause its realm to hold to peace and union:
War half-captive in its enclosure,
For long will it cause them to maintain peace.



Quatrain 10,43

Le trop bon temps trop de bont‚ royale,
Fais & deffais prompt subit negligence.
Legier croira faux d'espouse loyalle,
Luy mis … mort par beneuolence.

Too much good times, too much of royal goodness,
Ones made and unmade, quick, sudden, neglectful:
Lightly will he believe falsely of his loyal wife,
He put to death through his benevolence.



Quatrain 10,44

Par lors qu'vn Roy sera contre les siens,
Natifs de Bloys subiuguera Ligures,
Mammel, Cordube & les Dalmatiens,
Des sept puis l'“bre … Roy estrˆnes & lemeures.

When a King will be against his people,
A native of Blois will subjugate the Ligurians,
Memel, Cordoba and the Dalmatians,
Of the seven then the shadow to the King handsel and ghosts.



Quatrain 10,45

L'ombre du regne de Nauarre non vray,
Fera la vie de sort illegitime:
La veu promis incertain de Cambray,
Roy Orleans donra mur legitime.

The shadow of the realm of Navarre untrue,
It will make his life one of fate unlawful:
The vow made in Cambrai wavering,
King Orl‚ans will give a lawful wall.



Quatrain 10,46

Vie soit mort de l'or vilaine indigne,
Sera de Saxe non nouueau electeur:
De Brunsuic mandra d'amour signe,
Faux le rendant au peuple seducteur.

In life, fate and death a sordid, unworthy man of gold,
He will not be a new Elector of Saxony:
>From Brunswick he will send for a sign of love,
The false seducer delivering it to the people.



Quatrain 10,47

De bourze ville … la dame Guyrlande,
L'on mettra sur par la trahison faicte
Le grand prelat de Leon par Formande,
Faux pelerins & rauisseurs deffaicte.

At the Garland lady of the town of Burgos,
They will impose for the treason commited:
The great prelate of Leon through "Formande",
Undone by false pilgrims and ravishers.



Quatrain 10,48

Du plus profond de l'Espaigne enseigne,
Sortant du bout & des fins de l'Europe,
Troubles passant aupres du pont de Laigne,
Sera deffaicte par bande sa grand troupe.

Banners of the deepest part of Spain,
Coming out from the tip and ends of Europe:
Troubles passing near the bridge of "Laigne",
Its great army will be routed by a band.



Quatrain 10,49

Iardin du monde aupres de cit‚ neufue,
Dans le chemin des montaignes cauees:
Sera saisi & plong‚ dans la Cuve,
Beuuant par force eaux soulphre enuenimees.

Garden of the world near the new city,
In the path of the hollow mountains:
It will be seized and plunged into the Tub,
Forced to drink waters poisoned by sulfur.



Quatrain 10,50

La Meuse au iour terre de Luxembourg,
Descouurira Saturne & trois en lurne:
Montaigne & pleine, ville cit‚ & bourg,
Lorrain deluge, trahison par grand hurne.

The Meuse by day in the land of Luxemburg,
It will find Saturn and three in the urn:
Mountain and plain, town, city and borough,
Flood in Lorraine, betrayed by the great urn.



Quatrain 10,51

Des lieux plus bas du pays de Lorraine
Seront des basses Allemaignes vnis:
Par ceux du siege Picards, Normƒs, du Maisne,
Et aux cantons se seront renis.

Some of the lowest places of the land of Lorraine
Will be united with the Low Germans:
Through those of the see Picards, Normans, those of Main,
And they will be joined to the cantons.



Quatrain 10,52

Au lieu o— Laye & Scelde se marient,
Seront les nopces de long temps maniees:
Au lieu d'Anuers o— la crappe charient,
Ieune viellesse consorte intaminee.

At the place where the Lys and the Scheldt unite,
The nuptials will be arranged for a long time:
At the place in Antwerp where they carry the chaff,
Young old age wife undefiled.



Quatrain 10,53

Les trois pelices de loing s'entrebatront,
La plus grand moindre demeurera … l'escoute:
Le grand Selin n'en sera plus patron,
Le nommera feu pelte blanche routte.

The three concubines will fight each other for a long time,
The greatest one the least will remain to watch:
The great "Selin" will no longer be her patron,
She will call him fire shield white route.



Quatrain 10,54

Nee en ce monde par concupine fertiue,
A deux haut mise par les tristes nouuelles,
Entre ennemis sera prinse captiue,
Et amenee … Malings & Bruxelles.

She born in this world of a furtive concubine,
At two raised high by the sad news:
She will be taken captive by her enemies,
And brought to Malines and Brussels.



Quatrain 10,55

Les malheureuses nopces celebreront
En grande ioye mais la fin malheureuse,
Mary & mere nore desdaigneront,
Le Phybe mort, & nore plus piteuse.

The unfortunate nuptials will be celebrated
In great joy but the end unhappy:
Husband and mother will slight the daughter-in-law,
The Apollo dead and the daughter-in-law more pitiful.



Quatrain 10,56

Prelat royal son baissant trop tir‚,
Grand fleux de sang sortira par sa bouche,
Le regne Angelicque par regne respir‚,
Long temps mort vifs en Tunis c“me souche.

The royal prelate his bowing too low,
A great flow of blood will come out of his mouth:
The Anglican realm a realm pulled out of danger,
For long dead as a stump alive in Tunis.



Quatrain 10,57

Le subleu‚ ne cognoistra son sceptre,
Les enfans ieunes des plus grands honnira:
Oncques ne fut vn plus ord cruel estre,
Pour leurs espouses … mort noir bannira.

The uplifted one will not know his sceptre,
He will disgrace the young children of the greatest ones:
Never was there a more filthy and cruel being,
For their wives the king will banish them to death.



Quatrain 10,58

Au temps du dueil que le felin monarque
Guerroyera la ieune Aemathien:
Gaule bransler, perecliter la barque,
Tenter Phossens au Ponant entretien.

In the time of mourning the feline monarch
Will make war upon the young Macedonian:
Gaul to shake, the bark to be in jeopardy,
Marseilles to be tried in the West a talk.



Quatrain 10,59

Dedans Lyon vingtcinq d'vne haleine,
Cinq citoyens Germains, Bressans, Latins:
Par dessous noble conduiront longue traine.
Et descouuers par abbois de mastins.

Within Lyons twenty-five of one mind,
Five citizens, Germans, Bressans, Latins:
Under a noble one they will lead a long train,
And discovered by barks of mastiffs.



Quatrain 10,60

Ie pleure Nisse, Mannego, Pize, Gennes,
Sauonne, Sienne, Capu‰ Modene, Malte:
Le dessus sang, & glaiue par estrennes,
Feu, trembler terre, eau. malheureuse nolte.

I weep for Nice, Monaco, Pisa, Genoa,
Savona, Siena, Capua, Modena, Malta:
For the above blood and sword for a New Year's gift,
Fire, the earth to tremble, water, unfortunate nolition.



Quatrain 10,61

Betta, Vienne, Emorte, Sacarbance,
Voudront liurer aux Barbares Pannone:
Par picque & feu enorme violance,
Les coniurez descouuers par matrone.

"Betta," Vienna, "Emorte," Sopron,
They will want to deliver Pannonia to the Barbarians:
Enormous violence through pike and fire,
The conspirators discovered by a matron.



Quatrain 10,62

Pres de Sorbin pour assaillir Ongrie,
L'heraut de Brudes les viendra aduertir:
Chef Bisantin, Sallon de Sclauonie,
A loy d'Arabes les viendra conuertir.

Near "Sorbia" to assail Hungary,
The herald of "Brudes" will come to warn them:
Byzantine chief, Salona of Slavonia,
He will come to convert them to the law of the Arabs.



Quatrain 10,63

Cydron, Raguse, la cit‚ au sainct Hieron,
Reuerdira le medicant secours:
Mort fils de Roy par mort de deux heron,
L'Arabe, Hongrie feront vn mesme cours.

Cydonia, Ragusa, the city of St. Jerome,
With healing help to grow green again:
The King's sone dead because of the death of two heroes,
Araby and Hungary will take the same course.



Quatrain 10,64

Pleure Milan, plure Luques, Florence,
Que ton grand Duc sur le char montera,
Changer le siege pres de Venise s'aduance,
Lors que Colonne … Rome changera.

Weep Milan, weep Lucca and Florence,
As your great Duke climbs into the chariot:
The see to change it advances to near Venice,
When at Rome the Colonna will change.



Quatrain 10,65

O vaste Rome ta ruyne s'approche,
Non de tes murs, de ton sang & substance
L'aspre par lettres fera si horrible coche,
Fer pointu mis … tous iusques au manche.

O vast Rome, thy ruin approaches,
Not of thy walls, of thy blood and substance:
The one harsh in letters will make a very horrible notch,
Pointed steel driven into all up to the hilt.



Quatrain 10,66

Le chef de Londres par regne l'Americh,
L'Isle d'Escosse tempiera par gelee:
Roy Reb auront vn si faux Antechrist,
Que les mettra trestous dans la meslee.

The chief of London through the realm of America,
The Isle of Scotland will be tried by frost:
King and "Reb" will face an Antichrist so false,
That he will place them in the conflict all together.



Quatrain 10,67

Le tremblement si fort au mois de may,
Saturne, Caper, Iupiter, Mercure au boeuf:
Venus aussi, Cancer, Mars, en Nonnay,
Tombera gresle lors plus grosse qu'vn oeuf.

A very mighty trembling in the month of May,
Saturn in Capricorn, Jupiter and Mercury in Taurus:
Venus also, Cancer, Mars in Virgo,
Hail will fall larger than an egg.



Quatrain 10,68

L'armee de mer deuant cit‚ tiendra,
Puis partira sans faire longue allee:
Citoyens grande proye en terre prendra,
Retourner classe prendre grande emblee.

The army of the sea will stand before the city,
Then it will leave without making a long passage:
A great flock of citizens will be seized on land,
Fleet to return to seize it great robbery.



Quatrain 10,69

Le fair luysant de neuf vieux esleu‚,
Se ront si grands par Midy, Aquilon:
De sa soeur propre grandes alles leu‚,
Fuyant meurdry au buisson d'Ambellon.

The shining deed of the old one exalted anew,
Through the South and "Aquilon" they will be very great:
Raised by his own sister great crowds,
Fleeing, murdered in the thicket of "Ambellon."



Quatrain 10,70

L'oeil par obiect fera telle excroissance,
Tant & ardante que tombera la neige:
Champ arrous‚ viendra en decroissance,
Que le primat succombera … Rege.

Through an object the eye will swell very much,
Burning so much that the snow will fall:
The fields watered will come to shrink,
As the primate succumbs at Reggio.



Quatrain 10,71

La terre & lair geleront si grand eau,
Lors qu'on viendra pour Ieudy venerer:
Ce qui sera iamais ne fut si beau,
Des quatre parts le viendront honorer.

The earth and air will freeze a very great sea,
When they will come to venerate Thursday:
That which will be never was it so fair,
>From the four parts they will come to honor it.



Quatrain 10,72

L'an mil neuf cens nonante neuf sept mois,
Du ciel viendra vn grand Roy d'effrayeur:
Resusciter le grand Roy d'Angolmois,
Auant apres Mars regner par bon-heur.

The year 1999, seventh month,
>From the sky will come a great King of Terror:
To bring back to life the great King of the Mongols,
Before and after Mars to reign by good luck.



Quatrain 10,73

Le temps present auecques le pass‚,
Sera iug‚ par grand Iouialiste:
Le monde tard luy sera lass‚,
Et desloyal par le clerg‚ iuriste.

The present time together with the past
Will be judged by the great Jovialist:
The world too late will be tired of him,
And through the clergy outh-taker disloyal.



Quatrain 10,74

Au reuolu du grand nombre septiesme,
Apparoistra au temps ieux d'Hecatombe:
Non esloign‚ du grand aage milliesme,
Que les entrez sortiront de leur tombe.

The year of the great seventh number accomplished,
It will appear at the time of the games of slaughter:
Not far from the great millennial age,
When the buried will go out from their tombs.



Quatrain 10,75

Tant attendu ne reuiendra iamais,
Dedans l'Europe en Asie apparoistra:
Vn de la ligue yssu du grand Hermes,
Et sur tous Roys des Orients croistra.

Long awaited he will never return
In Europe, he will appear in Asia:
One of the league issued from the great Hermes,
And he will grow over all the Kings of the East.



Quatrain 10,76

Le grand Senat discernera la pompe,
A l'vn qu'apres sera vaincu chass‚:
Ses adherans seront … son de trompe
Biens publiez, ennemis dechassez.

The great Senate will ordain the triumph
For one who afterwards will be vanquished, driven out:
At the sound of the trumpet of his adherents there will be
Put up for sale their possessions, enemies expelled.



Quatrain 10,77

Trente adherans de l'ordre des quirettes
Bannis, leurs biens donnez ses aduersaires:
Tous leurs bienfaits seront pour demerites,
Classe espargie deliurez aux Corsaires.

Thirty adherents of the order of "Quirites"
Banished, their possessions given their adversaries:
All their benefits will be taken as misdeeds,
Fleet dispersed, delivered to the Corsairs.



Quatrain 10,78

Subite ioye en subite tristesse,
Sera … Rome aux graces embrassees:
Dueil, cris, pleurs, larm. sang, excellent liesse
Contraires bandes surprinses & troussees.

Sudden joy to sudden sadness,
It will occur at Rome for the graces embraced:
Grief, cries, tears, weeping, blood, excellent mirth,
Contrary bands surprised and trussed up.



Quatrain 10,79

Les vieux chemins seront tous embellys,
Lon passera … Memphis somentree:
Le grand Mercure d'Hercules fleur de lys,
Faisant trembler terre, mer & contree.

The old roads will all be improved,
One will procedd on them to the modern Memphis:
The great Mercury of Hercules fleur-de-lys,
Causing to tremble lands, sea and country.



Quatrain 10,80

Au regne grand du grand regne regnant,
Par force d'armes les grands portes d'airain:
Fera ouurir, le Roy & Duc ioignant,
Fort demoly, nef … fons, iour serain.

In the realm the great one of the great realm reigning,
Through force of arms the great gates of brass
He will cause to open, the King and Duke joining,
Fort demolished, ship to the bottom, day serene.



Quatrain 10,81

Mis tresors temple citadins Hesperiques,
Dans iceluy retir‚ en secret lieu:
Le temple ouurir les liens fameliques,
Reprens, rauis, proye horrible au milieu.

A treasure placed in a temple by "Hesperian" citizens,
Therein withdrawn to a secret place:
The hungry bonds to open the temple,
Retaken, ravished, a horrible prey in the midst.



Quatrain 10,82

Cris, pleurs, larmes viendront auec couteaux,
Semblant fuyr, donront dernier assaut,
L'entour parques planter profonds plateaux,
Vifs repoussez & meurdris de plinsaut.

Cries, weeping, tears will come with knives,
Seeming to flee, they will deleiver a final attack,
Parks around to set up high platforms,
The living pushed back and murdered instantly.



Quatrain 10,83

De batailler ne sera donn‚ signe,
Du parc seront contraints de sortir hors:
De Gand l'entour sera cogneu l'ensigne,
Qui fera mettre de tous les siens … morts.

The signal to give battle will not be given,
They will be obliged to go out of the park:
The banner around Ghent will be recognized,
Of him who will cause all his followers to be put to death.



Quatrain 10,84

La naturelle … si haut non bas,
Le tard retour fera marris contens:
Le Recloing ne sera sans debats,
En employant & perdant tout son temps.

The illegitimate girl so high, high, not low,
The late return will make the grieved ones contended:
The Reconciled One will not be without debates,
In employing and losing all his time.



Quatrain 10,85

Le vieil tribun au point de la trehemide
Sera pressee, captif ne deliurer,
Le vueil, non vueil, le mal parlant timide,
Par legitime … ses amis liurer.

The old tribune on the point of trembling,
He will be pressed not to deliver the captive:
The will, non-will, speaking the timid evil,
To deliver to his friends lawfully.



Quatrain 10,86

Comme vn gryphon viendra le Roy d'Europe,
Accompagn‚ de ceux d'Aquilon,
De rouges & blancs conduira grand troupe,
Et iront contre le Roy de Babylon.

Like a griffin will come the King of Europe,
Accompanied by those of "Aquilon":
He will lead a great troop of red ones and white ones,
And they will go against the King of Babylon.



Quatrain 10,87

Grƒd Roy viendra prendre port pres de Nisse,
Le grand empire de la mort si en fera
Aux Antipolles, posera son genisse,
Par mer la Pille tout esuanouyra.

A Great King will come to take port near Nice,
Thus the death of the great empire will be completed:
In Antibes will he place his heifer,
The plunder by sea all will vanish.



Quatrain 10,88

Pieds & Cheual … la seconde veille,
Feront entree vastient tout par la mer:
Dedans le poil entrera de Marseille,
Pleurs, crys, & sang, onc nul temps si amer.

Foot and Horse at the second watch,
They will make an entry devastating all by sea:
Within the port of Marseilles he will enter,
Tears, cries, and blood, never times so bitter.



Quatrain 10,89

De brique en mabre seront les murs reduits,
Sept & cinquante annees pacifiques:
Ioye aux humains, renou‚ l'aqueduict,
Sant‚, temps grands fruicts, ioye & mellifiques.

The walls will be converted from brick to marble,
Seven and fifty pacific years:
Joy to mortals, the aquaduct renewed,
Health, abundance of fruits, joy and mellifluous times.



Quatrain 10,90

Cent fois mourra le tyran inhumain,
Mis … son lieu s‡auant & debonnaire,
Tout le Senat sera dessous sa main,
Fasch‚ sera par malin temeraire.

A hundred times will the inhuman tyrant die,
In his place put one learned and mild,
The entire Senate will be under his hand,
He will be vexed by a rash scoundrel.



Quatrain 10,91

Clerg‚ Romain l'an mil six cens & neuf,
Au chef de l'an feras election:
D'vn gris & noir de la Compagnie yssu,
Qui onc ne fut si maling.

In the year 1609, Roman clergy,
At the beginning of the year you will hold an election:
Of one gray and black issued from Campania,
Never was there one so wicked as he.



Quatrain 10,92

Deuant le pere l'enfant sera tu‚,
Le pere apres entre cordes de ionc,
Geneuois peuple sera esuertue,
Gisant le chef au milieu comme vn tronc.

Before his father the child will be killed,
The father afterwards between ropes of rushes:
The people of Geneva will have exerted themselves,
The chief lying in the middle like a log.



Quatrain 10,93

La barque neufue receura les voyages,
L… & aupres transfereront l'Empire:
Beaucaire, Arles retiendrons les hostages,
Pres deux colomnes trouuees de Porphire.

The new bark will take trips,
There and near by they will transfer the Empire:
Beaucaire, Arles will retain the hostages,
Near by, two columns of Porphyry found.



Quatrain 10,94

De Nismes d'Arles, & Vienne contemner,
N'obeyr … ledict d'Hespericque:
Aux labouriez pour le grand condamner,
Six eschappez en habit seraphicque.

Scorn from NŒmes, from Arles and Vienne,
Not to obey the "Hesperian" edict:
To the tormented to condemn the great one,
Six escaped in seraphic garb.



Quatrain 10,95

Dans les Espaignes viendra Roy trespuissant,
Par mer & terre subiugant or Midy:
Ce ma fera, rabaissant le croissant,
Baisser les aisles … ceux du Vendredy.

To the Spains will come a very powerful King,
By land and sea subjugating the South:
This evil will cause, lowering again the crescent,
Clipping the wings of those of Friday.



Quatrain 10,96

Religion du nom de mers vanicra,
Contre la secte fils Adaluncatif,
Secte obstinee deploree craindra
Des deux blessez par Aleph & Aleph.

The Religion of the name of the seas will win out
Against the sect of the son of "Adaluncatif":
The stubborn, lamented sect will be afraid
Of the two wounded by A and A.



Quatrain 10,97

Triremes pleines tout aage captif,
Temps bon … mal, le doux pour amertume:
Proye … Barbares trop tost seront hatifs,
Cupid de voir plaindre au vent la plume.

Triremes full of captives of every age,
Good time for bad, the sweet for the bitter:
Prey to the Barbarians hasty they will be too soon,
Anxious to see the feather wail in the wind.



Quatrain 10,98

La splendeur claire … pucelle ioyeuse,
Ne luyra plus, long temps sera sans sel:
Auec marchans, ruffiens, loups odieuse,
Tous pesle mesle monstre vniuersel.

For the merry maid the bright splendor
Will shine no longer, for long will she be without salt:
With merchants, bullies, wolves odious,
All confusion universal monster.



Quatrain 10,99

La fin le loup, le lyon, beuf, & l'asne,
Timide dama seront auec mastins:
Plus ne cherra … eux la douce manne,
Plus vigilance & custode aux mastins.

The end of wolf, lion, ox and ass,
Timid deer they will be with mastiffs:
No longer will the sweet manna fall upon them,
More vigilance and watch for the mastiffs.



Quatrain 10,100

Le grand empire sera par Angleterre,
Le pempotam des ans de trois cens:
Grandes copies passer par mer & terre,
Les Lusitains n'en seront par contens.

The great empire will be for England,
The all-powerful one for more than three hundred years:
Great forces to pass by sea and land,
The Lusitanians will not be satisfied thereby.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
07/30/2009 02:48 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
MAYAN PROPHESIES FOR THE NEW MILLENNIUM

from elder Hunbatz Men

The Mayan prophecies are being fulfilled. Some are being fulfilled even now. Some will be fulfilled on the morrow. The Mayan prophecies exist because the Mayas knew the cosmic time. They knew that in certain times it would be necessary to keep this cosmic wisdom secret. This was the purpose of the prophecy so that they might be able to communicate their secrets to the initiates of the future.

It is prophesied that initiates shall return to the sacred land of the Mayas to continue the work of the Great Spirit. Here in the lands of the Mayab, in the cycle of light, there surged a great wisdom, which would illuminate humanity for many millennia. This wisdom was given to the Mayan-Itzaes.

Now the reincarnated masters return to these lands of the Mayan to communicate with the great spirits of the Itzaes so that together they may understand what shall be the new initiation which will be put to practice; so that humanity, the reincarnated masters and the great spirits of the Itzaes may fuse into one. Then they will be able to travel like the wind, descend like the rain, give warmth like fire and teach like Mother Earth.

These masters will come from many places. They will be of many colors. Some will speak of things difficult to understand. Others will be aged. Some less so. Some will dance while others will remain silent as rocks. Their eyes will communicate the initiatic message, which is to continue through the cycles of the next millennium.

It is also prophesied that this initiation of cosmic wisdom is for future initiates. They will be young and old, men and women who will have the understanding that this modern civilization is not meeting its educational responsibilities. It is well known that this so-called modern civilization has caused a regressive effect in spiritual development.

The Mayan ceremonial centers begin to emanate the light of the new millennium, which is much needed today. Many Mayan cosmic ceremonial centers begin to beckon, with their solar reflection, the many initiates who will come to continue the work of the Great Spirit. In many Mayan ceremonial centers Solar Priests will begin to walk among
the multitude of tourists. They will be touched by the Solar Priests to be initiation with the cosmic wisdom. It will be then that the initiates of the second level shall begin to work among the new initiates.

The Mayan masters will begin to manifest in the trees, in the sun, in the moon and in the stars. They will appear also in homes to inform families that the new time to begin the initiatic cosmic work has commenced. Many will not understand because this will happen when people are asleep, or when they are sleepy or when people will have lost the notion of time, if only for a few seconds. Everything shall be moved to the new time, including human genetics which will be moved by the sacred energy of Father Sun and the 7 cosmic brothers who will help elevate human consciousness.

When the sacred energy of the masters and students is begun at the ceremonial centers of the sacred Mayans of Ek Balam, Oxkintok, Mayapan and Chichen Itza, then shall the gods who are in the stars look upon us and bless the sons and daughters who have returned once again to continue the \par cosmic spiritual work of the new millennium. These gods of the stars will announce to the four cardinal points, the good news of the new beginnings of the human race.

These gods of the stars will call the lords of the day, and of the night, and of the inner world and also of the exterior world and they will say to them to look again upon humanity and to assist them to awaken into the solar light. The gods will also look into the bodies of the humans and they will \line ask the heart to beat newly in rhythm to the
universe; to the stomach they will ask to accept only natural foods. In this way will they speak to many parts of the inner body. To the head it will ask that it should not let itself be deceived by the false modern society.

Then when the masters and the students are in one accord the manifestations of the spirits will come. The eagle will teach us what it knows about our ancestors. The serpent and the jaguar will do the same. Then the sacred tree will illumine us with its wisdom. They will all then begin to see us in the same manor as the ancient Mayas. This will be the moment to begin the grand ritual of the cosmic conjugation within every living being.

In the beginning of this millennium we will begin our rituals and ceremonies in some of 4,000 Mayan ceremonial centers which we have in Mexico in these sacred lands of the Mayab. Today there are a few million initiates doing this work. But tomorrow, the Mayan prophecies indicate that humanity will return to the ancient ceremonial centers to fulfill their obligation, which was interrupted by colonialism.

There exist four Mayan ceremonial centers of importance which energy must be activated so that their energy of light may serve to illuminate the steps humanity must take in this new millennium. Each sacred center will give its message as will be explained:

OXK INTOK: will be the sacred Mayan center where the solar light will illuminate the law of the trinity. Here humanity will understand who is its father. He will know who is his mother and he will understand where he will go when he leaves his physical body. Here humanity will know the importance of who his own physical parentage and also his spiritual parentage. Here in Oxkintok man will understand this cosmic law.

Here they will also understand why they are a solar son and daughter. They will understand that their spirit is a solar energy, which comes from the sun, and when life is transcended it returns to the Great Father Sun. He will understand that all existing being is a product of the solar energy and that without this energy, which sustains life he would not exist in the third dimension.

In Oxkintok rests the purity of the divided energy; divided in its three manifestations which govern all life principle.It will be understood that this solar energy light can be wrongly used. It can also destroy the body. The unlimited wrongful use of this energy can actually cause forest fires, which debilitate our Mother Earth.

Here also, at this ceremonial center of Oxkintok exists the Labyrinth Temple where many are initiated into the knowledge of the eight senses so that they might know how to orient themselves in darkness. The initiate should know that one day he will enter the fourth dimension with his physical body. He should be able to enter and leave in full conscience. It will be the awakened senses that will help him do this initiatic work.

We shall also learn at this sacred site about the statues, which are found in a place called 'of the devil'. One of these statues has two holes on top of the head. In ancient times this Mayan statue had two flints on the head, which resembled two horns. These flints served like antennas to capture \line energy. There are other symbols on this particular statue and it is good to stand before symbols that have not yet been deciphered by investigators.


CHICHEN ITZA, great Mayan ceremonial center, was considered by the ancients as the cosmic University of America. Hundreds of persons come here to study all manner of science. In it's pyramids and temples reside knowledge of the human race. Here was deposited the great knowledge of the Mayan-Itzaes when they arrived in these Mayab lands.

The Kukulcan pyramid records the sacred Mayan calendars. At first glance the initiate will observe the calendars of the sun, the moon and the Pleiades. After learning these he may begin t o understand the other 14 calendars in order to comprehend the 26,000-year Pleaidian cyclic calendar which in reality is the one which affects the great
changes upon Mother Earth.

At the astronomic observatory of the sacred center of Chichen Itza we can understand how the ancients made their observations of the planets, stares and galaxies. Here you will observe all the solar movements. Through the tiny windows of this observatory the ancients calculated the movements of Venus, Mars, Jupiter and the other planets in our solar system. Through this \line knowledge they were able to predict the future of our Mother Earth.

In what is called the 'church' at this sacred Mayan ceremonial center, we will observe how the ancient Mayas enacted the water initiation. You can see the mouth of the Grand Chak where the initiates entered to understand how this watery liquid is converted into blood, perspiration, and the liquid of the bone. This sacred teaching was given at this ancient temple by the SOVEREIGN SOLAR COMMAND OF THE CHICAN ITZAAB for the initiates of the future who would come to the sacred lands of the Mayab.

In EK BALAM, sacred Mayan center, we will understand why the ancient Balams did rituals to the cosmic stars. Through meditation we will enter the dimension of the Balams. We will learn more about the sacred work of these Mayan Priests. We will understand how they made their predictions by reading the stars. We will apply this knowledge to the new millennium that is about to begin. Understanding the cosmic knowledge in this way will show
us what destiny lies ahead for Mother Earth.

We will be witnesses to recent discoveries by anthropologists. We will be the first initiates of the new millennium to see these new findings. We will see recently discovered figurines made of stone which have no relation to the Mayan culture. However it is important that we the masters and initiates of the New Time be here to see and observe. Perhaps these hold knowledge needed to understand that missing link of humanity.

It is important to also visit the small temples where the Aluxes do their spiritual work. The Aluxes, to the Maya, are the spirits of things that exist. Generally they manifest as children. They are the essence of all manifested life. They are the purity that is responsible for the continuity of life. The ancient Maya knew how to live in harmony with these etheric beings. When the Mayan masters left the ceremonial centers, they left them in the care of the ALUXES.

In MAYAPAN, sacred ceremonial Mayan Center we will v isit the observatory. Like in Chichen Itza and many thousand others that we have here in the land of the Mayan, we will learn about the knowledge of the cosmos and how through this observatory the movements of the constellation Castor and Canopus were cal culated. This is done through the doors of the observatory. Through meditation we will understand more about the mathematical calculations of the cosmos.

At the principal pyramid we will understand how the ancient Maya recorded their sacred calendar Tzolk' in. They wisely recorded this wisdom on the staircase. This is the only pyramid to this day discovered, from which the knowledge of the sacred calendar may be acquired by the initiate in just 21 minutes. This calendar synchronizes the other 16 calendars t hat demonstrate the Mayan mathematical way of thought.

The greatest gift we the masters and initiates can receive is to be able to observe a stucco figure 2 X meters. This giant relief confirms the great understanding the Mayas had of the sacred lands of this American continent and of other continents on this earth.

On one side of the principal pyramid can be found this great figure that according to my understanding represents the union of the continents. To better understand this I will try to describe it. This future of a man stands with both arms outstretched holding in the right hand the Condor of the Andes and in the left hand the figure of the eagle. The man appears to be levitated. Beneath him there appear to be waves of the sea. His rib cage seems to protrude and where they meet at the front we can see three double circles. Where the rib cage meets at the central part there is a finger coming forth from the joint of the last row. It is important to observe that much importance was given to the umbilical area.

It is of utmost importance to observe that this statue is headless. Where the head would be there is only a hole. Remember beloved initiates that in order to understand the Mayan culture it is very important to understand everything about this figure in its entirety. It is also important to realize that one of the ways to understand the Mayan culture is to understand symbolism.

I will give a brief description as to how I understand this figure made in stucco.

( this is described in full detail and as well the other connecting prophecies in Robert Ghost Wolfs Days of DestinyCosmic prophecies for the 21st Century)

The Condor represents the South American Continent.

The Eagle represents the North American Continent.

The man levitating over the sea represents the human man of North and South of this continent of America. It can also represent other humans from other continents.

The protruding rib cage is symbolic of the spirit outside of the body. It can also symbolize the spiritual union of all human beings from whatever latitude or longitude of the world.

The symbolic finger speaks of the root of our ancestors of millions of years ago.

Any esoteric knows that the umbilical area represents the union, firstly between a person and his other, whether terrestrial or physical and both represent the union of the cosmos. This can symbolize many other things.

The most important is to be able to enter into the dimension of Mayan thought so that we may understand why the Maya did not place a head on this figure. He who enter into high initiation and who belongs to the Mysteries Schools can understand what the Mayas represented in this mural made of relief. It is difficult for the 'experts' to understand the high symbolism, which was shaped into this ancient figure of Mayapan.

For us, the traditional Mayas, this figure represents beings of the American continent and of other continents in both the physical and the spiritual aspect. It also represents a memory to the ancestors of their physical aspect. It speaks of its connection, as a seed from the Pleiades. It also represents other things that we will explain in another study. The most important is that this symbol can represent the union of the human being with his religious and physical aspect as well as the mental. We can now use this cosmic symbol as an identifier of the new millennium. With this we can now begin to work our cosmic spiritual in all parts of the earth. SHALL WE SAY, THE NEW MILLENIUM MUST BE MORE SPIRITUAL. IT MUST BE CLOSER TO THE GRAND LAW OF THE UNIVERSE.

In Lakesh Hunbatz Men
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
07/30/2009 05:50 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
BOOK OF ENOCH


INTRODUCTION

[Chapter 1]

1 The words of the blessing of Enoch, wherewith he blessed the elect and
righteous, who will be 2 living in the day of tribulation, when all the
wicked and godless are to be removed. And he took up his parable and said
-Enoch a righteous man, whose eyes were opened by God, saw the vision of
the Holy One in the heavens, which the angels showed me, and from them I
heard everything, and from them I understood as I saw, but not for this
generation, but for a remote one which is 3 for to come. Concerning the
elect I said, and took up my parable concerning them:

The Holy Great One will come forth from His dwelling,
4 And the eternal God will tread upon the earth, (even) on Mount Sinai,
[And appear from His camp]
And appear in the strength of His might from the heaven of heavens.

5 And all shall be smitten with fear
And the Watchers shall quake,
And great fear and trembling shall seize them unto the ends of the earth.

6 And the high mountains shall be shaken,
And the high hills shall be made low,
And shall melt like wax before the flame

7 And the earth shall be wholly rent in sunder,
And all that is upon the earth shall perish,
And there shall be a judgement upon all (men).

8 But with the righteous He will make peace.

And will protect the elect,
And mercy shall be upon them.

And they shall all belong to God,
And they shall be prospered,
And they shall all be blessed.

And He will help them all,
And light shall appear unto them,
And He will make peace with them'.

9 And behold! He cometh with ten thousands of His holy ones
To execute judgement upon all,
And to destroy all the ungodly:

And to convict all flesh
Of all the works of their ungodliness which they have ungodly committed,
And of all the hard things which ungodly sinners have spoken against Him.

[Chapter 2]

1 Observe ye everything that takes place in the heaven, how they do not
change their orbits, and the luminaries which are in the heaven, how they
all rise and set in order each in its season, and 2 transgress not against
their appointed order. Behold ye the earth, and give heed to the things
which take place upon it from first to last, how steadfast they are, how
none of the things upon earth 3 change, but all the works of God appear to
you. Behold the summer and the winter, how the whole earth is filled with
water, and clouds and dew and rain lie upon it.

[Chapter 3]

Observe and see how (in the winter) all the trees seem as though they had
withered and shed all their leaves, except fourteen trees, which do not
lose their foliage but retain the old foliage from two to three years till
the new comes.

[Chapter 4]

And again, observe ye the days of summer how the sun is above the earth
over against it. And you seek shade and shelter by reason of the heat of
the sun, and the earth also burns with growing heat, and so you cannot
tread on the earth, or on a rock by reason of its heat.

[Chapter 5]

1 Observe ye how the trees cover themselves with green leaves and bear
fruit: wherefore give ye heed and know with regard to all His works, and
recognize how He that liveth for ever hath made them so. 2 And all His
works go on thus from year to year for ever, and all the tasks which they
accomplish for Him, and their tasks change not, but according as God hath
ordained so is it done. 3 And behold how the sea and the rivers in like
manner accomplish and change not their tasks from His commandments'.

4 But ye -ye have not been steadfast, nor done the commandments of the
Lord,
But ye have turned away and spoken proud and hard words
With your impure mouths against His greatness.
Oh, ye hard-hearted, ye shall find no peace.

5 Therefore shall ye execrate your days,
And the years of your life shall perish,
And the years of your destruction shall be multiplied in eternal
execration,
And ye shall find no mercy.

6a In those days ye shall make your names an eternal execration unto all
the righteous,
b And by you shall all who curse, curse,
And all the sinners and godless shall imprecate by you,
7c And for you the godless there shall be a curse.

6d And all the . . . shall rejoice,
e And there shall be forgiveness of sins,
f And every mercy and peace and forbearance:
g There shall be salvation unto them, a goodly light.

I And for all of you sinners there shall be no salvation,
j But on you all shall abide a curse.
7a But for the elect there shall be light and joy and peace,
b And they shall inherit the earth.

8 And then there shall be bestowed upon the elect wisdom,
And they shall all live and never again sin,
Either through ungodliness or through pride:
But they who are wise shall be humble.

9 And they shall not again transgress,
Nor shall they sin all the days of their life,
Nor shall they die of (the divine) anger or wrath,
But they shall complete the number of the days of their life.

And their lives shall be increased in peace,
And the years of their joy shall be multiplied,
In eternal gladness and peace,
All the days of their life.

[Chapter 6]

1 And it came to pass when the children of men had multiplied that in those
days were born unto 2 them beautiful and comely daughters. And the angels,
the children of the heaven, saw and lusted after them, and said to one
another: 'Come, let us choose us wives from among the children of men 3 and
beget us children.' And Semjaza, who was their leader, said unto them: 'I
fear ye will not 4 indeed agree to do this deed, and I alone shall have to
pay the penalty of a great sin.' And they all answered him and said: 'Let
us all swear an oath, and all bind ourselves by mutual imprecations 5 not
to abandon this plan but to do this thing.' Then sware they all together
and bound themselves 6 by mutual imprecations upon it. And they were in all
two hundred; who descended in the days of Jared on the summit of Mount
Hermon, and they called it Mount Hermon, because they had sworn 7 and bound
themselves by mutual imprecations upon it. And these are the names of their
leaders: Samlazaz, their leader, Araklba, Rameel, Kokablel, Tamlel, Ramlel,
Danel, Ezeqeel, Baraqijal, 8 Asael, Armaros, Batarel, Ananel, Zaq1el,
Samsapeel, Satarel, Turel, Jomjael, Sariel. These are their chiefs of tens.

[Chapter 7]

1 And all the others together with them took unto themselves wives, and
each chose for himself one, and they began to go in unto them and to defile
themselves with them, and they taught them charms 2 and enchantments, and
the cutting of roots, and made them acquainted with plants. And they 3
became pregnant, and they bare great giants, whose height was three
thousand ells: Who consumed 4 all the acquisitions of men. And when men
could no longer sustain them, the giants turned against 5 them and devoured
mankind. And they began to sin against birds, and beasts, and reptiles, and
6 fish, and to devour one another's flesh, and drink the blood. Then the
earth laid accusation against the lawless ones.

[Chapter 8]

1 And Azazel taught men to make swords, and knives, and shields, and
breastplates, and made known to them the metals of the earth and the art of
working them, and bracelets, and ornaments, and the use of antimony, and
the beautifying of the eyelids, and all kinds of costly stones, and all 2
colouring tinctures. And there arose much godlessness, and they committed
fornication, and they 3 were led astray, and became corrupt in all their
ways. Semjaza taught enchantments, and root-cuttings, 'Armaros the
resolving of enchantments, Baraqijal (taught) astrology, Kokabel the
constellations, Ezeqeel the knowledge of the clouds, Araqiel the signs of
the earth, Shamsiel the signs of the sun, and Sariel the course of the
moon. And as men perished, they cried, and their cry went up to heaven . .
.

[Chapter 9]

1 And then Michael, Uriel, Raphael, and Gabriel looked down from heaven and
saw much blood being 2 shed upon the earth, and all lawlessness being
wrought upon the earth. And they said one to another: 'The earth made
without inhabitant cries the voice of their cryingst up to the gates of
heaven. 3 And now to you, the holy ones of heaven, the souls of men make
their suit, saying, "Bring our cause 4 before the Most High."' And they
said to the Lord of the ages: 'Lord of lords, God of gods, King of kings,
and God of the ages, the throne of Thy glory (standeth) unto all the
generations of the 5 ages, and Thy name holy and glorious and blessed unto
all the ages! Thou hast made all things, and power over all things hast
Thou: and all things are naked and open in Thy sight, and Thou seest all 6
things, and nothing can hide itself from Thee. Thou seest what Azazel hath
done, who hath taught all unrighteousness on earth and revealed the eternal
secrets which were (preserved) in heaven, which 7 men were striving to
learn: And Semjaza, to whom Thou hast given authority to bear rule over his
associates. And they have gone to the daughters of men upon the earth, and
have slept with the 9 women, and have defiled themselves, and revealed to
them all kinds of sins. And the women have 10 borne giants, and the whole
earth has thereby been filled with blood and unrighteousness. And now,
behold, the souls of those who have died are crying and making their suit
to the gates of heaven, and their lamentations have ascended: and cannot
cease because of the lawless deeds which are 11 wrought on the earth. And
Thou knowest all things before they come to pass, and Thou seest these
things and Thou dost suffer them, and Thou dost not say to us what we are
to do to them in regard to these.'

[Chapter 10]

1 Then said the Most High, the Holy and Great One spake, and sent Uriel to
the son of Lamech, 2 and said to him: 'Go to Noah and tell him in my name
"Hide thyself!" and reveal to him the end that is approaching: that the
whole earth will be destroyed, and a deluge is about to come 3 upon the
whole earth, and will destroy all that is on it. And now instruct him that
he may escape 4 and his seed may be preserved for all the generations of
the world.' And again the Lord said to Raphael: 'Bind Azazel hand and foot,
and cast him into the darkness: and make an opening 5 in the desert, which
is in Dudael, and cast him therein. And place upon him rough and jagged
rocks, and cover him with darkness, and let him abide there for ever, and
cover his face that he may 6,7 not see light. And on the day of the great
judgement he shall be cast into the fire. And heal the earth which the
angels have corrupted, and proclaim the healing of the earth, that they may
heal the plague, and that all the children of men may not perish through
all the secret things that the 8 Watchers have disclosed and have taught
their sons. And the whole earth has been corrupted 9 through the works that
were taught by Azazel: to him ascribe all sin.' And to Gabriel said the
Lord: 'Proceed against the bastards and the reprobates, and against the
children of fornication: and destroy [the children of fornication and] the
children of the Watchers from amongst men [and cause them to go forth]:
send them one against the other that they may destroy each other in 10
battle: for length of days shall they not have. And no request that they
(i.e. their fathers) make of thee shall be granted unto their fathers on
their behalf; for they hope to live an eternal life, and 11 that each one
of them will live five hundred years.' And the Lord said unto Michael: 'Go,
bind Semjaza and his associates who have united themselves with women so as
to have defiled themselves 12 with them in all their uncleanness. And when
their sons have slain one another, and they have seen the destruction of
their beloved ones, bind them fast for seventy generations in the valleys
of the earth, till the day of their judgement and of their consummation,
till the judgement that is 13 for ever and ever is consummated. In those
days they shall be led off to the abyss of fire: and 14 to the torment and
the prison in which they shall be confined for ever. And whosoever shall be
condemned and destroyed will from thenceforth be bound together with them
to the end of all 15 generations. And destroy all the spirits of the
reprobate and the children of the Watchers, because 16 they have wronged
mankind. Destroy all wrong from the face of the earth and let every evil
work come to an end: and let the plant of righteousness and truth appear:
and it shall prove a blessing; the works of righteousness and truth' shall
be planted in truth and joy for evermore.

17 And then shall all the righteous escape,
And shall live till they beget thousands of children,
And all the days of their youth and their old age
Shall they complete in peace.

18 And then shall the whole earth be tilled in righteousness, and shall all
be planted with trees and 19 be full of blessing. And all desirable trees
shall be planted on it, and they shall plant vines on it: and the vine
which they plant thereon shall yield wine in abundance, and as for all the
seed which is sown thereon each measure (of it) shall bear a thousand, and
each measure of olives shall yield 20 ten presses of oil. And cleanse thou
the earth from all oppression, and from all unrighteousness, and from all
sin, and from all godlessness: and all the uncleanness that is wrought upon
the earth 21 destroy from off the earth. And all the children of men shall
become righteous, and all nations 22 shall offer adoration and shall praise
Me, and all shall worship Me. And the earth shall be cleansed from all
defilement, and from all sin, and from all punishment, and from all
torment, and I will never again send (them) upon it from generation to
generation and for ever.

[Chapter 11]

1 And in those days I will open the store chambers of blessing which are in
the heaven, so as to send 2 them down upon the earth over the work and
labour of the children of men. And truth and peace shall be associated
together throughout all the days of the world and throughout all the
generations of men.'

[Chapter 12]

1 Before these things Enoch was hidden, and no one of the children of men
knew where he was 2 hidden, and where he abode, and what had become of him.
And his activities had to do with the Watchers, and his days were with the
holy ones. 3 And I Enoch was blessing the Lord of majesty and the King of
the ages, and lo! the Watchers 4 called me -Enoch the scribe- and said to
me: 'Enoch, thou scribe of righteousness, go, declare to the Watchers of
the heaven who have left the high heaven, the holy eternal place, and have
defiled themselves with women, and have done as the children of earth do,
and have taken unto themselves 5 wives: "Ye have wrought great destruction
on the earth: And ye shall have no peace nor forgiveness 6 of sin: and
inasmuch as they delight themselves in their children, The murder of their
beloved ones shall they see, and over the destruction of their children
shall they lament, and shall make supplication unto eternity, but mercy and
peace shall ye not attain."'

[Chapter 13]

1 And Enoch went and said: 'Azazel, thou shalt have no peace: a severe
sentence has gone forth 2 against thee to put thee in bonds: And thou shalt
not have toleration nor request granted to thee, because of the
unrighteousness which thou hast taught, and because of all the works of
godlessness 3 and unrighteousness and sin which thou hast shown to men.'
Then I went and spoke to them all 4 together, and they were all afraid, and
fear and trembling seized them. And they besought me to draw up a petition
for them that they might find forgiveness, and to read their petition in
the presence 5 of the Lord of heaven. For from thenceforward they could not
speak (with Him) nor lift up their 6 eyes to heaven for shame of their sins
for which they had been condemned. Then I wrote out their petition, and the
prayer in regard to their spirits and their deeds individually and in
regard to their 7 requests that they should have forgiveness and length.
And I went off and sat down at the waters of Dan, in the land of Dan, to
the south of the west of Hermon: I read their petition till I fell 8
asleep. And behold a dream came to me, and visions fell down upon me, and I
saw visions of chastisement, and a voice came bidding (me) I to tell it to
the sons of heaven, and reprimand them. 9 And when I awaked, I came unto
them, and they were all sitting gathered together, weeping in 10
'Abelsjail, which is between Lebanon and Seneser, with their faces covered.
And I recounted before them all the visions which I had seen in sleep, and
I began to speak the words of righteousness, and to reprimand the heavenly
Watchers.

[Chapter 14]

1 The book of the words of righteousness, and of the reprimand of the
eternal Watchers in accordance 2 with the command of the Holy Great One in
that vision. I saw in my sleep what I will now say with a tongue of flesh
and with the breath of my mouth: which the Great One has given to men to 3
converse therewith and understand with the heart. As He has created and
given to man the power of understanding the word of wisdom, so hath He
created me also and given me the power of reprimanding 4 the Watchers, the
children of heaven. I wrote out your petition, and in my vision it appeared
thus, that your petition will not be granted unto you throughout all the
days of eternity, and that judgement 5 has been finally passed upon you:
yea (your petition) will not be granted unto you. And from henceforth you
shall not ascend into heaven unto all eternity, and in bonds of the earth
the decree 6 has gone forth to bind you for all the days of the world. And
(that) previously you shall have seen the destruction of your beloved sons
and ye shall have no pleasure in them, but they shall fall before 7 you by
the sword. And your petition on their behalf shall not be granted, nor yet
on your own: even though you weep and pray and speak all the words
contained in the writing which I have 8 written. And the vision was shown
to me thus: Behold, in the vision clouds invited me and a mist summoned me,
and the course of the stars and the lightnings sped and hastened me, and
the winds in 9 the vision caused me to fly and lifted me upward, and bore
me into heaven. And I went in till I drew nigh to a wall which is built of
crystals and surrounded by tongues of fire: and it began to affright 10 me.
And I went into the tongues of fire and drew nigh to a large house which
was built of crystals: and the walls of the house were like a tesselated
floor (made) of crystals, and its groundwork was 11 of crystal. Its ceiling
was like the path of the stars and the lightnings, and between them were 12
fiery cherubim, and their heaven was (clear as) water. A flaming fire
surrounded the walls, and its 13 portals blazed with fire. And I entered
into that house, and it was hot as fire and cold as ice: there 14 were no
delights of life therein: fear covered me, and trembling got hold upon me.
And as I quaked 15 and trembled, I fell upon my face. And I beheld a
vision, And lo! there was a second house, greater 16 than the former, and
the entire portal stood open before me, and it was built of flames of fire.
And in every respect it so excelled in splendour and magnificence and
extent that I cannot describe to 17 you its splendour and its extent. And
its floor was of fire, and above it were lightnings and the path 18 of the
stars, and its ceiling also was flaming fire. And I looked and saw therein
a lofty throne: its appearance was as crystal, and the wheels thereof as
the shining sun, and there was the vision of 19 cherubim. And from
underneath the throne came streams of flaming fire so that I could not look
20 thereon. And the Great Glory sat thereon, and His raiment shone more
brightly than the sun and 21 was whiter than any snow. None of the angels
could enter and could behold His face by reason 22 of the magnificence and
glory and no flesh could behold Him. The flaming fire was round about Him,
and a great fire stood before Him, and none around could draw nigh Him: ten
thousand times 23 ten thousand (stood) before Him, yet He needed no
counselor. And the most holy ones who were 24 nigh to Him did not leave by
night nor depart from Him. And until then I had been prostrate on my face,
trembling: and the Lord called me with His own mouth, and said to me: '
Come hither, 25 Enoch, and hear my word.' And one of the holy ones came to
me and waked me, and He made me rise up and approach the door: and I bowed
my face downwards.

[Chapter 15]

1 And He answered and said to me, and I heard His voice: 'Fear not, Enoch,
thou righteous 2 man and scribe of righteousness: approach hither and hear
my voice. And go, say to the Watchers of heaven, who have sent thee to
intercede for them: "You should intercede" for men, and not men 3 for you:
Wherefore have ye left the high, holy, and eternal heaven, and lain with
women, and defiled yourselves with the daughters of men and taken to
yourselves wives, and done like the children 4 of earth, and begotten
giants (as your) sons? And though ye were holy, spiritual, living the
eternal life, you have defiled yourselves with the blood of women, and have
begotten (children) with the blood of flesh, and, as the children of men,
have lusted after flesh and blood as those also do who die 5 and perish.
Therefore have I given them wives also that they might impregnate them, and
beget 6 children by them, that thus nothing might be wanting to them on
earth. But you were formerly 7 spiritual, living the eternal life, and
immortal for all generations of the world. And therefore I have not
appointed wives for you; for as for the spiritual ones of the heaven, in
heaven is their dwelling. 8 And now, the giants, who are produced from the
spirits and flesh, shall be called evil spirits upon 9 the earth, and on
the earth shall be their dwelling. Evil spirits have proceeded from their
bodies; because they are born from men and from the holy Watchers is their
beginning and primal origin; 10 they shall be evil spirits on earth, and
evil spirits shall they be called. [As for the spirits of heaven, in heaven
shall be their dwelling, but as for the spirits of the earth which were
born upon the earth, on the earth shall be their dwelling.] And the spirits
of the giants afflict, oppress, destroy, attack, do battle, and work
destruction on the earth, and cause trouble: they take no food, but
nevertheless 12 hunger and thirst, and cause offences. And these spirits
shall rise up against the children of men and against the women, because
they have proceeded from them.

[Chapter 16]

1 From the days of the slaughter and destruction and death of the giants,
from the souls of whose flesh the spirits, having gone forth, shall destroy
without incurring judgement -thus shall they destroy until the day of the
consummation, the great judgement in which the age shall be 2 consummated,
over the Watchers and the godless, yea, shall be wholly consummated." And
now as to the watchers who have sent thee to intercede for them, who had
been aforetime in heaven, (say 3 to them): "You have been in heaven, but
all the mysteries had not yet been revealed to you, and you knew worthless
ones, and these in the hardness of your hearts you have made known to the
women, and through these mysteries women and men work much evil on earth."
4 Say to them therefore: " You have no peace."'

[Chapter 17]

1 And they took and brought me to a place in which those who were there
were like flaming fire, 2 and, when they wished, they appeared as men. And
they brought me to the place of darkness, and to a mountain the point of
whose summit reached to heaven. And I saw the places of the luminaries and
the treasuries of the stars and of the thunder and in the uttermost depths,
where were 4 a fiery bow and arrows and their quiver, and a fiery sword and
all the lightnings. And they took 5 me to the living waters, and to the
fire of the west, which receives every setting of the sun. And I came to a
river of fire in which the fire flows like water and discharges itself into
the great sea towards 6 the west. I saw the great rivers and came to the
great river and to the great darkness, and went 7 to the place where no
flesh walks. I saw the mountains of the darkness of winter and the place 8
whence all the waters of the deep flow. I saw the mouths of all the rivers
of the earth and the mouth of the deep.

[Chapter 18]

1 I saw the treasuries of all the winds: I saw how He had furnished with
them the whole creation 2 and the firm foundations of the earth. And I saw
the corner-stone of the earth: I saw the four 3 winds which bear [the earth
and] the firmament of the heaven. And I saw how the winds stretch out the
vaults of heaven, and have their station between heaven and earth: these
are the pillars 4 of the heaven. I saw the winds of heaven which turn and
bring the circumference of the sun and 5 all the stars to their setting. I
saw the winds on the earth carrying the clouds: I saw the paths 6 of the
angels. I saw at the end of the earth the firmament of the heaven above.
And I proceeded and saw a place which burns day and night, where there are
seven mountains of magnificent stones, 7 three towards the east, and three
towards the south. And as for those towards the east, was of coloured
stone, and one of pearl, and one of jacinth, and those towards the south of
red stone. 8 But the middle one reached to heaven like the throne of God,
of alabaster, and the summit of the 9,10 throne was of sapphire. And I saw
a flaming fire. And beyond these mountains Is a region the end of the great
earth: there the heavens were completed. And I saw a deep abyss, with
columns of heavenly fire, and among them I saw columns of fire fall, which
were beyond measure alike towards 12 the height and towards the depth. And
beyond that abyss I saw a place which had no firmament of the heaven above,
and no firmly founded earth beneath it: there was no water upon it, and no
13 birds, but it was a waste and horrible place. I saw there seven stars
like great burning mountains, 14 and to me, when I inquired regarding them,
The angel said: 'This place is the end of heaven and earth: this has become
a prison for the stars and the host of heaven. And the stars which roll
over the fire are they which have transgressed the commandment of the Lord
in the beginning of 16 their rising, because they did not come forth at
their appointed times. And He was wroth with them, and bound them till the
time when their guilt should be consummated (even) for ten thousand years.'

[Chapter 19]

1 And Uriel said to me: 'Here shall stand the angels who have connected
themselves with women, and their spirits assuming many different forms are
defiling mankind and shall lead them astray into sacrificing to demons as
gods, (here shall they stand,) till the day of the great judgement in 2
which they shall be judged till they are made an end of. And the women also
of the angels who 3 went astray shall become sirens.' And I, Enoch, alone
saw the vision, the ends of all things: and no man shall see as I have
seen.

[Chapter 20]

1,2 And these are the names of the holy angels who watch. Uriel, one of the
holy angels, who is 3 over the world and over Tartarus. Raphael, one of the
holy angels, who is over the spirits of men. 4,5 Raguel, one of the holy
angels who takes vengeance on the world of the luminaries. Michael, one 6
of the holy angels, to wit, he that is set over the best part of mankind
and over chaos. Saraqael, 7 one of the holy angels, who is set over the
spirits, who sin in the spirit. Gabriel, one of the holy 8 angels, who is
over Paradise and the serpents and the Cherubim. Remiel, one of the holy
angels, whom God set over those who rise.

[Chapter 21]

1,2 And I proceeded to where things were chaotic. And I saw there something
horrible: I saw neither 3 a heaven above nor a firmly founded earth, but a
place chaotic and horrible. And there I saw 4 seven stars of the heaven
bound together in it, like great mountains and burning with fire. Then 5 I
said: 'For what sin are they bound, and on what account have they been cast
in hither?' Then said Uriel, one of the holy angels, who was with me, and
was chief over them, and said: 'Enoch, why 6 dost thou ask, and why art
thou eager for the truth? These are of the number of the stars of heaven,
which have transgressed the commandment of the Lord, and are bound here
till ten thousand years, 7 the time entailed by their sins, are
consummated.' And from thence I went to another place, which was still more
horrible than the former, and I saw a horrible thing: a great fire there
which burnt and blazed, and the place was cleft as far as the abyss, being
full of great descending columns of 8 fire: neither its extent or magnitude
could I see, nor could I conjecture. Then I said: 'How 9 fearful is the
place and how terrible to look upon!' Then Uriel answered me, one of the
holy angels who was with me, and said unto me: 'Enoch, why hast thou such
fear and affright?' And 10 I answered: 'Because of this fearful place, and
because of the spectacle of the pain.' And he said unto me: 'This place is
the prison of the angels, and here they will be imprisoned for ever.'

[Chapter 22]

1 And thence I went to another place, and he mountain [and] of hard rock. 2
And there was in it four hollow places, deep and wide and very smooth. How
smooth are the hollow places and deep and dark to look at. 3 Then Raphael
answered, one of the holy angels who was with me, and said unto me: 'These
hollow places have been created for this very purpose, that the spirits of
the souls of the dead should 4 assemble therein, yea that all the souls of
the children of men should assemble here. And these places have been made
to receive them till the day of their judgement and till their appointed
period [till the period appointed], till the great judgement (comes) upon
them.' I saw (the spirit of) a dead man making suit, 5 and his voice went
forth to heaven and made suit. And I asked Raphael the angel who was 6 with
me, and I said unto him: 'This spirit which maketh suit, whose is it, whose
voice goeth forth and maketh suit to heaven ?' 7 And he answered me saying:
'This is the spirit which went forth from Abel, whom his brother Cain slew,
and he makes his suit against him till his seed is destroyed from the face
of the earth, and his seed is annihilated from amongst the seed of men.' 8
The I asked regarding it, and regarding all the hollow places: 'Why is one
separated from the other?' 9 And he answered me and said unto me: 'These
three have been made that the spirits of the dead might be separated. And
such a division has been make (for) the spirits of the righteous, in which
there is the bright spring of 10 water. And such has been made for sinners
when they die and are buried in the earth and judgement has not been
executed on them in their 11 lifetime. Here their spirits shall be set
apart in this great pain till the great day of judgement and punishment and
torment of those who curse for ever and retribution for their spirits.
There 12 He shall bind them for ever. And such a division has been made for
the spirits of those who make their suit, who make disclosures concerning
their destruction, when they were slain in the days 13 of the sinners. Such
has been made for the spirits of men who were not righteous but sinners,
who were complete in transgression, and of the transgressors they shall be
companions: but their spirits shall not be slain in the day of judgement
nor shall they be raised from thence.' 14 The I blessed the Lord of glory
and said: 'Blessed be my Lord, the Lord of righteousness, who ruleth for
ever.'

[Chapter 23]

1,2 From thence I went to another place to the west of the ends of the
earth. And I saw a burning 3 fire which ran without resting, and paused not
from its course day or night but (ran) regularly. And 4 I asked saying:
'What is this which rests not?' Then Raguel, one of the holy angels who was
with me, answered me and said unto me: 'This course of fire which thou hast
seen is the fire in the west which persecutes all the luminaries of
heaven.'

[Chapter 24]

1 And from thence I went to another place of the earth, and he showed me a
mountain range of 2 fire which burnt day and night. And I went beyond it
and saw seven magnificent mountains all differing each from the other, and
the stones (thereof) were magnificent and beautiful, magnificent as a
whole, of glorious appearance and fair exterior: three towards the east,
one founded on the other, and three towards the south, one upon the other,
and deep rough ravines, no one of which 3 joined with any other. And the
seventh mountain was in the midst of these, and it excelled them 4 in
height, resembling the seat of a throne: and fragrant trees encircled the
throne. And amongst them was a tree such as I had never yet smelt, neither
was any amongst them nor were others like it: it had a fragrance beyond all
fragrance, and its leaves and blooms and wood wither not for ever: 5 and
its fruit is beautiful, and its fruit n resembles the dates of a palm. Then
I said: 'How beautiful is this tree, and fragrant, and its leaves are fair,
and its blooms very delightful in appearance.' 6 Then answered Michael, one
of the holy and honoured angels who was with me, and was their leader.

[Chapter 25]

1 And he said unto me: 'Enoch, why dost thou ask me regarding the fragrance
of the tree, 2 and why dost thou wish to learn the truth?' Then I answered
him saying: 'I wish to 3 know about everything, but especially about this
tree.' And he answered saying: 'This high mountain which thou hast seen,
whose summit is like the throne of God, is His throne, where the Holy Great
One, the Lord of Glory, the Eternal King, will sit, when He shall come down
to visit 4 the earth with goodness. And as for this fragrant tree no mortal
is permitted to touch it till the great judgement, when He shall take
vengeance on all and bring (everything) to its consummation 5 for ever. It
shall then be given to the righteous and holy. Its fruit shall be for food
to the elect: it shall be transplanted to the holy place, to the temple of
the Lord, the Eternal King.

6 Then shall they rejoice with joy and be glad,
And into the holy place shall they enter;
And its fragrance shall be in their bones,
And they shall live a long life on earth,
Such as thy fathers lived:

And in their days shall no sorrow or plague
Or torment or calamity touch them.'

7 Then blessed I the God of Glory, the Eternal King, who hath prepared such
things for the righteous, and hath created them and promised to give to
them.

[Chapter 26]

1 And I went from thence to the middle of the earth, and I saw a blessed
place in which there were 2 trees with branches abiding and blooming [of a
dismembered tree]. And there I saw a holy mountain, 3 and underneath the
mountain to the east there was a stream and it flowed towards the south.
And I saw towards the east another mountain higher than this, and between
them a deep and narrow 4 ravine: in it also ran a stream underneath the
mountain. And to the west thereof there was another mountain, lower than
the former and of small elevation, and a ravine deep and dry between them:
and another deep and dry ravine was at the extremities of the three
mountains. And all the ravines were deep rand narrow, (being formed) of
hard rock, and trees were not planted upon 6 them. And I marveled at the
rocks, and I marveled at the ravine, yea, I marveled very much.

[Chapter 27]

1 Then said I: 'For what object is this blessed land, which is entirely
filled with trees, and this 2 accursed valley between?' Then Uriel, one of
the holy angels who was with me, answered and said: 'This accursed valley
is for those who are accursed for ever: Here shall all the accursed be
gathered together who utter with their lips against the Lord unseemly words
and of His glory speak hard things. Here shall they be gathered together,
and here 3 shall be their place of judgement. In the last days there shall
be upon them the spectacle of righteous judgement in the presence of the
righteous for ever: here shall the merciful bless the Lord of glory, the
Eternal King. 4 In the days of judgement over the former, they shall bless
Him for the mercy in accordance with 5 which He has assigned them (their
lot).' Then I blessed the Lord of Glory and set forth His glory and lauded
Him gloriously.

[Chapter 28]

1 And thence I went towards the east, into the midst of the mountain range
of the desert, and 2 I saw a wilderness and it was solitary, full of trees
and plants. And water gushed forth from 3 above. Rushing like a copious
watercourse [which flowed] towards the north-west it caused clouds and dew
to ascend on every side.

[Chapter 29]

1 And thence I went to another place in the desert, and approached to the
east of this mountain 2 range. And there I saw aromatic trees exhaling the
fragrance of frankincense and myrrh, and the trees also were similar to the
almond tree.

[Chapter 30]

1,2 And beyond these, I went afar to the east, and I saw another place, a
valley (full) of water. And 3 therein there was a tree, the colour (?) of
fragrant trees such as the mastic. And on the sides of those valleys I saw
fragrant cinnamon. And beyond these I proceeded to the east.

[Chapter 31]

1 And I saw other mountains, and amongst them were groves of trees, and
there flowed forth from 2 them nectar, which is named sarara and galbanum.
And beyond these mountains I saw another mountain to the east of the ends
of the earth, whereon were aloe-trees, and all the trees were full 3 of
stacte, being like almond-trees. And when one burnt it, it smelt sweeter
than any fragrant odour.

[Chapter 32]

1 And after these fragrant odours, as I looked towards the north over the
mountains I saw seven mountains full of choice nard and fragrant trees and
cinnamon and pepper. 2 And thence I went over the summits of all these
mountains, far towards the east of the earth, and passed above the
Erythraean sea and went far from it, and passed over the angel Zotiel. And
I came to the Garden of Righteousness, 3 I and from afar off trees more
numerous than I these trees and great-two trees there, very great,
beautiful, and glorious, and magnificent, and the tree of knowledge, whose
holy fruit they eat and know great wisdom. 4 That tree is in height like
the fir, and its leaves are like (those of) the Carob tree: and its fruit 5
is like the clusters of the vine, very beautiful: and the fragrance of the
tree penetrates afar. Then 6 I said: 'How beautiful is the tree, and how
attractive is its look!' Then Raphael the holy angel, who was with me,
answered me and said: 'This is the tree of wisdom, of which thy father old
(in years) and thy aged mother, who were before thee, have eaten, and they
learnt wisdom and their eyes were opened, and they knew that they were
naked and they were driven out of the garden.'

[Chapter 33]

1 And from thence I went to the ends of the earth and saw there great
beasts, and each differed from the other; and (I saw) birds also differing
in appearance and beauty and voice, the one differing from the other. And
to the east of those beasts I saw the ends of the earth whereon the heaven
2 rests, and the portals of the heaven open. And I saw how the stars of
heaven come forth, and 3 I counted the portals out of which they proceed,
and wrote down all their outlets, of each individual star by itself,
according to their number and their names, their courses and their
positions, and their 4 times and their months, as Uriel the holy angel who
was with me showed me. He showed all things to me and wrote them down for
me: also their names he wrote for me, and their laws and their companies.

[Chapter 34]

1 And from thence I went towards the north to the ends of the earth, and
there I saw a great and 2 glorious device at the ends of the whole earth.
And here I saw three portals of heaven open in the heaven: through each of
them proceed north winds: when they blow there is cold, hail, frost, 3
snow, dew, and rain. And out of one portal they blow for good: but when
they blow through the other two portals, it is with violence and affliction
on the earth, and they blow with violence.

[Chapter 35]

1 And from thence I went towards the west to the ends of the earth, and saw
there three portals of the heaven open such as I had seen in the east, the
same number of portals, and the same number of outlets.

[Chapter 36]

1 And from thence I went to the south to the ends of the earth, and saw
there three open portals 2 of the heaven: and thence there come dew, rain,
and wind. And from thence I went to the east to the ends of the heaven, and
saw here the three eastern portals of heaven open and small portals 3 above
them. Through each of these small portals pass the stars of heaven and run
their course to the west on the path which is shown to them. And as often
as I saw I blessed always the Lord of Glory, and I continued to bless the
Lord of Glory who has wrought great and glorious wonders, to show the
greatness of His work to the angels and to spirits and to men, that they
might praise His work and all His creation: that they might see the work of
His might and praise the great work of His hands and bless Him for ever.

Section II. Chapters XXXVII-LXXI
The Parables

[Chapter 37]

1 The second vision which he saw, the vision of wisdom -which Enoch the son
of Jared, the son 2 of Mahalalel, the son of Cainan, the son of Enos, the
son of Seth, the son of Adam, saw. And this is the beginning of the words
of wisdom which I lifted up my voice to speak and say to those which dwell
on earth: Hear, ye men of old time, and see, ye that come after, the words
of the Holy 3 One which I will speak before the Lord of Spirits. It were
better to declare (them only) to the men of old time, but even from those
that come after we will not withhold the beginning of wisdom. 4 Till the
present day such wisdom has never been given by the Lord of Spirits as I
have received according to my insight, according to the good pleasure of
the Lord of Spirits by whom the lot of 5 eternal life has been given to me.
Now three Parables were imparted to me, and I lifted up my voice and
recounted them to those that dwell on the earth.

[Chapter 38] 1 The first Parable.

When the congregation of the righteous shall appear,
And sinners shall be judged for their sins,
And shall be driven from the face of the earth:

2 And when the Righteous One shall appear before the eyes of the righteous,
Whose elect works hang upon the Lord of Spirits,
And light shall appear to the righteous and the elect who dwell on the
earth,

Where then will be the dwelling of the sinners,

And where the resting-place of those who have denied the Lord of Spirits?
It had been good for them if they had not been born.

3 When the secrets of the righteous shall be revealed and the sinners
judged,
And the godless driven from the presence of the righteous and elect,
4 From that time those that possess the earth shall no longer be powerful
and exalted:
And they shall not be able to behold the face of the holy,
For the Lord of Spirits has caused His light to appear
On the face of the holy, righteous, and elect.

5 Then shall the kings and the mighty perish
And be given into the hands of the righteous and holy.
6 And thenceforward none shall seek for themselves mercy from the Lord of
Spirits
For their life is at an end.

[Chapter 39]

1 [And it shall come to pass in those days that elect and holy children
will descend from the 2 high heaven, and their seed will become one with
the children of men. And in those days Enoch received books of zeal and
wrath, and books of disquiet and expulsion.]

And mercy shall not be accorded to them, saith the Lord of Spirits.
3 And in those days a whirlwind carried me off from the earth,
And set me down at the end of the heavens.

4 And there I saw another vision, the dwelling-places of the holy,
And the resting-places of the righteous.

5 Here mine eyes saw their dwellings with His righteous angels,
And their resting-places with the holy.

And they petitioned and interceded and prayed for the children of men,
And righteousness flowed before them as water,

And mercy like dew upon the earth:
Thus it is amongst them for ever and ever.

6a And in that place mine eyes saw the Elect One of righteousness and of
faith,
7a And I saw his dwelling-place under the wings of the Lord of Spirits.
6b And righteousness shall prevail in his days,
And the righteous and elect shall be without number before Him for ever and
ever.
7b And all the righteous and elect before Him shall be strong as fiery
lights,
And their mouth shall be full of blessing,

And their lips extol the name of the Lord of Spirits,
And righteousness before Him shall never fail,
[And uprightness shall never fail before Him.]
8 There I wished to dwell,
And my spirit longed for that dwelling-place:

And there heretofore hath been my portion,
For so has it been established concerning me before the Lord of Spirits.
9 In those days I praised and extolled the name of the Lord of Spirits with
blessings and praises, because He hath destined me for blessing and glory
according to the good pleasure of the Lord of 10 Spirits. For a long time
my eyes regarded that place, and I blessed Him and praised Him, saying:
'Blessed is He, and may He be blessed from the beginning and for evermore.
And before Him there is no ceasing. He knows before the world was created
what is for ever and what will be from 12 generation unto generation. Those
who sleep not bless Thee: they stand before Thy glory and bless, praise,
and extol, saying: "Holy, holy, holy, is the Lord of Spirits: He filleth
the earth with 3 spirits."' And here my eyes saw all those who sleep not:
they stand before Him and bless and say: 'Blessed be Thou, and blessed be
the name of the Lord for ever and ever.' And my face was changed; for I
could no longer behold.

[Chapter 40]

1 And after that I saw thousands of thousands and ten thousand times ten
thousand, I saw a multitude 2 beyond number and reckoning, who stood before
the Lord of Spirits. And on the four sides of the Lord of Spirits I saw
four presences, different from those that sleep not, and I learnt their
names: for the angel that went with me made known to me their names, and
showed me all the hidden things. 3 And I heard the voices of those four
presences as they uttered praises before the Lord of glory. 4,5 The first
voice blesses the Lord of Spirits for ever and ever. And the second voice I
heard blessing 6 the Elect One and the elect ones who hang upon the Lord of
Spirits. And the third voice I heard pray and intercede for those who dwell
on the earth and supplicate in the name of the Lord of Spirits. 7 And I
heard the fourth voice fending off the Satans and forbidding them to come
before the Lord 8 of Spirits to accuse them who dwell on the earth. After
that I asked the angel of peace who went with me, who showed me everything
that is hidden: 'Who are these four presences which I have 9 seen and whose
words I have heard and written down?' And he said to me: 'This first is
Michael, the merciful and long-suffering: and the second, who is set over
all the diseases and all the wounds of the children of men, is Raphael: and
the third, who is set over all the powers, is Gabriel: and the fourth, who
is set over the repentance unto hope of those who inherit eternal life, is
named Phanuel.' 10 And these are the four angels of the Lord of Spirits and
the four voices I heard in those days.

[Chapter 41]

1 And after that I saw all the secrets of the heavens, and how the kingdom
is divided, and how the 2 actions of men are weighed in the balance. And
there I saw the mansions of the elect and the mansions of the holy, and
mine eyes saw there all the sinners being driven from thence which deny the
name of the Lord of Spirits, and being dragged off: and they could not
abide because of the punishment which proceeds from the Lord of Spirits. 3
And there mine eyes saw the secrets of the lightning and of the thunder,
and the secrets of the winds, how they are divided to blow over the earth,
and the secrets of the clouds and dew, and there 4 I saw from whence they
proceed in that place and from whence they saturate the dusty earth. And
there I saw closed chambers out of which the winds are divided, the chamber
of the hail and winds, the chamber of the mist, and of the clouds, and the
cloud thereof hovers over the earth from the 5 beginning of the world. And
I saw the chambers of the sun and moon, whence they proceed and whither
they come again, and their glorious return, and how one is superior to the
other, and their stately orbit, and how they do not leave their orbit, and
they add nothing to their orbit and they take nothing from it, and they
keep faith with each other, in accordance with the oath by which they 6 are
bound together. And first the sun goes forth and traverses his path
according to the commandment 7 of the Lord of Spirits, and mighty is His
name for ever and ever. And after that I saw the hidden and the visible
path of the moon, and she accomplishes the course of her path in that place
by day and by night-the one holding a position opposite to the other before
the Lord of Spirits.

And they give thanks and praise and rest not;
For unto them is their thanksgiving rest.
8 For the sun changes oft for a blessing or a curse,
And the course of the path of the moon is light to the righteous
And darkness to the sinners in the name of the Lord,
Who made a separation between the light and the darkness,
And divided the spirits of men,
And strengthened the spirits of the righteous,
In the name of His righteousness.

9 For no angel hinders and no power is able to hinder; for He appoints a
judge for them all and He judges them all before Him.

[Chapter 42]

1 Wisdom found no place where she might dwell;
Then a dwelling-place was assigned her in the heavens.

2 Wisdom went forth to make her dwelling among the children of men,
And found no dwelling-place:

Wisdom returned to her place,
And took her seat among the angels.

3 And unrighteousness went forth from her chambers:
Whom she sought not she found,
And dwelt with them,

As rain in a desert
And dew on a thirsty land.

[Chapter 43]

1 And I saw other lightnings and the stars of heaven, and I saw how He
called them all by their 2 names and they hearkened unto Him. And I saw how
they are weighed in a righteous balance according to their proportions of
light: (I saw) the width of their spaces and the day of their appearing,
and how their revolution produces lightning: and (I saw) their revolution
according to the 3 number of the angels, and (how) they keep faith with
each other. And I asked the angel who went 4 with me who showed me what was
hidden: 'What are these?' And he said to me: 'The Lord of Spirits hath
showed thee their parabolic meaning (lit. 'their parable'): these are the
names of the holy who dwell on the earth and believe in the name of the
Lord of Spirits for ever and ever.'

[Chapter 44]

Also another phenomenon I saw in regard to the lightnings: how some of the
stars arise and become lightnings and cannot part with their new form.

[Chapter 45]

1 And this is the second Parable concerning those who deny the name of the
dwelling of the holy ones and the Lord of Spirits.

2 And into the heaven they shall not ascend,
And on the earth they shall not come:
Such shall be the lot of the sinners
Who have denied the name of the Lord of Spirits,
Who are thus preserved for the day of suffering and tribulation.

3 On that day Mine Elect One shall sit on the throne of glory
And shall try their works,
And their places of rest shall be innumerable.

And their souls shall grow strong within them when they see Mine Elect
Ones,
And those who have called upon My glorious name:
4 Then will I cause Mine Elect One to dwell among them.

And I will transform the heaven and make it an eternal blessing and light
5 And I will transform the earth and make it a blessing:

And I will cause Mine elect ones to dwell upon it:
But the sinners and evil-doers shall not set foot thereon.

6 For I have provided and satisfied with peace My righteous ones
And have caused them to dwell before Me:

But for the sinners there is judgement impending with Me,
So that I shall destroy them from the face of the earth.

[Chapter 46]

1 And there I saw One who had a head of days,
And His head was white like wool,
And with Him was another being whose countenance had the appearance of a
man,
And his face was full of graciousness, like one of the holy angels.
2 And I asked the angel who went with me and showed me all the hidden
things, concerning that 3 Son of Man, who he was, and whence he was, (and)
why he went with the Head of Days? And he answered and said unto me:
This is the son of Man who hath righteousness,
With whom dwelleth righteousness,
And who revealeth all the treasures of that which is hidden,

Because the Lord of Spirits hath chosen him,
And whose lot hath the pre-eminence before the Lord of Spirits in
uprightness for ever.

4 And this Son of Man whom thou hast seen
Shall raise up the kings and the mighty from their seats,
[And the strong from their thrones]
And shall loosen the reins of the strong,
And break the teeth of the sinners.

5 [And he shall put down the kings from their thrones and kingdoms]
Because they do not extol and praise Him,
Nor humbly acknowledge whence the kingdom was bestowed upon them.
6 And he shall put down the countenance of the strong,
And shall fill them with shame.

And darkness shall be their dwelling,
And worms shall be their bed,
And they shall have no hope of rising from their beds,
Because they do not extol the name of the Lord of Spirits.

7 And these are they who judge the stars of heaven,
[And raise their hands against the Most High],
And tread upon the earth and dwell upon it.
And all their deeds manifest unrighteousness,
And their power rests upon their riches,
And their faith is in the gods which they have made with their hands,
And they deny the name of the Lord of Spirits,

8 And they persecute the houses of His congregations,
And the faithful who hang upon the name of the Lord of Spirits.

[Chapter 47]

1 And in those days shall have ascended the prayer of the righteous,
And the blood of the righteous from the earth before the Lord of Spirits.

2 In those days the holy ones who dwell above in the heavens
Shall unite with one voice
And supplicate and pray [and praise,
And give thanks and bless the name of the Lord of Spirits
On behalf of the blood of the righteous which has been shed,
And that the prayer of the righteous may not be in vain before the Lord of
Spirits,
That judgement may be done unto them,
And that they may not have to suffer for ever.

3 In those days I saw the Head of Days when He seated himself upon the
throne of His glory,
And the books of the living were opened before Him:
And all His host which is in heaven above and His counselors stood before
Him,

4 And the hearts of the holy were filled with joy;
Because the number of the righteous had been offered,
And the prayer of the righteous had been heard,
And the blood of the righteous been required before the Lord of Spirits.

[Chapter 48]

1 And in that place I saw the fountain of righteousness
Which was inexhaustible:
And around it were many fountains of wisdom:
And all the thirsty drank of them,
And were filled with wisdom,
And their dwellings were with the righteous and holy and elect.
2 And at that hour that Son of Man was named In the presence of the Lord of
Spirits,
And his name before the Head of Days.

3 Yea, before the sun and the signs were created,
Before the stars of the heaven were made,
His name was named before the Lord of Spirits.

4 He shall be a staff to the righteous whereon to stay themselves and not
fall,
And he shall be the light of the Gentiles,
And the hope of those who are troubled of heart.

5 All who dwell on earth shall fall down and worship before him,
And will praise and bless and celebrate with song the Lord of Spirits.

6 And for this reason hath he been chosen and hidden before Him,
Before the creation of the world and for evermore.

7 And the wisdom of the Lord of Spirits hath revealed him to the holy and
righteous;
For he hath preserved the lot of the righteous,
Because they have hated and despised this world of unrighteousness,
And have hated all its works and ways in the name of the Lord of Spirits:
For in his name they are saved,
And according to his good pleasure hath it been in regard to their life.

8 In these days downcast in countenance shall the kings of the earth have
become,
And the strong who possess the land because of the works of their hands,
For on the day of their anguish and affliction they shall not (be able to)
save themselves.
And I will give them over into the hands of Mine elect:
As straw in the fire so shall they burn before the face of the holy:
As lead in the water shall they sink before the face of the righteous,
And no trace of them shall any more be found.

10 And on the day of their affliction there shall be rest on the earth,
And before them they shall fall and not rise again:
And there shall be no one to take them with his hands and raise them:
For they have denied the Lord of Spirits and His Anointed.
The name of the Lord of Spirits be blessed.

[Chapter 49]

l For wisdom is poured out like water,
And glory faileth not before him for evermore.

2 For he is mighty in all the secrets of righteousness,
And unrighteousness shall disappear as a shadow,
And have no continuance;
Because the Elect One standeth before the Lord of Spirits,
And his glory is for ever and ever,
And his might unto all generations.

3 And in him dwells the spirit of wisdom,
And the spirit which gives insight,
And the spirit of understanding and of might,
And the spirit of those who have fallen asleep in righteousness.

4 And he shall judge the secret things,
And none shall be able to utter a lying word before him;
For he is the Elect One before the Lord of Spirits according to His good
pleasure.

[Chapter 50]

1 And in those days a change shall take place for the holy and elect,
And the light of days shall abide upon them,
And glory and honour shall turn to the holy,
2 On the day of affliction on which evil shall have been treasured up
against the sinners.

And the righteous shall be victorious in the name of the Lord of Spirits:
And He will cause the others to witness (this)
That they may repent
And forgo the works of their hands.

3 They shall have no honour through the name of the Lord of Spirits,
Yet through His name shall they be saved,
And the Lord of Spirits will have compassion on them,
For His compassion is great.

4 And He is righteous also in His judgement,
And in the presence of His glory unrighteousness also shall not maintain
itself:
At His judgement the unrepentant shall perish before Him.
5 And from henceforth I will have no mercy on them, saith the Lord of
Spirits.

[Chapter 51]

1 And in those days shall the earth also give back that which has been
entrusted to it,
And Sheol also shall give back that which it has received,
And hell shall give back that which it owes.

5a For in those days the Elect One shall arise,
2 And he shall choose the righteous and holy from among them:
For the day has drawn nigh that they should be saved.

3 And the Elect One shall in those days sit on My throne,
And his mouth shall pour forth all the secrets of wisdom and counsel:
For the Lord of Spirits hath given (them) to him and hath glorified him.

4 And in those days shall the mountains leap like rams,
And the hills also shall skip like lambs satisfied with milk,
And the faces of [all] the angels in heaven shall be lighted up with joy.

5b And the earth shall rejoice,
c And the righteous shall dwell upon it,
d And the elect shall walk thereon.

[Chapter 52]

l And after those days in that place where I had seen all the visions of
that which is hidden -for 2 I had been carried off in a whirlwind and they
had borne me towards the west-There mine eyes saw all the secret things of
heaven that shall be, a mountain of iron, and a mountain of copper, and a
mountain of silver, and a mountain of gold, and a mountain of soft metal,
and a mountain of lead. 3 And I asked the angel who went with me, saying,
'What things are these which I have seen in 4 secret?' And he said unto me:
'All these things which thou hast seen shall serve the dominion of His
Anointed that he may be potent and mighty on the earth.' 5 And that angel
of peace answered, saying unto me: 'Wait a little, and there shall be
revealed unto thee all the secret things which surround the Lord of
Spirits.
6 And these mountains which thine eyes have seen,
The mountain of iron, and the mountain of copper, and the mountain of
silver,
And the mountain of gold, and the mountain of soft metal, and the mountain
of lead,
All these shall be in the presence of the Elect One
As wax: before the fire,
And like the water which streams down from above [upon those mountains],
And they shall become powerless before his feet.
7 And it shall come to pass in those days that none shall be saved,
Either by gold or by silver,
And none be able to escape.
8 And there shall be no iron for war,
Nor shall one clothe oneself with a breastplate.
Bronze shall be of no service,
And tin [shall be of no service and] shall not be esteemed,
And lead shall not be desired.
9 And all these things shall be [denied and] destroyed from the surface of
the earth,
When the Elect One shall appear before the face of the Lord of Spirits.'

[Chapter 53]

1 There mine eyes saw a deep valley with open mouths, and all who dwell on
the earth and sea and islands shall bring to him gifts and presents and
tokens of homage, but that deep valley shall not become full.
2 And their hands commit lawless deeds,
And the sinners devour all whom they lawlessly oppress:
Yet the sinners shall be destroyed before the face of the Lord of Spirits,
And they shall be banished from off the face of His earth,
And they shall perish for ever and ever.
3 For I saw all the angels of punishment abiding (there) and preparing all
the instruments of Satan. 4 And I asked the angel of peace who went with
me: ' For whom are they preparing these Instruments?' 5 And he said unto
me: ' They prepare these for the kings and the mighty of this earth, that
they may thereby be destroyed. 6 And after this the Righteous and Elect One
shall cause the house of his congregation to appear: henceforth they shall
be no more hindered in the name of the Lord of Spirits.
7 And these mountains shall not stand as the earth before his
righteousness,
But the hills shall be as a fountain of water,
And the righteous shall have rest from the oppression of sinners.'

[Chapter 54]

1 And I looked and turned to another part of the earth, and saw there a
deep valley with burning 2 fire. And they brought the kings and the mighty,
and began to cast them into this deep valley. 3 And there mine eyes saw how
they made these their instruments, iron chains of immeasurable weight. 4
And I asked the angel of peace who went with me, saying: ' For whom are
these chains being prepared ? ' And he said unto me: ' These are being
prepared for the hosts of Azazel, so that they may take them and cast them
into the abyss of complete condemnation, and they shall cover their jaws
with rough stones as the Lord of Spirits commanded. 6 And Michael, and
Gabriel, and Raphael, and Phanuel shall take hold of them on that great
day, and cast them on that day into the burning furnace, that the Lord of
Spirits may take vengeance on them for their unrighteousness in becoming
subject to Satan and leading astray those who dwell on the earth.' 7 And in
those days shall punishment come from the Lord of Spirits, and he will open
all the chambers of waters which are above the heavens, and of the
fountains which are beneath the earth. 8 And all the waters shall be joined
with the waters: that which is above the heavens is the masculine, 9 and
the water which is beneath the earth is the feminine. And they shall
destroy all who dwell 10 on the earth and those who dwell under the ends of
the heaven. And when they have recognized their unrighteousness which they
have wrought on the earth, then by these shall they perish.

[Chapter 55]

1 And after that the Head of Days repented and said: ' In vain have I
destroyed all who dwell 2 on the earth.' And He sware by His great name: '
Henceforth I will not do so to all who dwell on the earth, and I will set a
sign in the heaven: and this shall be a pledge of good faith between Me and
them for ever, so long as heaven is above the earth. And this is in
accordance with My command. 3 When I have desired to take hold of them by
the hand of the angels on the day of tribulation and pain because of this,
I will cause My chastisement and My wrath to abide upon them, saith 4 God,
the Lord of Spirits. Ye mighty kings who dwell on the earth, ye shall have
to behold Mine Elect One, how he sits on the throne of glory and judges
Azazel, and all his associates, and all his hosts in the name of the Lord
of Spirits.'

[Chapter 56]

1 And I saw there the hosts of the angels of punishment going, and they
held scourges and chains 2 of iron and bronze. And I asked the angel of
peace who went with me, saying: ' To whom are 3 these who hold the scourges
going ? ' And he said unto me: ' To their elect and beloved ones, that they
may be cast into the chasm of the abyss of the valley.

4 And then that valley shall be filled with their elect and beloved,
And the days of their lives shall be at an end,
And the days of their leading astray shall not thenceforward be reckoned.

5 And in those days the angels shall return
And hurl themselves to the east upon the Parthians and Medes:

They shall stir up the kings, so that a spirit of unrest shall come upon
them,
And they shall rouse them from their thrones,

That they may break forth as lions from their lairs,
And as hungry wolves among their flocks.

6 And they shall go up and tread under foot the land of His elect ones
[And the land of His elect ones shall be before them a threshing-floor and
a highway :]
7 But the city of my righteous shall be a hindrance to their horses.

And they shall begin to fight among themselves,
And their right hand shall be strong against themselves,

And a man shall not know his brother,
Nor a son his father or his mother,

Till there be no number of the corpses through their slaughter,
And their punishment be not in vain.

8 In those days Sheol shall open its jaws,
And they shall be swallowed up therein

And their destruction shall be at an end;
Sheol shall devour the sinners in the presence of the elect.'

[Chapter 57]

1 And it came to pass after this that I saw another host of wagons, and men
riding thereon, and 2 coming on the winds from the east, and from the west
to the south. And the noise of their wagons was heard, and when this
turmoil took place the holy ones from heaven remarked it, and the pillars
of the earth were moved from their place, and the sound thereof was heard
from the one end of heaven 3 to the other, in one day. And they shall all
fall down and worship the Lord of Spirits. And this is the end of the
second Parable.

[Chapter 58]

1 And I began to speak the third Parable concerning the righteous and
elect.

2 Blessed are ye, ye righteous and elect,
For glorious shall be your lot.

3 And the righteous shall be in the light of the sun.
And the elect in the light of eternal life:
The days of their life shall be unending,
And the days of the holy without number.

4 And they shall seek the light and find righteousness with the Lord of
Spirits:
There shall be peace to the righteous in the name of the Eternal Lord.

5 And after this it shall be said to the holy in heaven
That they should seek out the secrets of righteousness, the heritage of
faith:
For it has become bright as the sun upon earth,
And the darkness is past.

6 And there shall be a light that never endeth,
And to a limit (lit. ' number ') of days they shall not come,
For the darkness shall first have been destroyed,
[And the light established before the Lord of Spirits]
And the light of uprightness established for ever before the Lord of
Spirits.

[Chapter 59]

1 [In those days mine eyes saw the secrets of the lightnings, and of the
lights, and the judgements they execute (lit. ' their judgement '): and
they lighten for a blessing or a curse as the Lord of 2 Spirits willeth.
And there I saw the secrets of the thunder, and how when it resounds above
in the heaven, the sound thereof is heard, and he caused me to see the
judgements executed on the earth, whether they be for well-being and
blessing, or for a curse according to the word of the Lord of Spirits. 3
And after that all the secrets of the lights and lightnings were shown to
me, and they lighten for blessing and for satisfying.]

[Chapter 60] A Fragment of the Book of Noah

1 In the year 500, in the seventh month, on the fourteenth day of the month
in the life of Enoch. In that Parable I saw how a mighty quaking made the
heaven of heavens to quake, and the host of the Most High, and the angels,
a thousand thousands and ten thousand times ten thousand, were 2 disquieted
with a great disquiet. And the Head of Days sat on the throne of His glory,
and the angels and the righteous stood around Him.

3 And a great trembling seized me,
And fear took hold of me,
And my loins gave way,
And dissolved were my reins,
And I fell upon my face.

4 And Michael sent another angel from among the holy ones and he raised me
up, and when he had raised me up my spirit returned; for I had not been
able to endure the look of this host, and the 5 commotion and the quaking
of the heaven. And Michael said unto me: ' Why art thou disquieted with
such a vision ? Until this day lasted the day of His mercy; and He hath
been merciful and 6 long-suffering towards those who dwell on the earth.
And when the day, and the power, and the punishment, and the judgement
come, which the Lord of Spirits hath prepared for those who worship not the
righteous law, and for those who deny the righteous judgement, and for
those who take His name in vain-that day is prepared, for the elect a
covenant, but for sinners an inquisition. 25 When the punishment of the
Lord of Spirits shall rest upon them, it shall rest in order that the
punishment of the Lord of Spirits may not come, in vain, and it shall slay
the children with their mothers and the children with their fathers.
Afterwards the judgement shall take place according to His mercy and His
patience.' 7 And on that day were two monsters parted, a female monster
named Leviathan, to dwell in the 8 abysses of the ocean over the fountains
of the waters. But the male is named Behemoth, who occupied with his breast
a waste wilderness named Duidain, on the east of the garden where the elect
and righteous dwell, where my grandfather was taken up, the seventh from
Adam, the first 9 man whom the Lord of Spirits created. And I besought the
other angel that he should show me the might of those monsters, how they
were parted on one day and cast, the one into the abysses 10 of the sea,
and the other unto the dry land of the wilderness. And he said to me: '
Thou son of man, herein thou dost seek to know what is hidden.' 11 And the
other angel who went with me and showed me what was hidden told me what is
first and last in the heaven in the height, and beneath the earth in the
depth, and at the ends of the 12 heaven, and on the foundation of the
heaven. And the chambers of the winds, and how the winds are divided, and
how they are weighed, and (how) the portals of the winds are reckoned, each
according to the power of the wind, and the power of the lights of the
moon, and according to the power that is fitting: and the divisions of the
stars according to their names, and how all the divisions 13 are divided.
And the thunders according to the places where they fall, and all the
divisions that are made among the lightnings that it may lighten, and their
host that they may at once obey. 14 For the thunder has places of rest
(which) are assigned (to it) while it is waiting for its peal; and the
thunder and lightning are inseparable, and although not one and undivided,
they both go together 15 through the spirit and separate not. For when the
lightning lightens, the thunder utters its voice, and the spirit enforces a
pause during the peal, and divides equally between them; for the treasury
of their peals is like the sand, and each one of them as it peals is held
in with a bridle, and turned back by the power of the spirit, and pushed
forward according to the many quarters of the earth. 16 And the spirit of
the sea is masculine and strong, and according to the might of his strength
he draws it back with a rein, and in like manner it is driven forward and
disperses amid all the mountains 17 of the earth. And the spirit of the
hoar-frost is his own angel, and the spirit of the hail is a good 18 angel.
And the spirit of the snow has forsaken his chambers on account of his
strength -There is a special spirit therein, and that which ascends from it
is like smoke, and its name is frost. And the spirit of the mist is not
united with them in their chambers, but it has a special chamber; for its
course is glorious both in light and in darkness, and in winter and in
summer, and in its chamber is an angel. 20 And the spirit of the dew has
its dwelling at the ends of the heaven, and is connected with the chambers
of the rain, and its course is in winter and summer: and its clouds and the
clouds of the 21 mist are connected, and the one gives to the other. And
when the spirit of the rain goes forth from its chamber, the angels come
and open the chamber and lead it out, and when it is diffused over the
whole earth it unites with the water on the earth. And whensoever it unites
with the water on 22 the earth . . . For the waters are for those who dwell
on the earth; for they are nourishment for the earth from the Most High who
is in heaven: therefore there is a measure for the rain, 22, and the angels
take it in charge. And these things I saw towards the Garden of the
Righteous. 23 And the angel of peace who was with me said to me: ' These
two monsters, prepared conformably to the greatness of God, shall feed . .
.

[Chapter 61]

1 And I saw in those days how long cords were given to those angels, and
they took to themselves wings and flew, and they went towards the north. 2
And I asked the angel, saying unto him: ' Why have those (angels) taken
these cords and gone off ? ' And he said unto me: ' They have gone to
measure.'

3 And the angel who went with me said unto me:
' These shall bring the measures of the righteous,
And the ropes of the righteous to the righteous,
That they may stay themselves on the name of the Lord of Spirits for ever
and ever.

4 The elect shall begin to dwell with the elect,
And those are the measures which shall be given to faith
And which shall strengthen righteousness.

5 And these measures shall reveal all the secrets of the depths of the
earth,
And those who have been destroyed by the desert,
And those who have been devoured by the beasts,
And those who have been devoured by the fish of the sea,
That they may return and stay themselves
On the day of the Elect One;
For none shall be destroyed before the Lord of Spirits,
And none can be destroyed.

6 And all who dwell above in the heaven received a command and power and
one voice and one light like unto fire.

7 And that One (with) their first words they blessed,
And extolled and lauded with wisdom,
And they were wise in utterance and in the spirit of life.

8 And the Lord of Spirits placed the Elect one on the throne of glory.
And he shall judge all the works of the holy above in the heaven,
And in the balance shall their deeds be weighed

9 And when he shall lift up his countenance
To judge their secret ways according to the word of the name of the Lord of
Spirits,
And their path according to the way of the righteous judgement of the Lord
of Spirits,
Then shall they all with one voice speak and bless,
And glorify and extol and sanctify the name of the Lord of Spirits.

10 And He will summon all the host of the heavens, and all the holy ones
above, and the host of God, the Cherubic, Seraphin and Ophannin, and all
the angels of power, and all the angels of principalities, and the Elect
One, and the other powers on the earth (and) over the water On that day
shall raise one voice, and bless and glorify and exalt in the spirit of
faith, and in the spirit of wisdom, and in the spirit of patience, and in
the spirit of mercy, and in the spirit of judgement and of peace, and in
the spirit of goodness, and shall all say with one voice: " Blessed is He,
and may the name of the Lord of Spirits be blessed for ever and ever."

12 All who sleep not above in heaven shall bless Him:
All the holy ones who are in heaven shall bless Him,
And all the elect who dwell in the garden of life:

And every spirit of light who is able to bless, and glorify, and extol, and
hallow Thy blessed name,
And all flesh shall beyond measure glorify and bless Thy name for ever and
ever.

13 For great is the mercy of the Lord of Spirits, and He is long-suffering,

And all His works and all that He has created He has revealed to the
righteous and elect
In the name of the Lord of Spirits.

[Chapter 62]

1 And thus the Lord commanded the kings and the mighty and the exalted, and
those who dwell on the earth, and said:

' Open your eyes and lift up your horns if ye are able to recognize the
Elect One.'
2 And the Lord of Spirits seated him on the throne of His glory,
And the spirit of righteousness was poured out upon him,
And the word of his mouth slays all the sinners,
And all the unrighteous are destroyed from before his face.
3 And there shall stand up in that day all the kings and the mighty,
And the exalted and those who hold the earth,
And they shall see and recognize How he sits on the throne of his glory,
And righteousness is judged before him,
And no lying word is spoken before him.

4 Then shall pain come upon them as on a woman in travail,
[And she has pain in bringing forth]
When her child enters the mouth of the womb,
And she has pain in bringing forth.

And one portion of them shall look on the other,
And they shall be terrified,
And they shall be downcast of countenance,
And pain shall seize them,
When they see that Son of Man Sitting on the throne of his glory.

6 And the kings and the mighty and all who possess the earth shall bless
and glorify and extol him who rules over all, who was hidden.

7 For from the beginning the Son of Man was hidden,
And the Most High preserved him in the presence of His might,
And revealed him to the elect.

8 And the congregation of the elect and holy shall be sown,
And all the elect shall stand before him on that day.

9 And all the kings and the mighty and the exalted and those who rule the
earth
Shall fall down before him on their faces,
And worship and set their hope upon that Son of Man,
And petition him and supplicate for mercy at his hands.

10 Nevertheless that Lord of Spirits will so press them
That they shall hastily go forth from His presence,
And their faces shall be filled with shame,
And the darkness grow deeper on their faces.

11 And He will deliver them to the angels for punishment,
To execute vengeance on them because they have oppressed His children and
His elect
12 And they shall be a spectacle for the righteous and for His elect:
They shall rejoice over them,
Because the wrath of the Lord of Spirits resteth upon them,
And His sword is drunk with their blood.

13 And the righteous and elect shall be saved on that day,
And they shall never thenceforward see the face of the sinners and
unrighteous.

14 And the Lord of Spirits will abide over them,
And with that Son of Man shall they eat
And lie down and rise up for ever and ever.

15 And the righteous and elect shall have risen from the earth,
And ceased to be of downcast countenance.
And they shall have been clothed with garments of glory,

16 And these shall be the garments of life from the Lord of Spirits:

And your garments shall not grow old,
Nor your glory pass away before the Lord of Spirits.

[Chapter 63]

1 In those days shall the mighty and the kings who possess the earth
implore (Him) to grant them a little respite from His angels of punishment
to whom they were delivered, that they might fall 2 down and worship before
the Lord of Spirits, and confess their sins before Him. And they shall
bless and glorify the Lord of Spirits, and say:

' Blessed is the Lord of Spirits and the Lord of kings,
And the Lord of the mighty and the Lord of the rich,
And the Lord of glory and the Lord of wisdom,

3 And splendid in every secret thing is Thy power from generation to
generation,
And Thy glory for ever and ever:

Deep are all Thy secrets and innumerable,
And Thy righteousness is beyond reckoning.

4 We have now learnt that we should glorify
And bless the Lord of kings and Him who is king over all kings.'
5 And they shall say:
' Would that we had rest to glorify and give thanks
And confess our faith before His glory !

6 And now we long for a little rest but find it not:
We follow hard upon and obtain (it) not:

And light has vanished from before us,
And darkness is our dwelling-place for ever and ever:

7 For we have not believed before Him
Nor glorified the name of the Lord of Spirits, [nor glorified our Lord]

But our hope was in the sceptre of our kingdom,
And in our glory.

8 And in the day of our suffering and tribulation He saves us not,
And we find no respite for confession

That our Lord is true in all His works, and in His judgements and His
justice,
And His judgements have no respect of persons.

And we pass away from before His face on account of our works,
And all our sins are reckoned up in righteousness.'

10 Now they shall say unto themselves: ' Our souls are full of unrighteous
gain, but it does not prevent us from descending from the midst thereof
into the burden of Sheol.'

11 And after that their faces shall be filled with darkness
And shame before that Son of Man,
And they shall be driven from his presence,
And the sword shall abide before his face in their midst.

12 Thus spake the Lord of Spirits: ' This is the ordinance and judgement
with respect to the mighty and the kings and the exalted and those who
possess the earth before the Lord of Spirits.'

[Chapter 64]

1,2 And other forms I saw hidden in that place. I heard the voice of the
angel saying: ' These are the angels who descended to the earth, and
revealed what was hidden to the children of men and seduced the children of
men into committing sin.'

[Chapter 65]

1, 2 And in those days Noah saw the earth that it had sunk down and its
destruction was nigh. And he arose from thence and went to the ends of the
earth, and cried aloud to his grandfather Enoch: 3 and Noah said three
times with an embittered voice: Hear me, hear me, hear me.' And I said unto
him: ' Tell me what it is that is falling out on the earth that the earth
is in such evil plight 4 and shaken, lest perchance I shall perish with it
? ' And thereupon there was a great commotion , on the earth, and a voice
was heard from heaven, and I fell on my face. And Enoch my grandfather came
and stood by me, and said unto me: ' Why hast thou cried unto me with a
bitter cry and weeping 6 And a command has gone forth from the presence of
the Lord concerning those who dwell on the earth that their ruin is
accomplished because they have learnt all the secrets of the angels, and
all the violence of the Satans, and all their powers -the most secret ones-
and all the power of those who practice sorcery, and the power of
witchcraft, and the power of those who make molten images 7 for the whole
earth: And how silver is produced from the dust of the earth, and how soft
metal 8 originates in the earth. For lead and tin are not produced from the
earth like the first: it is a fountain 9 that produces them, and an angel
stands therein, and that angel is pre-eminent.' And after that my
grandfather Enoch took hold of me by my hand and raised me up, and said
unto me: ' Go, for I have 10 asked the Lord of Spirits as touching this
commotion on the earth. And He said unto me: " Because of their
unrighteousness their judgement has been determined upon and shall not be
withheld by Me for ever. Because of the sorceries which they have searched
out and learnt, the earth and those 11 who dwell upon it shall be
destroyed." And these-they have no place of repentance for ever, because
they have shown them what was hidden, and they are the damned: but as for
thee, my son, the Lord of Spirits knows that thou art pure, and guiltless
of this reproach concerning the secrets.

12 And He has destined thy name to be among the holy,
And will preserve thee amongst those who dwell on the earth,
And has destined thy righteous seed both for kingship and for great
honours,
And from thy seed shall proceed a fountain of the righteous and holy
without number for ever.

[Chapter 66]

1 And after that he showed me the angels of punishment who are prepared to
come and let loose all the powers of the waters which are beneath in the
earth in order to bring judgement and destruction 2 on all who [abide and]
dwell on the earth. And the Lord of Spirits gave commandment to the angels
who were going forth, that they should not cause the waters to rise but
should hold them 3 in check; for those angels were over the powers of the
waters. And I went away from the presence of Enoch.

[Chapter 67]

1 And in those days the word of God came unto me, and He said unto me: '
Noah, thy lot has come 2 Up before Me, a lot without blame, a lot of love
and uprightness. And now the angels are making a wooden (building), and
when they have completed that task I will place My hand upon it and
preserve it, and there shall come forth from it the seed of life, and a
change shall set in so that the 3 earth will not remain without inhabitant.
And I will make fast thy sed before me for ever and ever, and I will spread
abroad those who dwell with thee: it shall not be unfruitful on the face of
the earth, but it shall be blessed and multiply on the earth in the name of
the Lord.' 4 And He will imprison those angels, who have shown
unrighteousness, in that burning valley which my grandfather Enoch had
formerly shown to me in the west among the mountains of gold 5 and silver
and iron and soft metal and tin. And I saw that valley in which there was a
great 6 convulsion and a convulsion of the waters. And when all this took
place, from that fiery molten metal and from the convulsion thereof in that
place, there was produced a smell of sulphur, and it was connected with
those waters, and that valley of the angels who had led astray (mankind)
burned 7 beneath that land. And through its valleys proceed streams of
fire, where these angels are punished who had led astray those who dwell
upon the earth. 8 But those waters shall in those days serve for the kings
and the mighty and the exalted, and those who dwell on the earth, for the
healing of the body, but for the punishment of the spirit; now their spirit
is full of lust, that they may be punished in their body, for they have
denied the Lord of Spirits 9 and see their punishment daily, and yet
believe not in His name. And in proportion as the burning of their bodies
becomes severe, a corresponding change shall take place in their spirit for
ever and ever; 10 for before the Lord of Spirits none shall utter an idle
word. For the judgement shall come upon them, 11 because they believe in
the lust of their body and deny the Spirit of the Lord. And those same
waters will undergo a change in those days; for when those angels are
punished in these waters, these water-springs shall change their
temperature, and when the angels ascend, this water of the 12 springs shall
change and become cold. And I heard Michael answering and saying: ' This
judgement wherewith the angels are judged is a testimony for the kings and
the mighty who possess the 13 earth.' Because these waters of judgement
minister to the healing of the body of the kings and the lust of their
body; therefore they will not see and will not believe that those waters
will change and become a fire which burns for ever.

[Chapter 68]

1 And after that my grandfather Enoch gave me the teaching of all the
secrets in the book in the Parables which had been given to him, and he put
them together for me in the words of the book 2 of the Parables. And on
that day Michael answered Raphael and said: ' The power of the spirit
transports and makes me to tremble because of the severity of the judgement
of the secrets, the judgement of the angels: who can endure the severe
judgement which has been executed, and before 3 which they melt away ? '
And Michael answered again, and said to Raphael: ' Who is he whose heart is
not softened concerning it, and whose reins are not troubled by this word
of judgement 4 (that) has gone forth upon them because of those who have
thus led them out ? ' And it came to pass when he stood before the Lord of
Spirits, Michael said thus to Raphael: ' I will not take their part under
the eye of the Lord; for the Lord of Spirits has been angry with them
because they do 5 as if they were the Lord. Therefore all that is hidden
shall come upon them for ever and ever; for neither angel nor man shall
have his portion (in it), but alone they have received their judgement for
ever and ever.

[Chapter 69]

1 And after this judgement they shall terrify and make them to tremble
because they have shown this to those who dwell on the earth. 2 And behold
the names of those angels [and these are their names: the first of them is
Samjaza, the second Artaqifa, and the third Armen, the fourth Kokabel, the
fifth Turael, the sixth Rumjal, the seventh Danjal, the eighth Neqael, the
ninth Baraqel, the tenth Azazel, the eleventh Armaros, the twelfth
Batarjal, the thirteenth Busasejal, the fourteenth Hananel, the fifteenth
Turel, and the sixteenth Simapesiel, the seventeenth Jetrel, the eighteenth
Tumael, the nineteenth Turel, 3 the twentieth Rumael, the twenty-first
Azazel. And these are the chiefs of their angels and their names, and their
chief ones over hundreds and over fifties and over tens]. 4 The name of the
first Jeqon: that is, the one who led astray [all] the sons of God, and
brought them 5 down to the earth, and led them astray through the daughters
of men. And the second was named Asbeel: he imparted to the holy sons of
God evil counsel, and led them astray so that they defiled 6 their bodies
with the daughters of men. And the third was named Gadreel: he it is who
showed the children of men all the blows of death, and he led astray Eve,
and showed [the weapons of death to the sons of men] the shield and the
coat of mail, and the sword for battle, and all the weapons 7 of death to
the children of men. And from his hand they have proceeded against those
who dwell 8 on the earth from that day and for evermore. And the fourth was
named Penemue: he taught the 9 children of men the bitter and the sweet,
and he taught them all the secrets of their wisdom. And he instructed
mankind in writing with ink and paper, and thereby many sinned from
eternity to 10 eternity and until this day. For men were not created for
such a purpose, to give confirmation 11 to their good faith with pen and
ink. For men were created exactly like the angels, to the intent that they
should continue pure and righteous, and death, which destroys everything,
could not have taken hold of them, but through this their knowledge they
are perishing, and through this power 12 it is consuming me. And the fifth
was named Kasdeja: this is he who showed the children of men all the wicked
smitings of spirits and demons, and the smitings of the embryo in the womb,
that it may pass away, and [the smitings of the soul] the bites of the
serpent, and the smitings 13 which befall through the noontide heat, the
son of the serpent named Taba'et. And this is the task of Kasbeel, the
chief of the oath which he showed to the holy ones when he dwelt high 4
above in glory, and its name is Biqa. This (angel) requested Michael to
show him the hidden name, that he might enunciate it in the oath, so that
those might quake before that name and oath who revealed all that was in
secret to the children of men. And this is the power of this oath, for it
is powerful and strong, and he placed this oath Akae in the hand of
Michael.

16 And these are the secrets of this oath . . .
And they are strong through his oath:
And the heaven was suspended before the world was created,
And for ever.

17 And through it the earth was founded upon the water,
And from the secret recesses of the mountains come beautiful waters,
From the creation of the world and unto eternity.

18 And through that oath the sea was created,
And as its foundation He set for it the sand against the time of (its)
anger,
And it dare not pass beyond it from the creation of the world unto
eternity.

9 And through that oath are the depths made fast,
And abide and stir not from their place from eternity to eternity.

20 And through that oath the sun and moon complete their course,
And deviate not from their ordinance from eternity to eternity.

21 And through that oath the stars complete their course,
And He calls them by their names,
And they answer Him from eternity to eternity.

22 [And in like manner the spirits of the water, and of the winds, and of
all zephyrs, and (their) paths 23 from all the quarters of the winds. And
there are preserved the voices of the thunder and the light of the
lightnings: and there are preserved the chambers of the hail and the
chambers of the 24 hoarfrost, and the chambers of the mist, and the
chambers of the rain and the dew. And all these believe and give thanks
before the Lord of Spirits, and glorify (Him) with all their power, and
their food is in every act of thanksgiving: they thank and glorify and
extol the name of the Lord of Spirits for ever and ever.]

25 And this oath is mighty over them
And through it [they are preserved and] their paths are preserved,
And their course is not destroyed.

26 And there was great joy amongst them,
And they blessed and glorified and extolled
Because the name of that Son of Man had been revealed unto them.

27 And he sat on the throne of his glory,
And the sum of judgement was given unto the Son of Man,
And he caused the sinners to pass away and be destroyed from off the face
of the earth,
And those who have led the world astray.

28 With chains shall they be bound,
And in their assemblage-place of destruction shall they be imprisoned,
And all their works vanish from the face of the earth.

29 And from henceforth there shall be nothing corruptible;
For that Son of Man has appeared,
And has seated himself on the throne of his glory,
And all evil shall pass away before his face,
And the word of that Son of Man shall go forth

And be strong before the Lord of Spirits.

[Chapter 70]

1 And it came to pass after this that his name during his lifetime was
raised aloft to that Son of 2 Man and to the Lord of Spirits from amongst
those who dwell on the earth. And he was raised aloft 3 on the chariots of
the spirit and his name vanished among them. And from that day I was no
longer numbered amongst them: and he set me between the two winds, between
the North and the 4 West, where the angels took the cords to measure for me
the place for the elect and righteous. And there I saw the first fathers
and the righteous who from the beginning dwell in that place.

[Chapter 71]

1 And it came to pass after this that my spirit was translated
And it ascended into the heavens:
And I saw the holy sons of God.
They were stepping on flames of fire:
Their garments were white [and their raiment],
And their faces shone like snow.

2 And I saw two streams of fire,
And the light of that fire shone like hyacinth,
And I fell on my face before the Lord of Spirits.

3 And the angel Michael [one of the archangels] seized me by my right hand,

And lifted me up and led me forth into all the secrets,
And he showed me all the secrets of righteousness.

4 And he showed me all the secrets of the ends of the heaven,
And all the chambers of all the stars, and all the luminaries,
Whence they proceed before the face of the holy ones.

5 And he translated my spirit into the heaven of heavens,
And I saw there as it were a structure built of crystals,
And between those crystals tongues of living fire.

6 And my spirit saw the girdle which girt that house of fire,
And on its four sides were streams full of living fire,
And they girt that house.

7 And round about were Seraphin, Cherubic, and Ophannin:
And these are they who sleep not
And guard the throne of His glory.

8 And I saw angels who could not be counted,
A thousand thousands, and ten thousand times ten thousand,
Encircling that house.

And Michael, and Raphael, and Gabriel, and Phanuel,
And the holy angels who are above the heavens,
Go in and out of that house.

9 And they came forth from that house,
And Michael and Gabriel, Raphael and Phanuel,
And many holy angels without number.

10 And with them the Head of Days,
His head white and pure as wool,
And His raiment indescribable.

11 And I fell on my face,
And my whole body became relaxed,
And my spirit was transfigured;

And I cried with a loud voice, . . .
with the spirit of power,
And blessed and glorified and extolled.

12 And these blessings which went forth out of my mouth were well pleasing
before that Head of Days. And that Head of Days came with Michael and
Gabriel, Raphael and Phanuel, thousands and ten thousands of angels without
number.

[Lost passage wherein the Son of Man was described as accompanying the Head
of Days, and Enoch asked one of the angels (as in xlvi. 3) concerning the
Son of Man as to who he was.]

14 And he (i.e. the angel) came to me and greeted me with His voice, and
said unto me '
This is the Son of Man who is born unto righteousness,
And righteousness abides over him,
And the righteousness of the Head of Days forsakes him not.'
15 And he said unto me:
' He proclaims unto thee peace in the name of the world to come;
For from hence has proceeded peace since the creation of the world,
And so shall it be unto thee for ever and for ever and ever.

16 And all shall walk in his ways since righteousness never forsaketh him:
With him will be their dwelling-places, and with him their heritage,
And they shall not be separated from him for ever and ever and ever.

And so there shall be length of days with that Son of Man,
And the righteous shall have peace and an upright way
In the name of the Lord of Spirits for ever and ever.'

Section I I I. Chapters LXXII-LXXXII
The Book of the Heavenly Luminaries

.

[Chapter 72]

1 The book of the courses of the luminaries of the heaven, the relations of
each, according to their classes, their dominion and their seasons,
according to their names and places of origin, and according to their
months, which Uriel, the holy angel, who was with me, who is their guide,
showed me; and he showed me all their laws exactly as they are, and how it
is with regard to all the years of the world 2 and unto eternity, till the
new creation is accomplished which dureth till eternity. And this is the
first law of the luminaries: the luminary the Sun has its rising in the
eastern portals of the heaven, 3 and its setting in the western portals of
the heaven. And I saw six portals in which the sun rises, and six portals
in which the sun sets and the moon rises and sets in these portals, and the
leaders of the stars and those whom they lead: six in the east and six in
the west, and all following each other 4 in accurately corresponding order:
also many windows to the right and left of these portals. And first there
goes forth the great luminary, named the Sun, and his circumference is like
the 5 circumference of the heaven, and he is quite filled with illuminating
and heating fire. The chariot on which he ascends, the wind drives, and the
sun goes down from the heaven and returns through the north in order to
reach the east, and is so guided that he comes to the appropriate (lit. '
that ') portal and 6 shines in the face of the heaven. In this way he rises
in the first month in the great portal, which 7 is the fourth [those six
portals in the cast]. And in that fourth portal from which the sun rises in
the first month are twelve window-openings, from which proceed a flame when
they are opened in 8 their season. When the sun rises in the heaven, he
comes forth through that fourth portal thirty, 9 mornings in succession,
and sets accurately in the fourth portal in the west of the heaven. And
during this period the day becomes daily longer and the night nightly
shorter to the thirtieth 10 morning. On that day the day is longer than the
night by a ninth part, and the day amounts exactly to ten parts and the
night to eight parts. And the sun rises from that fourth portal, and sets
in the fourth and returns to the fifth portal of the east thirty mornings,
and rises from it and sets in the fifth 12 portal. And then the day becomes
longer by two parts and amounts to eleven parts, and the night 13 becomes
shorter and amounts to seven parts. And it returns to the east and enters
into the sixth 14 portal, and rises and sets in the sixth portal
one-and-thirty mornings on account of its sign. On that day the day becomes
longer than the night, and the day becomes double the night, and the day 15
becomes twelve parts, and the night is shortened and becomes six parts. And
the sun mounts up to make the day shorter and the night longer, and the sun
returns to the east and enters into the 16 sixth portal, and rises from it
and sets thirty mornings. And when thirty mornings are accomplished, 17 the
day decreases by exactly one part, and becomes eleven parts, and the night
seven. And the sun goes forth from that sixth portal in the west, and goes
to the east and rises in the fifth portal for 18 thirty mornings, and sets
in the west again in the fifth western portal. On that day the day
decreases by two parts, and amounts to ten parts and the night to eight
parts. And the sun goes forth from that fifth portal and sets in the fifth
portal of the west, and rises in the fourth portal for one- 20 and-thirty
mornings on account of its sign, and sets in the west. On that day the day
is equalized with the night, [and becomes of equal length], and the night
amounts to nine parts and the day to 21 nine parts. And the sun rises from
that portal and sets in the west, and returns to the east and rises 22
thirty mornings in the third portal and sets in the west in the third
portal. And on that day the night becomes longer than the day, and night
becomes longer than night, and day shorter than day till the thirtieth
morning, and the night amounts exactly to ten parts and the day to eight 23
parts. And the sun rises from that third portal and sets in the third
portal in the west and returns to the east, and for thirty mornings rises
24 in the second portal in the east, and in like manner sets in the second
portal in the west of the heaven. And on that day the night amounts to
eleven 25 parts and the day to seven parts. And the sun rises on that day
from that second portal and sets in the west in the second portal, and
returns to the east into the first portal for one-and-thirty 26 mornings,
and sets in the first portal in the west of the heaven. And on that day the
night becomes longer and amounts to the double of the day: and the night
amounts exactly to twelve parts and 27 the day to six. And the sun has
(therewith) traversed the divisions of his orbit and turns again on those
divisions of his orbit, and enters that portal thirty mornings and sets
also in the west 28 opposite to it. And on that night has the night
decreased in length by a ninth part, and the night 29 has become eleven
parts and the day seven parts. And the sun has returned and entered into
the second portal in the east, and returns on those his divisions of his
orbit for thirty mornings, rising 30 and setting. And on that day the night
decreases in length, and the night amounts to ten parts 31 and the day to
eight. And on that day the sun rises from that portal, and sets in the
west, and returns to the east, and rises in the third portal for
one-and-thirty mornings, and sets in the west of the heaven. 32 On that day
the night decreases and amounts to nine parts, and the day to nine parts,
and the night 33 is equal to the day and the year is exactly as to its days
three hundred and sixty-four. And the length of the day and of the night,
and the shortness of the day and of the night arise-through the course 34
of the sun these distinctions are made (lit. ' they are separated '). So it
comes that its course becomes 35 daily longer, and its course nightly
shorter. And this is the law and the course of the sun, and his return as
often as he returns sixty times and rises, i.e. the great luminary which is
named the sun, for ever and ever. And that which (thus) rises is the great
luminary, and is so named according to 37 its appearance, according as the
Lord commanded. As he rises, so he sets and decreases not, and rests not,
but runs day and night, and his light is sevenfold brighter than that of
the moon; but as regards size they are both equal.

[Chapter 73]

1 And after this law I saw another law dealing with the smaller luminary,
which is named the Moon. And her circumference is like the circumference of
the heaven, and her chariot in which she rides is driven by the wind, and
light is given to her in (definite) measure. And her rising and setting
change every month: and her days are like the days of the sun, and when her
light is uniform (i.e. full) it amounts to the seventh part of the light of
the sun. And thus she rises. And her first phase in the east comes forth on
the thirtieth morning: and on that day she becomes visible, and constitutes
for you the first phase of the moon on the thirtieth day together with the
sun in the portal where the sun rises. And the one half of her goes forth
by a seventh part, and her whole circumference is empty, without light,
with the exception of one-seventh part of it, (and) the 6 fourteenth part
of her light. And when she receives one-seventh part of the half of her
light, her light 7 amounts to one-seventh part and the half thereof. And
she sets with the sun, and when the sun rises the moon rises with him and
receives the half of one part of light, and in that night in the beginning
of her morning [in the commencement of the lunar day] the moon sets with
the sun, and 8 is invisible that night with the fourteen parts and the half
of one of them. And she rises on that day with exactly a seventh part, and
comes forth and recedes from the rising of the sun, and in her remaining
days she becomes bright in the (remaining) thirteen parts.

[Chapter 74]

1 And I saw another course, a law for her, (and) how according to that law
she performs her monthly 2 revolution. And all these Uriel, the holy angel
who is the leader of them all, showed to me, and their positions, and I
wrote down their positions as he showed them to me, and I wrote down their
months 3 as they were, and the appearance of their lights till fifteen days
were accomplished. In single seventh parts she accomplishes all her light
in the east, and in single seventh parts accomplishes all her 4 darkness in
the west. And in certain months she alters her settings, and in certain
months she pursues 5 her own peculiar course. In two months the moon sets
with the sun: in those two middle portals the 6 third and the fourth. She
goes forth for seven days, and turns about and returns again through the
portal where the sun rises, and accomplishes all her light: and she recedes
from the sun, and in eight 7 days enters the sixth portal from which the
sun goes forth. And when the sun goes forth from the fourth portal she goes
forth seven days, until she goes forth from the fifth and turns back again
in seven days into the fourth portal and accomplishes all her light: and
she recedes and enters into the 8 first portal in eight days. And she
returns again in seven days into the fourth portal from which the 9, 10 sun
goes forth. Thus I saw their position -how the moons rose and the sun set
in those days. And if five years are added together the sun has an overplus
of thirty days, and all the days which accrue 11 to it for one of those
five years, when they are full, amount to 364 days. And the overplus of the
sun and of the stars amounts to six days: in 5 years 6 days every year come
to 30 days: and the 12 moon falls behind the sun and stars to the number of
30 days. And the sun and the stars bring in all the years exactly, so that
they do not advance or delay their position by a single day unto eternity;
but complete the years with perfect justice in 364 days. In 3 years there
are 1,092 days, and in 5 years 1,820 days, so that in 8 years there are
2,912 days. For the moon alone the days amount in 3 years to 1,062 days,
and in 5 years she falls 50 days behind: [i.e. to the sum (of 1,770) there
is 5 to be added (1,000 and) 62 days.] And in 5 years there are 1,770 days,
so that for the moon the days 6 in 8 years amount to 21,832 days. [For in 8
years she falls behind to the amount of 80 days], all the 17 days she falls
behind in 8 years are 80. And the year is accurately completed in
conformity with their world-stations and the stations of the sun, which
rise from the portals through which it (the sun) rises and sets 30 days.

[Chapter 75]

1 And the leaders of the heads of the thousands, who are placed over the
whole creation and over all the stars, have also to do with the four
intercalary days, being inseparable from their office, according to the
reckoning of the year, and these render service on the four days which are
not 2 reckoned in the reckoning of the year. And owing to them men go wrong
therein, for those luminaries truly render service on the world-stations,
one in the first portal, one in the third portal of the heaven, one in the
fourth portal, and one in the sixth portal, and the exactness of the year
is 3 accomplished through its separate three hundred and sixty-four
stations. For the signs and the times and the years and the days the angel
Uriel showed to me, whom the Lord of glory hath set for ever over all the
luminaries of the heaven, in the heaven and in the world, that they should
rule on the face of the heaven and be seen on the earth, and be leaders for
the day and the night, i.e. the sun, moon, and stars, and all the
ministering creatures which make their revolution in all the chariots 4 of
the heaven. In like manner twelve doors Uriel showed me, open in the
circumference of the sun's chariot in the heaven, through which the rays of
the sun break forth: and from them is warmth 5 diffused over the earth,
when they are opened at their appointed seasons. [And for the winds and 6
the spirit of the dew when they are opened, standing open in the heavens at
the ends.] As for the twelve portals in the heaven, at the ends of the
earth, out of which go forth the sun, moon, and stars, 7 and all the works
of heaven in the east and in the west, There are many windows open to the
left and right of them, and one window at its (appointed) season produces
warmth, corresponding (as these do) to those doors from which the stars
come forth according as He has commanded them, 8 and wherein they set
corresponding to their number. And I saw chariots in the heaven, running 9
in the world, above those portals in which revolve the stars that never
set. And one is larger than all the rest, and it is that that makes its
course through the entire world.

[Chapter 76]

1 And at the ends of the earth I saw twelve portals open to all the
quarters (of the heaven), from 2 which the winds go forth and blow over the
earth. Three of them are open on the face (i.e. the east) of the heavens,
and three in the west, and three on the right (i.e. the south) of the
heaven, and 3 three on the left (i.e. the north). And the three first are
those of the east, and three are of the 4 north, and three [after those on
the left] of the south, and three of the west. Through four of these come
winds of blessing and prosperity, and from those eight come hurtful winds:
when they are sent, they bring destruction on all the earth and on the
water upon it, and on all who dwell thereon, and on everything which is in
the water and on the land. 5 And the first wind from those portals, called
the east wind, comes forth through the first portal which is in the east,
inclining towards the south: from it come forth desolation, drought, heat,
6 and destruction. And through the second portal in the middle comes what
is fitting, and from it there come rain and fruitfulness and prosperity and
dew; and through the third portal which lies toward the north come cold and
drought. 7 And after these come forth the south winds through three
portals: through the first portal of 8 them inclining to the east comes
forth a hot wind. And through the middle portal next to it there 9 come
forth fragrant smells, and dew and rain, and prosperity and health. And
through the third portal lying to the west come forth dew and rain, locusts
and desolation. 10 And after these the north winds: from the seventh portal
in the east come dew and rain, locusts and desolation. And from the middle
portal come in a direct direction health and rain and dew and prosperity;
and through the third portal in the west come cloud and hoar-frost, and
snow and rain, and dew and locusts. 12 And after these [four] are the west
winds: through the first portal adjoining the north come forth dew and
hoar-frost, and cold and snow and frost. And from the middle portal come
forth dew and rain, and prosperity and blessing; and through the last
portal which adjoins the south come forth drought and desolation, and
burning and destruction. And the twelve portals of the four quarters of the
heaven are therewith completed, and all their laws and all their plagues
and all their benefactions have I shown to thee, my son Methuselah.

[Chapter 77]

1 And the first quarter is called the east, because it is the first: and
the second, the south, because the Most High will descend there, yea, there
in quite a special sense will He who is blessed for ever 2 descend. And the
west quarter is named the diminished, because there all the luminaries of
the 3 heaven wane and go down. And the fourth quarter, named the north, is
divided into three parts: the first of them is for the dwelling of men: and
the second contains seas of water, and the abysses and forests and rivers,
and darkness and clouds; and the third part contains the garden of
righteousness. 4 I saw seven high mountains, higher than all the mountains
which are on the earth: and thence 5 comes forth hoar-frost, and days,
seasons, and years pass away. I saw seven rivers on the earth larger than
all the rivers: one of them coming from the west pours its waters into the
Great Sea. 6 And these two come from the north to the sea and pour their
waters into the Erythraean Sea in the 7 east. And the remaining, four come
forth on the side of the north to their own sea, two of them to the
Erythraean Sea, and two into the Great Sea and discharge themselves there
[and some say: 8 into the desert]. Seven great islands I saw in the sea and
in the mainland: two in the mainland and five in the Great Sea.

[Chapter 78]

1, 2 And the names of the sun are the following: the first Orjares, and the
second Tomas. And the moon has four names: the first name is Asonja, the
second Ebla, the third Benase, and the fourth 3 Erae. These are the two
great luminaries: their circumference is like the circumference of the 4
heaven, and the size of the circumference of both is alike. In the
circumference of the sun there are seven portions of light which are added
to it more than to the moon, and in definite measures it is s transferred
till the seventh portion of the sun is exhausted. And they set and enter
the portals of the west, and make their revolution by the north, and come
forth through the eastern portals 6 on the face of the heaven. And when the
moon rises one-fourteenth part appears in the heaven: 7 [the light becomes
full in her]: on the fourteenth day she accomplishes her light. And fifteen
parts of light are transferred to her till the fifteenth day (when) her
light is accomplished, according to the sign of the year, and she becomes
fifteen parts, and the moon grows by (the addition of) fourteenth 8 parts.
And in her waning (the moon) decreases on the first day to fourteen parts
of her light, on the second to thirteen parts of light, on the third to
twelve, on the fourth to eleven, on the fifth to ten, on the sixth to nine,
on the seventh to eight, on the eighth to seven, on the ninth to six, on
the tenth to five, on the eleventh to four, on the twelfth to three, on the
thirteenth to two, on the 9 fourteenth to the half of a seventh, and all
her remaining light disappears wholly on the fifteenth. And 10 in certain
months the month has twenty-nine days and once twenty-eight. And Uriel
showed me another law: when light is transferred to the moon, and on which
side it is transferred to her by the sun. During all the period during
which the moon is growing in her light, she is transferring it to herself
when opposite to the sun during fourteen days [her light is accomplished in
the heaven, 12 and when she is illumined throughout, her light is
accomplished full in the heaven. And on the first 13 day she is called the
new moon, for on that day the light rises upon her. She becomes full moon
exactly on the day when the sun sets in the west, and from the east she
rises at night, and the moon shines the whole night through till the sun
rises over against her and the moon is seen over against the sun. On the
side whence the light of the moon comes forth, there again she wanes till
all the light vanishes and all the days of the month are at an end, and her
circumference is empty, void of 5 light. And three months she makes of
thirty days, and at her time she makes three months of twenty- nine days
each, in which she accomplishes her waning in the first period of time, and
in the first 6 portal for one hundred and seventy-seven days. And in the
time of her going out she appears for three months (of) thirty days each,
and for three months she appears (of) twenty-nine each. At night she
appears like a man for twenty days each time, and by day she appears like
the heaven, and there is nothing else in her save her light.

[Chapter 79]

1 And now, my son, I have shown thee everything, and the law of all the
stars of the heaven is 2 completed. And he showed me all the laws of these
for every day, and for every season of bearing rule, and for every year,
and for its going forth, and for the order prescribed to it every month 3
and every week: And the waning of the moon which takes place in the sixth
portal: for in this 4 sixth portal her light is accomplished, and after
that there is the beginning of the waning: (And the waning) which takes
place in the first portal in its season, till one hundred and seventy-seven
5 days are accomplished: reckoned according to weeks, twenty-five (weeks)
and two days. She falls behind the sun and the order of the stars exactly
five days in the course of one period, and when 6 this place which thou
seest has been traversed. Such is the picture and sketch of every luminary
which Uriel the archangel, who is their leader, showed unto me.

[Chapter 80]

1 And in those days the angel Uriel answered and said to me: ' Behold, I
have shown thee everything, Enoch, and I have revealed everything to thee
that thou shouldst see this sun and this moon, and the leaders of the stars
of the heaven and all those who turn them, their tasks and times and
departures.

2 And in the days of the sinners the years shall be shortened,
And their seed shall be tardy on their lands and fields,
And all things on the earth shall alter,
And shall not appear in their time:
And the rain shall be kept back
And the heaven shall withhold (it).
3 And in those times the fruits of the earth shall be backward,
And shall not grow in their time,
And the fruits of the trees shall be withheld in their time.
4 And the moon shall alter her order,
And not appear at her time.
5 [And in those days the sun shall be seen and he shall journey in the
evening on the extremity of the great chariot in the west]
And shall shine more brightly than accords with the order of light.
6 And many chiefs of the stars shall transgress the order (prescribed).
And these shall alter their orbits and tasks,
And not appear at the seasons prescribed to them.
7 And the whole order of the stars shall be concealed from the sinners,
And the thoughts of those on the earth shall err concerning them,
[And they shall be altered from all their ways],
Yea, they shall err and take them to be gods.
8 And evil shall be multiplied upon them,
And punishment shall come upon them So as to destroy all.'

[Chapter 81]

1 And he said unto me:
' Observe, Enoch, these heavenly tablets,
And read what is written thereon,
And mark every individual fact.'

2 And I observed the heavenly tablets, and read everything which was
written (thereon) and understood everything, and read the book of all the
deeds of mankind, and of all the children of flesh 3 that shall be upon the
earth to the remotest generations. And forthwith I blessed the great Lord
the King of glory for ever, in that He has made all the works of the world,

And I extolled the Lord because of His patience,
And blessed Him because of the children of men.

4 And after that I said:
' Blessed is the man who dies in righteousness and goodness,
Concerning whom there is no book of unrighteousness written,
And against whom no day of judgement shall be found.'

5 And those seven holy ones brought me and placed me on the earth before
the door of my house, and said to me: ' Declare everything to thy son
Methuselah, and show to all thy children that no 6 flesh is righteous in
the sight of the Lord, for He is their Creator. One year we will leave thee
with thy son, till thou givest thy (last) commands, that thou mayest teach
thy children and record (it) for them, and testify to all thy children; and
in the second year they shall take thee from their midst.

7 Let thy heart be strong,
For the good shall announce righteousness to the good;

The righteous with the righteous shall rejoice,
And shall offer congratulation to one another.

8 But the sinners shall die with the sinners,
And the apostate go down with the apostate.

9 And those who practice righteousness shall die on account of the deeds of
men,
And be taken away on account of the doings of the godless.'

10 And in those days they ceased to speak to me, and I came to my people,
blessing the Lord of the world.

[Chapter 82]

1 And now, my son Methuselah, all these things I am recounting to thee and
writing down for thee! and I have revealed to thee everything, and given
thee books concerning all these: so preserve, my son Methuselah, the books
from thy father's hand, and (see) that thou deliver them to the generations
of the world.

2 I have given Wisdom to thee and to thy children,
[And thy children that shall be to thee],
That they may give it to their children for generations,
This wisdom (namely) that passeth their thought.

3 And those who understand it shall not sleep,
But shall listen with the ear that they may learn this wisdom,
And it shall please those that eat thereof better than good food.

4 Blessed are all the righteous, blessed are all those who walk In the way
of righteousness and sin not as the sinners, in the reckoning of all their
days in which the sun traverses the heaven, entering into and departing
from the portals for thirty days with the heads of thousands of the order
of the stars, together with the four which are intercalated which divide
the four portions of the year, which 5 lead them and enter with them four
days. Owing to them men shall be at fault and not reckon them in the whole
reckoning of the year: yea, men shall be at fault, and not recognize them 6
accurately. For they belong to the reckoning of the year and are truly
recorded (thereon) for ever, one in the first portal and one in the third,
and one in the fourth and one in the sixth, and the year is completed in
three hundred and sixty-four days. 7 And the account thereof is accurate
and the recorded reckoning thereof exact; for the luminaries, and months
and festivals, and years and days, has Uriel shown and revealed to me, to
whom the 8 Lord of the whole creation of the world hath subjected the host
of heaven. And he has power over night and day in the heaven to cause the
light to give light to men -sun, moon, and stars, 9 and all the powers of
the heaven which revolve in their circular chariots. And these are the
orders of the stars, which set in their places, and in their seasons and
festivals and months. 10 And these are the names of those who lead them,
who watch that they enter at their times, in their orders, in their
seasons, in their months, in their periods of dominion, and in their
positions. Their four leaders who divide the four parts of the year enter
first; and after them the twelve leaders of the orders who divide the
months; and for the three hundred and sixty (days) there are heads over
thousands who divide the days; and for the four intercalary days there are
the leaders which sunder 12 the four parts of the year. And these heads
over thousands are intercalated between 13 leader and leader, each behind a
station, but their leaders make the division. And these are the names of
the leaders who divide the four parts of the year which are ordained:
Milki'el, Hel'emmelek, and Mel'ejal, 14 and Narel. And the names of those
who lead them: Adnar'el, and Ijasusa'el, and 'Elome'el- these three follow
the leaders of the orders, and there is one that follows the three leaders
of the orders which follow those leaders of stations that divide the four
parts of the year. In the beginning of the year Melkejal rises first and
rules, who is named Tam'aini and sun, and 16 all the days of his dominion
whilst he bears rule are ninety-one days. And these are the signs of the
days which are to be seen on earth in the days of his dominion: sweat, and
heat, and calms; and all the trees bear fruit, and leaves are produced on
all the trees, and the harvest of wheat, and the rose-flowers, and all the
flowers which come forth in the field, but the trees of the winter season
become withered. And these are the names of the leaders which are under
them: Berka'el, Zelebs'el, and another who is added a head of a thousand,
called Hilujaseph: and the days of the dominion of this (leader) are at an
end. 18 The next leader after him is Hel'emmelek, whom one names the
shining sun, and all the days 19 of his light are ninety-one days. And
these are the signs of (his) days on the earth: glowing heat and dryness,
and the trees ripen their fruits and produce all their fruits ripe and
ready, and the sheep pair and become pregnant, and all the fruits of the
earth are gathered in, and everything that is 20 in the fields, and the
winepress: these things take place in the days of his dominion. These are
the names, and the orders, and the leaders of those heads of thousands:
Gida'ljal, Ke'el, and He'el, and the name of the head of a thousand which
is added to them, Asfa'el: and the days of his dominion are at an end.

Section IV. Chapters LXXXIII-XC.
The Dream-Visions.

[Chapter 83]

1 And now, my son Methuselah, I will show thee all my visions which I have
seen, recounting 2 them before thee. Two visions I saw before I took a
wife, and the one was quite unlike the other: the first when I was learning
to write: the second before I took thy mother, (when) I saw a terrible 3
vision. And regarding them I prayed to the Lord. I had laid me down in the
house of my grandfather Mahalalel, (when) I saw in a vision how the heaven
collapsed and was borne off and fell to 4 the earth. And when it fell to
the earth I saw how the earth was swallowed up in a great abyss, and
mountains were suspended on mountains, and hills sank down on hills, and
high trees were rent 5 from their stems, and hurled down and sunk in the
abyss. And thereupon a word fell into my mouth, 6 and I lifted up (my
voice) to cry aloud, and said: ' The earth is destroyed.' And my
grandfather Mahalalel waked me as I lay near him, and said unto me: ' Why
dost thou cry so, my son, and why 7 dost thou make such lamentation?' And I
recounted to him the whole vision which I had seen, and he said unto me: '
A terrible thing hast thou seen, my son, and of grave moment is thy dream-
vision as to the secrets of all the sin of the earth: it must sink into the
abyss and be destroyed with 8 a great destruction. And now, my son, arise
and make petition to the Lord of glory, since thou art a believer, that a
remnant may remain on the earth, and that He may not destroy the whole 9
earth. My son, from heaven all this will come upon the earth, and upon the
earth there will be great 10 destruction. After that I arose and prayed and
implored and besought, and wrote down my prayer for the generations of the
world, and I will show everything to thee, my son Methuselah. And when I
had gone forth below and seen the heaven, and the sun rising in the east,
and the moon setting in the west, and a few stars, and the whole earth, and
everything as He had known it in the beginning, then I blessed the Lord of
judgement and extolled Him because He had made the sun to go forth from the
windows of the east, and he ascended and rose on the face of the heaven,
and set out and kept traversing the path shown unto him.

[Chapter 84]

1 And I lifted up my hands in righteousness and blessed the Holy and Great
One, and spake with the breath of my mouth, and with the tongue of flesh,
which God has made for the children of the flesh of men, that they should
speak therewith, and He gave them breath and a tongue and a mouth that they
should speak therewith:

2 Blessed be Thou, O Lord, King,
Great and mighty in Thy greatness,
Lord of the whole creation of the heaven,
King of kings and God of the whole world.

And Thy power and kingship and greatness abide for ever and ever,
And throughout all generations Thy dominion;
And all the heavens are Thy throne for ever,
And the whole earth Thy footstool for ever and ever.

3 For Thou hast made and Thou rulest all things,
And nothing is too hard for Thee,
Wisdom departs not from the place of Thy throne,
Nor turns away from Thy presence.
And Thou knowest and seest and hearest everything,
And there is nothing hidden from Thee [for Thou seest everything].
4 And now the angels of Thy heavens are guilty of trespass,
And upon the flesh of men abideth Thy wrath until the great day of
judgement.
5 And now, O God and Lord and Great King,
I implore and beseech Thee to fulfil my prayer,
To leave me a posterity on earth,
And not destroy all the flesh of man,
And make the earth without inhabitant,
So that there should be an eternal destruction.
6 And now, my Lord, destroy from the earth the flesh which has aroused Thy
wrath,
But the flesh of righteousness and uprightness establish as a plant of the
eternal seed,
And hide not Thy face from the prayer of Thy servant, O Lord.'

[Chapter 85]

1,2 And after this I saw another dream, and I will show the whole dream to
thee, my son. And Enoch lifted up (his voice) and spake to his son
Methuselah: ' To thee, my son, will I speak: hear my words-incline thine
ear to the dream-vision of thy father. Before I took thy mother Edna, I saw
in a vision on my bed, and behold a bull came forth from the earth, and
that bull was white; and after it came forth a heifer, and along with this
(latter) came forth two bulls, one of them black and 4 the other red. And
that black bull gored the red one and pursued him over the earth, and
thereupon 5 I could no longer see that red bull. But that black bull grew
and that heifer went with him, and 6 I saw that many oxen proceeded from
him which resembled and followed him. And that cow, that first one, went
from the presence of that first bull in order to seek that red one, but
found him 7 not, and lamented with a great lamentation over him and sought
him. And I looked till that first 8 bull came to her and quieted her, and
from that time onward she cried no more. And after that she bore another
white bull, and after him she bore many bulls and black cows. 9 And I saw
in my sleep that white bull likewise grow and become a great white bull,
and from Him proceeded many white bulls, and they resembled him. And they
began to beget many white bulls, which resembled them, one following the
other, (even) many.

[Chapter 86]

1 And again I saw with mine eyes as I slept, and I saw the heaven above,
and behold a star fell 2 from heaven, and it arose and eat and pastured
amongst those oxen. And after that I saw the large and the black oxen, and
behold they all changed their stalls and pastures and their cattle, and
began 3 to live with each other. And again I saw in the vision, and looked
towards the heaven, and behold I saw many stars descend and cast themselves
down from heaven to that first star, and they became 4 bulls amongst those
cattle and pastured with them [amongst them]. And I looked at them and saw,
and behold they all let out their privy members, like horses, and began to
cover the cows of the oxen, 5 and they all became pregnant and bare
elephants, camels, and asses. And all the oxen feared them and were
affrighted at them, and began to bite with their teeth and to devour, and
to gore with their 6 horns. And they began, moreover, to devour those oxen;
and behold all the children of the earth began to tremble and quake before
them and to flee from them.

[Chapter 87]

1 And again I saw how they began to gore each other and to devour each
other, and the earth 2 began to cry aloud. And I raised mine eyes again to
heaven, and I saw in the vision, and behold there came forth from heaven
beings who were like white men: and four went forth from that place 3 and
three with them. And those three that had last come forth grasped me by my
hand and took me up, away from the generations of the earth, and raised me
up to a lofty place, and showed me 4 a tower raised high above the earth,
and all the hills were lower. And one said unto me: ' Remain here till thou
seest everything that befalls those elephants, camels, and asses, and the
stars and the oxen, and all of them.'

[Chapter 88]

1 And I saw one of those four who had come forth first, and he seized that
first star which had fallen from the heaven, and bound it hand and foot and
cast it into an abyss: now that abyss was 2 narrow and deep, and horrible
and dark. And one of them drew a sword, and gave it to those elephants and
camels and asses: then they began to smite each other, and the whole earth
quaked 3 because of them. And as I was beholding in the vision, lo, one of
those four who had come forth stoned (them) from heaven, and gathered and
took all the great stars whose privy members were like those of horses, and
bound them all hand and foot, and cast them in an abyss of the earth.

[Chapter 89]

1 And one of those four went to that white bull and instructed him in a
secret, without his being terrified: he was born a bull and became a man,
and built for himself a great vessel and dwelt thereon; 2 and three bulls
dwelt with him in that vessel and they were covered in. And again I raised
mine eyes towards heaven and saw a lofty roof, with seven water torrents
thereon, and those torrents 3 flowed with much water into an enclosure. And
I saw again, and behold fountains were opened on the surface of that great
enclosure, and that water began to swell and rise upon the surface, 4 and I
saw that enclosure till all its surface was covered with water. And the
water, the darkness, and mist increased upon it; and as I looked at the
height of that water, that water had risen above the height of that
enclosure, and was streaming over that enclosure, and it stood upon the
earth. 5 And all the cattle of that enclosure were gathered together until
I saw how they sank and were 6 swallowed up and perished in that water. But
that vessel floated on the water, while all the oxen and elephants and
camels and asses sank to the bottom with all the animals, so that I could
no longer see them, and they were not able to escape, (but) perished and
sank into the depths. And again I saw in the vision till those water
torrents were removed from that high roof, and the chasms 8 of the earth
were leveled up and other abysses were opened. Then the water began to run
down into these, till the earth became visible; but that vessel settled on
the earth, and the darkness 9 retired and light appeared. But that white
bull which had become a man came out of that vessel, and the three bulls
with him, and one of those three was white like that bull, and one of them
was red as blood, and one black: and that white bull departed from them. 10
And they began to bring forth beasts of the field and birds, so that there
arose different genera: lions, tigers, wolves, dogs, hyenas, wild boars,
foxes, squirrels, swine, falcons, vultures, kites, eagles, and ravens; and
among them was born a white bull. And they began to bite one another; but
that white bull which was born amongst them begat a wild ass and a white
bull with it, and the 12 wild asses multiplied. But that bull which was
born from him begat a black wild boar and a white 13 sheep; and the former
begat many boars, but that sheep begat twelve sheep. And when those twelve
sheep had grown, they gave up one of them to the asses, and those asses
again gave up that sheep to the wolves, and that sheep grew up among the
wolves. And the Lord brought the eleven sheep to live with it and to
pasture with it among the wolves: and they multiplied and became many
flocks of sheep. And the wolves began to fear them, and they oppressed them
until they destroyed their little ones, and they cast their young into a
river of much water: but those sheep began to 16 cry aloud on account of
their little ones, and to complain unto their Lord. And a sheep which had
been saved from the wolves fled and escaped to the wild asses; and I saw
the sheep how they lamented and cried, and besought their Lord with all
their might, till that Lord of the sheep descended at the voice of the
sheep from a lofty abode, and came to them and pastured them. And He called
that sheep which had escaped the wolves, and spake with it concerning the
wolves that it should 18 admonish them not to touch the sheep. And the
sheep went to the wolves according to the word of the Lord, and another
sheep met it and went with it, and the two went and entered together into
the assembly of those wolves, and spake with them and admonished them not
to touch the 19 sheep from henceforth. And thereupon I saw the wolves, and
how they oppressed the sheep 20 exceedingly with all their power; and the
sheep cried aloud. And the Lord came to the sheep and they began to smite
those wolves: and the wolves began to make lamentation; but the sheep
became 21 quiet and forthwith ceased to cry out. And I saw the sheep till
they departed from amongst the wolves; but the eyes of the wolves were
blinded, and those wolves departed in pursuit of the sheep 22 with all
their power. And the Lord of the sheep went with them, as their leader, and
all His sheep 23 followed Him: and his face was dazzling and glorious and
terrible to behold. But the wolves 24 began to pursue those sheep till they
reached a sea of water. And that sea was divided, and the water stood on
this side and on that before their face, and their Lord led them and placed
Himself between 25 them and the wolves. And as those wolves did not yet see
the sheep, they proceeded into the midst of that sea, and the wolves
followed the sheep, and [those wolves] ran after them into that sea. 26 And
when they saw the Lord of the sheep, they turned to flee before His face,
but that sea gathered itself together, and became as it had been created,
and the water swelled and rose till it covered 27 those wolves. And I saw
till all the wolves who pursued those sheep perished and were drowned. 28
But the sheep escaped from that water and went forth into a wilderness,
where there was no water and no grass; and they began to open their eyes
and to see; and I saw the Lord of the sheep 29 pasturing them and giving
them water and grass, and that sheep going and leading them. And that 30
sheep ascended to the summit of that lofty rock, and the Lord of the sheep
sent it to them. And after that I saw the Lord of the sheep who stood
before them, and His appearance was great and 31 terrible and majestic, and
all those sheep saw Him and were afraid before His face. And they all
feared and trembled because of Him, and they cried to that sheep with them
[which was amongst 32 them]: ' We are not able to stand before our Lord or
to behold Him.' And that sheep which led them again ascended to the summit
of that rock, but the sheep began to be blinded and to wander 33 from the
way which he had showed them, but that sheep wot not thereof. And the Lord
of the sheep was wrathful exceedingly against them, and that sheep
discovered it, and went down from the summit of the rock, and came to the
sheep, and found the greatest part of them blinded and fallen 34 away. And
when they saw it they feared and trembled at its presence, and desired to
return to their 35 folds. And that sheep took other sheep with it, and came
to those sheep which had fallen away, and began to slay them; and the sheep
feared its presence, and thus that sheep brought back those 36 sheep that
had fallen away, and they returned to their folds. And I saw in this vision
till that sheep became a man and built a house for the Lord of the sheep,
and placed all the sheep in that house. 37 And I saw till this sheep which
had met that sheep which led them fell asleep: and I saw till all the great
sheep perished and little ones arose in their place, and they came to a
pasture, and 38 approached a stream of water. Then that sheep, their leader
which had become a man, withdrew 39 from them and fell asleep, and all the
sheep sought it and cried over it with a great crying. And I saw till they
left off crying for that sheep and crossed that stream of water, and there
arose the two sheep as leaders in the place of those which had led them and
fallen asleep (lit. ' had fallen asleep and led 40 them '). And I saw till
the sheep came to a goodly place, and a pleasant and glorious land, and I
saw till those sheep were satisfied; and that house stood amongst them in
the pleasant land. 41 And sometimes their eyes were opened, and sometimes
blinded, till another sheep arose and led them and brought them all back,
and their eyes were opened. 42 And the dogs and the foxes and the wild
boars began to devour those sheep till the Lord of the sheep raised up
[another sheep] a ram from their 43 midst, which led them. And that ram
began to butt on either side those dogs, foxes, and wild 44 boars till he
had destroyed them all. And that sheep whose eyes were opened saw that ram,
which was amongst the sheep, till it forsook its glory and began to butt
those sheep, and trampled upon them, and behaved itself 45 unseemly. And
the Lord of the sheep sent the lamb to another lamb and raised it to being
a ram and leader of the sheep instead of that 46 ram which had forsaken its
glory. And it went to it and spake to it alone, and raised it to being a
ram, and made it the prince and leader of the sheep; but during all these
things those dogs 47 oppressed the sheep. And the first ram pursued that
second ram, and that second ram arose and fled before it; and I saw till
those dogs pulled 48 down the first ram. And that second ram arose 49 and
led the [little] sheep. And those sheep grew and multiplied; but all the
dogs, and foxes, and wild boars feared and fled before it, and that ram
butted and killed the wild beasts, and those wild beasts had no longer any
power among the 48b sheep and robbed them no more of ought. And that ram
begat many sheep and fell asleep; and a little sheep became ram in its
stead, and became prince and leader of those sheep. 50 And that house
became great and broad, and it was built for those sheep: (and) a tower
lofty and great was built on the house for the Lord of the sheep, and that
house was low, but the tower was elevated and lofty, and the Lord of the
sheep stood on that tower and they offered a full table before Him. 51 And
again I saw those sheep that they again erred and went many ways, and
forsook that their house, and the Lord of the sheep called some from
amongst the sheep and sent them to the sheep, 52 but the sheep began to
slay them. And one of them was saved and was not slain, and it sped away
and cried aloud over the sheep; and they sought to slay it, but the Lord of
the sheep saved it from 53 the sheep, and brought it up to me, and caused
it to dwell there. And many other sheep He sent to those sheep to testify
unto them and lament over them. And after that I saw that when they forsook
the house of the Lord and His tower they fell away entirely, and their eyes
were blinded; and I saw the Lord of the sheep how He wrought much slaughter
amongst them in their herds until 55 those sheep invited that slaughter and
betrayed His place. And He gave them over into the hands of the lions and
tigers, and wolves and hyenas, and into the hand of the foxes, and to all
the wild 56 beasts, and those wild beasts began to tear in pieces those
sheep. And I saw that He forsook that their house and their tower and gave
them all into the hand of the lions, to tear and devour them, 57 into the
hand of all the wild beasts. And I began to cry aloud with all my power,
and to appeal to the Lord of the sheep, and to represent to Him in regard
to the sheep that they were devoured 58 by all the wild beasts. But He
remained unmoved, though He saw it, and rejoiced that they were devoured
and swallowed and robbed, and left them to be devoured in the hand of all
the beasts. 59 And He called seventy shepherds, and cast those sheep to
them that they might pasture them, and He spake to the shepherds and their
companions: ' Let each individual of you pasture the sheep 60 henceforward,
and everything that I shall command you that do ye. And I will deliver them
over unto you duly numbered, and tell you which of them are to be
destroyed-and them destroy ye.' And 61 He gave over unto them those sheep.
And He called another and spake unto him: ' Observe and mark everything
that the shepherds will do to those sheep; for they will destroy more of
them than 62 I have commanded them. And every excess and the destruction
which will be wrought through the shepherds, record (namely) how many they
destroy according to my command, and how many according to their own
caprice: record against every individual shepherd all the destruction he 63
effects. And read out before me by number how many they destroy, and how
many they deliver over for destruction, that I may have this as a testimony
against them, and know every deed of the shepherds, that I may comprehend
and see what they do, whether or not they abide by my 64 command which I
have commanded them. But they shall not know it, and thou shalt not declare
it to them, nor admonish them, but only record against each individual all
the destruction which 65 the shepherds effect each in his time and lay it
all before me.' And I saw till those shepherds pastured in their season,
and they began to slay and to destroy more than they were bidden, and they
delivered 66 those sheep into the hand of the lions. And the lions and
tigers eat and devoured the greater part of those sheep, and the wild boars
eat along with them; and they burnt that tower and demolished 67 that
house. And I became exceedingly sorrowful over that tower because that
house of the sheep was demolished, and afterwards I was unable to see if
those sheep entered that house. 68 And the shepherds and their associates
delivered over those sheep to all the wild beasts, to devour them, and each
one of them received in his time a definite number: it was written by the
other 69 in a book how many each one of them destroyed of them. And each
one slew and destroyed many 70 more than was prescribed; and I began to
weep and lament on account of those sheep. And thus in the vision I saw
that one who wrote, how he wrote down every one that was destroyed by those
shepherds, day by day, and carried up and laid down and showed actually the
whole book to the Lord of the sheep-(even) everything that they had done,
and all that each one of them had made 71 away with, and all that they had
given over to destruction. And the book was read before the Lord of the
sheep, and He took the book from his hand and read it and sealed it and
laid it down. 72 And forthwith I saw how the shepherds pastured for twelve
hours, and behold three of those sheep turned back and came and entered and
began to build up all that had fallen down of that 73 house; but the wild
boars tried to hinder them, but they were not able. And they began again to
build as before, and they reared up that tower, and it was named the high
tower; and they began again to place a table before the tower, but all the
bread on it was polluted and not pure. 74 And as touching all this the eyes
of those sheep were blinded so that they saw not, and (the eyes of) their
shepherds likewise; and they delivered them in large numbers to their
shepherds for 75 destruction, and they trampled the sheep with their feet
and devoured them. And the Lord of the sheep remained unmoved till all the
sheep were dispersed over the field and mingled with them (i.e. the 76
beasts), and they (i.e. the shepherds) did not save them out of the hand of
the beasts. And this one who wrote the book carried it up, and showed it
and read it before the Lord of the sheep, and implored Him on their
account, and besought Him on their account as he showed Him all the doings
77 of the shepherds, and gave testimony before Him against all the
shepherds. And he took the actual book and laid it down beside Him and
departed.

[Chapter 90]

1 And I saw till that in this manner thirty-five shepherds undertook the
pasturing (of the sheep), and they severally completed their periods as did
the first; and others received them into their 2 hands, to pasture them for
their period, each shepherd in his own period. And after that I saw in my
vision all the birds of heaven coming, the eagles, the vultures, the kites,
the ravens; but the eagles led all the birds; and they began to devour
those sheep, and to pick out their eyes and to 3 devour their flesh. And
the sheep cried out because their flesh was being devoured by the birds, 4
and as for me I looked and lamented in my sleep over that shepherd who
pastured the sheep. And I saw until those sheep were devoured by the dogs
and eagles and kites, and they left neither flesh nor skin nor sinew
remaining on them till only their bones stood there: and their bones too
fell 5 to the earth and the sheep became few. And I saw until that
twenty-three had undertaken the pasturing and completed in their several
periods fifty-eight times. 6 But behold lambs were borne by those white
sheep, and they began to open their eyes and to see, 7 and to cry to the
sheep. Yea, they cried to them, but they did not hearken to what they said
to 8 them, but were exceedingly deaf, and their eyes were very exceedingly
blinded. And I saw in the vision how the ravens flew upon those lambs and
took one of those lambs, and dashed the sheep 9 in pieces and devoured
them. And I saw till horns grew upon those lambs, and the ravens cast down
their horns; and I saw till there sprouted a great horn of one of those
sheep, and their eyes 10 were opened. And it looked at them [and their eyes
opened], and it cried to the sheep, and the 11 rams saw it and all ran to
it. And notwithstanding all this those eagles and vultures and ravens and
kites still kept tearing the sheep and swooping down upon them and
devouring them: still the sheep remained silent, but the rams lamented and
cried out. And those ravens fought and battled with it and sought to lay
low its horn, but they had no power over it. All the eagles and vultures
and ravens and kites were gathered together, and there came with them all
the sheep of the field, yea, they all came together, and helped each other
to break that horn of the ram. 19 And I saw till a great sword was given to
the sheep, and the sheep proceeded against all the beasts of the field to
slay them, and all the beasts and the birds of the heaven fled before their
face. And I saw that man, who wrote the book according to the command of
the Lord, till he opened that book concerning the destruction which those
twelve last shepherds had wrought, and showed that they had destroyed much
more than their predecessors, before the Lord of the sheep. And I saw till
the Lord of the sheep came unto them and took in His hand the staff of His
wrath, and smote the earth, and the earth clave asunder, and all the beasts
and all the birds of the heaven fell from among those sheep, and were
swallowed up in the earth and it covered them. 20 And I saw till a throne
was erected in the pleasant land, and the Lord of the sheep sat Himself
thereon, and the other took the sealed books and opened those books before
the Lord of the sheep. 21 And the Lord called those men the seven first
white ones, and commanded that they should bring before Him, beginning with
the first star which led the way, all the stars whose privy members 22 were
like those of horses, and they brought them all before Him. And He said to
that man who wrote before Him, being one of those seven white ones, and
said unto him: ' Take those seventy shepherds to whom I delivered the
sheep, and who taking them on their own authority slew more 23 than I
commanded them.' And behold they were all bound, I saw, and they all stood
before Him. 24 And the judgement was held first over the stars, and they
were judged and found guilty, and went to the place of condemnation, and
they were cast into an abyss, full of fire and flaming, and full 25 of
pillars of fire. And those seventy shepherds were judged and found guilty,
and they were cast 26 into that fiery abyss. And I saw at that time how a
like abyss was opened in the midst of the earth, full of fire, and they
brought those blinded sheep, and they were all judged and found guilty and
27 cast into this fiery abyss, and they burned; now this abyss was to the
right of that house. And I saw those sheep burning and their bones burning.
28 And I stood up to see till they folded up that old house; and carried
off all the pillars, and all the beams and ornaments of the house were at
the same time folded up with it, and they carried 29 it off and laid it in
a place in the south of the land. And I saw till the Lord of the sheep
brought a new house greater and loftier than that first, and set it up in
the place of the first which had beer folded up: all its pillars were new,
and its ornaments were new and larger than those of the first, the old one
which He had taken away, and all the sheep were within it. 30 And I saw all
the sheep which had been left, and all the beasts on the earth, and all the
birds of the heaven, falling down and doing homage to those sheep and
making petition to and obeying 31 them in every thing. And thereafter those
three who were clothed in white and had seized me by my hand [who had taken
me up before], and the hand of that ram also seizing hold of me, they 32
took me up and set me down in the midst of those sheep before the judgement
took place. And those 33 sheep were all white, and their wool was abundant
and clean. And all that had been destroyed and dispersed, and all the
beasts of the field, and all the birds of the heaven, assembled in that
house, and the Lord of the sheep rejoiced with great joy because they were
all good and had returned to 34 His house. And I saw till they laid down
that sword, which had been given to the sheep, and they brought it back
into the house, and it was sealed before the presence of the Lord, and all
the sheep 35 were invited into that house, but it held them not. And the
eyes of them all were opened, and they 36 saw the good, and there was not
one among them that did not see. And I saw that that house was large and
broad and very full. 37 And I saw that a white bull was born, with large
horns and all the beasts of the field and all the 38 birds of the air
feared him and made petition to him all the time. And I saw till all their
generations were transformed, and they all became white bulls; and the
first among them became a lamb, and that lamb became a great animal and had
great black horns on its head; and the Lord of the sheep 39 rejoiced over
it and over all the oxen. And I slept in their midst: and I awoke and saw
everything. 40 This is the vision which I saw while I slept, and I awoke
and blessed the Lord of righteousness and 41 gave Him glory. Then I wept
with a great weeping and my tears stayed not till I could no longer endure
it: when I saw, they flowed on account of what I had seen; for everything
shall come and 42 be fulfilled, and all the deeds of men in their order
were shown to me. On that night I remembered the first dream, and because
of it I wept and was troubled-because I had seen that vision.

Section V. XCI-CIV (i.e. XCII, XCI. 1-1O, 18-19, XCIII. 1-1O, XCI. 12-17,
XCIV-CIV.).
A Book of Exhortation and Promised Blessing for the Righteous and of
Malediction and Woe for the Sinners.

[Chapter 92]

1 The book written by Enoch-[Enoch indeed wrote this complete doctrine of
wisdom, (which is) praised of all men and a judge of all the earth] for all
my children who shall dwell on the earth. And for the future generations
who shall observe uprightness and peace.

2 Let not your spirit be troubled on account of the times;
For the Holy and Great One has appointed days for all things.

3 And the righteous one shall arise from sleep,
[Shall arise] and walk in the paths of righteousness,
And all his path and conversation shall be in eternal goodness and grace.

4 He will be gracious to the righteous and give him eternal uprightness,
And He will give him power so that he shall be (endowed) with goodness and
righteousness.
And he shall walk in eternal light.

5 And sin shall perish in darkness for ever,
And shall no more be seen from that day for evermore.

[Chapter 91]

1 And now, my son Methuselah, call to me all thy brothers
And gather together to me all the sons of thy mother;
For the word calls me,
And the spirit is poured out upon me,
That I may show you everything
That shall befall you for ever.'

2 And there upon Methuselah went and summoned to him all his brothers and
assembled his relatives.
3 And he spake unto all the children of righteousness and said:

'Hear, ye sons of Enoch, all the words of your father,
And hearken aright to the voice of my mouth;
For I exhort you and say unto you, beloved:

4 Love uprightness and walk therein.
And draw not nigh to uprightness with a double heart,
And associate not with those of a double heart,

But walk in righteousness, my sons.
And it shall guide you on good paths,
And righteousness shall be your companion.

5 For I know that violence must increase on the earth,
And a great chastisement be executed on the earth,
And all unrighteousness come to an end:

Yea, it shall be cut off from its roots,
And its whole structure be destroyed.

6 And unrighteousness shall again be consummated on the earth,
And all the deeds of unrighteousness and of violence
And transgression shall prevail in a twofold degree.

7 And when sin and unrighteousness and blasphemy
And violence in all kinds of deeds increase,
And apostasy and transgression and uncleanness increase,

A great chastisement shall come from heaven upon all these,
And the holy Lord will come forth with wrath and chastisement
To execute judgement on earth.

8 In those days violence shall be cut off from its roots,
And the roots of unrighteousness together with deceit,
And they shall be destroyed from under heaven.

9 And all the idols of the heathen shall be abandoned,
And the temples burned with fire,
And they shall remove them from the whole earth,

And they (i.e. the heathen) shall be cast into the judgement of fire,
And shall perish in wrath and in grievous judgement for ever.

10 And the righteous shall arise from their sleep,
And wisdom shall arise and be given unto them.

[And after that the roots of unrighteousness shall be cut off, and the
sinners shall be destroyed by the sword . . . shall be cut off from the
blasphemers in every place, and those who plan violence and those who
commit blasphemy shall perish by the sword.]

18 And now I tell you, my sons, and show you
The paths of righteousness and the paths of violence.
Yea, I will show them to you again
That ye may know what will come to pass.
19 And now, hearken unto me, my sons,
And walk in the paths of righteousness,
And walk not in the paths of violence;
For all who walk in the paths of unrighteousness shall perish for ever.'

[Chapter 93]

1,2 And after that Enoch both gave and began to recount from the books. And
Enoch said:

' Concerning the children of righteousness and concerning the elect of the
world,
And concerning the plant of uprightness, I will speak these things,
Yea, I Enoch will declare (them) unto you, my sons:

According to that which appeared to me in the heavenly vision,
And which I have known through the word of the holy angels,
And have learnt from the heavenly tablets.'

3 And Enoch began to recount from the books and said:
' I was born the seventh in the first week,
While judgement and righteousness still endured.

4 And after me there shall arise in the second week great wickedness,
And deceit shall have sprung up;
And in it there shall be the first end.

And in it a man shall be saved;
And after it is ended unrighteousness shall grow up,
And a law shall be made for the sinners.

And after that in the third week at its close
A man shall be elected as the plant of righteous judgement,
And his posterity shall become the plant of righteousness for evermore.

6 And after that in the fourth week, at its close,
Visions of the holy and righteous shall be seen,
And a law for all generations and an enclosure shall be made for them.

7 And after that in the fifth week, at its close,
The house of glory and dominion shall be built for ever.

8 And after that in the sixth week all who live in it shall be blinded,
And the hearts of all of them shall godlessly forsake wisdom.

And in it a man shall ascend;
And at its close the house of dominion shall be burnt with fire,
And the whole race of the chosen root shall be dispersed.

9 And after that in the seventh week shall an apostate generation arise,
And many shall be its deeds,
And all its deeds shall be apostate.

10 And at its close shall be elected
The elect righteous of the eternal plant of righteousness,
To receive sevenfold instruction concerning all His creation.

11 [For who is there of all the children of men that is able to hear the
voice of the Holy One without being troubled ? And who can think His
thoughts ? and who is there that can behold all the works 12 of heaven ?
And how should there be one who could behold the heaven, and who is there
that could understand the things of heaven and see a soul or a spirit and
could tell thereof, or ascend and see 13 all their ends and think them or
do like them ? And who is there of all men that could know what is the
breadth and the length of the earth, and to whom has been shown the measure
of all of them ? 14 Or is there any one who could discern the length of the
heaven and how great is its height, and upon what it is founded, and how
great is the number of the stars, and where all the luminaries rest ?]

[Chapter 91]

12 And after that there shall be another, the eighth week, that of
righteousness,
And a sword shall be given to it that a righteous judgement may be executed
on the oppressors,
And sinners shall be delivered into the hands of the righteous.

13 And at its close they shall acquire houses through their righteousness,
And a house shall be built for the Great King in glory for evermore,
14d And all mankind shall look to the path of uprightness.

14a And after that, in the ninth week, the righteous judgement shall be
revealed to the whole world,
b And all the works of the godless shall vanish from all the earth,
c And the world shall be written down for destruction.

15 And after this, in the tenth week in the seventh part,
There shall be the great eternal judgement,
In which He will execute vengeance amongst the angels.

16 And the first heaven shall depart and pass away,
And a new heaven shall appear,
And all the powers of the heavens shall give sevenfold light.

17 And after that there will be many weeks without number for ever,
And all shall be in goodness and righteousness,
And sin shall no more be mentioned for ever.

[Chapter 94]

1 And now I say unto you, my sons, love righteousness and walk therein;
For the paths of righteousness are worthy of acceptation,
But the paths of unrighteousness shall suddenly be destroyed and vanish.

2 And to certain men of a generation shall the paths of violence and of
death be revealed,
And they shall hold themselves afar from them,
And shall not follow them.

3 And now I say unto you the righteous:
Walk not in the paths of wickedness, nor in the paths of death,
And draw not nigh to them, lest ye be destroyed.

4 But seek and choose for yourselves righteousness and an elect life,
And walk in the paths of peace,
And ye shall live and prosper.

5 And hold fast my words in the thoughts of your hearts,
And suffer them not to be effaced from your hearts;

For I know that sinners will tempt men to evilly-entreat wisdom,
So that no place may be found for her,
And no manner of temptation may minish.

6 Woe to those who build unrighteousness and oppression
And lay deceit as a foundation;
For they shall be suddenly overthrown,
And they shall have no peace.

7 Woe to those who build their houses with sin;
For from all their foundations shall they be overthrown,
And by the sword shall they fall.
[And those who acquire gold and silver in judgement suddenly shall perish.]

8 Woe to you, ye rich, for ye have trusted in your riches,
And from your riches shall ye depart,
Because ye have not remembered the Most High in the days of your riches.

9 Ye have committed blasphemy and unrighteousness,
And have become ready for the day of slaughter,
And the day of darkness and the day of the great judgement.

10 Thus I speak and declare unto you:
He who hath created you will overthrow you,
And for your fall there shall be no compassion,
And your Creator will rejoice at your destruction.

11 And your righteous ones in those days shall be
A reproach to the sinners and the godless.

[Chapter 95]

1 Oh that mine eyes were [a cloud of] waters
] That I might weep over you,
And pour down my tears as a cloud of waters:
That so I might rest from my trouble of heart!

2 who has permitted you to practice reproaches and wickedness ?
And so judgement shall overtake you, sinners.

3 Fear not the sinners, ye righteous;
For again will the Lord deliver them into your hands,
That ye may execute judgement upon them according to your desires.

4 Woe to you who fulminate anathemas which cannot be reversed:
Healing shall therefore be far from you because of your sins.

5 Woe to you who requite your neighbour with evil;
For ye shall be requited according to your works.

6 Woe to you, lying witnesses,
And to those who weigh out injustice,
For suddenly shall ye perish.

7 Woe to you, sinners, for ye persecute the righteous;
For ye shall be delivered up and persecuted because of injustice,
And heavy shall its yoke be upon you.

[Chapter 96]

1 Be hopeful, ye righteous; for suddenly shall the sinners perish before
you,
And ye shall have lordship over them according to your desires.

2 [And in the day of the tribulation of the sinners,
Your children shall mount and rise as eagles,
And higher than the vultures will be your nest,
And ye shall ascend and enter the crevices of the earth,
And the clefts of the rock for ever as coneys before the unrighteous,
And the sirens shall sigh because of you-and weep.]

3 Wherefore fear not, ye that have suffered;
For healing shall be your portion,
And a bright light shall enlighten you,
And the voice of rest ye shall hear from heaven.

4 Woe unto you, ye sinners, for your riches make you appear like the
righteous,
But your hearts convict you of being sinners,
And this fact shall be a testimony against you for a memorial of (your)
evil deeds.

5 Woe to you who devour the finest of the wheat,
And drink wine in large bowls,
And tread under foot the lowly with your might.

6 Woe to you who drink water from every fountain,
For suddenly shall ye be consumed and wither away,
Because ye have forsaken the fountain of life.

7 Woe to you who work unrighteousness
And deceit and blasphemy:
It shall be a memorial against you for evil.

8 Woe to you, ye mighty,
Who with might oppress the righteous;
For the day of your destruction is coming.

In those days many and good days shall come to the righteous-in the day of
your judgement.

[Chapter 97]

1 Believe, ye righteous, that the sinners will become a shame
And perish in the day of unrighteousness.
2 Be it known unto you (ye sinners) that the Most High is mindful of your
destruction,
And the angels of heaven rejoice over your destruction.

3 What will ye do, ye sinners,
And whither will ye flee on that day of judgement,
When ye hear the voice of the prayer of the righteous ?

4 Yea, ye shall fare like unto them,
Against whom this word shall be a testimony:
" Ye have been companions of sinners."

5 And in those days the prayer of the righteous shall reach unto the Lord,
And for you the days of your judgement shall come.

6 And all the words of your unrighteousness shall be read out before the
Great Holy One,
And your faces shall be covered with shame,
And He will reject every work which is grounded on unrighteousness.

7 Woe to you, ye sinners, who live on the mid ocean and on the dry land,
Whose remembrance is evil against you.

8 Woe to you who acquire silver and gold in unrighteousness and say:
" We have become rich with riches and have possessions;
And have acquired everything we have desired.

9 And now let us do what we purposed:
For we have gathered silver,
9c And many are the husbandmen in our houses."
9d And our granaries are (brim) full as with water,
10 Yea and like water your lies shall flow away;
For your riches shall not abide
But speedily ascend from you;

For ye have acquired it all in unrighteousness,
And ye shall be given over to a great curse.

[Chapter 98]

1 And now I swear unto you, to the wise and to the foolish,
For ye shall have manifold experiences on the earth.

2 For ye men shall put on more adornments than a woman,
And coloured garments more than a virgin:
In royalty and in grandeur and in power,
And in silver and in gold and in purple,
And in splendour and in food they shall be poured out as water.

3 Therefore they shall be wanting in doctrine and wisdom,
And they shall perish thereby together with their possessions;
And with all their glory and their splendour,
And in shame and in slaughter and in great destitution,
Their spirits shall be cast into the furnace of fire.

4 I have sworn unto you, ye sinners, as a mountain has not become a slave,
And a hill does not become the handmaid of a woman,
Even so sin has not been sent upon the earth,
But man of himself has created it,
And under a great curse shall they fall who commit it.

5 And barrenness has not been given to the woman,
But on account of the deeds of her own hands she dies without children.

6 I have sworn unto you, ye sinners, by the Holy Great One,
That all your evil deeds are revealed in the heavens,
And that none of your deeds of oppression are covered and hidden.

7 And do not think in your spirit nor say in your heart that ye do not know
and that ye do not see 8 that every sin is every day recorded in heaven in
the presence of the Most High. From henceforth ye know that all your
oppression wherewith ye oppress is written down every day till the day of
your judgement. 9 Woe to you, ye fools, for through your folly shall ye
perish: and ye transgress against the wise, 10 and so good hap shall not be
your portion. And now, know ye that ye are prepared for the day of
destruction: wherefore do not hope to live, ye sinners, but ye shall depart
and die; for ye know no ransom; for ye are prepared for the day of the
great judgement, for the day of tribulation and great shame for your
spirits. 11 Woe to you, ye obstinate of heart, who work wickedness and eat
blood: Whence have ye good things to eat and to drink and to be filled ?
From all the good things which the Lord the Most High has placed in
abundance on the earth; therefore ye shall have no peace. 12 Woe to you who
love the deeds of unrighteousness: wherefore do ye hope for good hap unto
yourselves? know that ye shall be delivered into the hands of the
righteous, and they shall cut 3 off your necks and slay you, and have no
mercy upon you. Woe to you who rejoice in the tribulation of the righteous;
for no grave shall be dug for you. Woe to you who set at nought the words
of 5 the righteous; for ye shall have no hope of life. Woe to you who write
down lying and godless words; for they write down their lies that men may
hear them and act godlessly towards (their) 6 neighbour. Therefore they
shall have no peace but die a sudden death.

[Chapter 99]

1 Woe to you who work godlessness,
And glory in lying and extol them:
Ye shall perish, and no happy life shall be yours.

2 Woe to them who pervert the words of uprightness,
And transgress the eternal law,
And transform themselves into what they were not [into sinners]:
They shall be trodden under foot upon the earth.

3 In those days make ready, ye righteous, to raise your prayers as a
memorial,
And place them as a testimony before the angels,
That they may place the sin of the sinners for a memorial before the Most
High.

4 In those days the nations shall be stirred up,
And the families of the nations shall arise on the day of destruction.

5 And in those days the destitute shall go forth and carry off their
children,
And they shall abandon them, so that their children shall perish through
them:
Yea, they shall abandon their children (that are still) sucklings, and not
return to them,
And shall have no pity on their beloved ones.

6, 7 And again I swear to you, ye sinners, that sin is prepared for a day
of unceasing bloodshed. And they who worship stones, and grave images of
gold and silver and wood (and stone) and clay, and those who worship impure
spirits and demons, and all kinds of idols not according to knowledge,
shall get no manner of help from them.

8 And they shall become godless by reason of the folly of their hearts,
And their eyes shall be blinded through the fear of their hearts
And through visions in their dreams.

9 Through these they shall become godless and fearful;
For they shall have wrought all their work in a lie,
And shall have worshiped a stone:
Therefore in an instant shall they perish.

10 But in those days blessed are all they who accept the words of wisdom,
and understand them,
And observe the paths of the Most High, and walk in the path of His
righteousness,
And become not godless with the godless;
For they shall be saved.

11 Woe to you who spread evil to your neighbours;
For you shall be slain in Sheol.

12 Woe to you who make deceitful and false measures,
And (to them) who cause bitterness on the earth;
For they shall thereby be utterly consumed.

13 Woe to you who build your houses through the grievous toil of others,
And all their building materials are the bricks and stones of sin;
I tell you ye shall have no peace.

14 Woe to them who reject the measure and eternal heritage of their fathers

And whose souls follow after idols;
For they shall have no rest.

15 Woe to them who work unrighteousness and help oppression,
And slay their neighbours until the day of the great judgement.

16 For He shall cast down your glory,
And bring affliction on your hearts,
And shall arouse His fierce indignation
And destroy you all with the sword;
And all the holy and righteous shall remember your sins.

[Chapter 100]

1 And in those days in one place the fathers together with their sons shall
be smitten
And brothers one with another shall fall in death
Till the streams flow with their blood.

2 For a man shall not withhold his hand from slaying his sons and his sons'
sons,
And the sinner shall not withhold his hand from his honoured brother:
From dawn till sunset they shall slay one another.

3 And the horse shall walk up to the breast in the blood of sinners,
And the chariot shall be submerged to its height.

4 In those days the angels shall descend into the secret places
And gather together into one place all those who brought down sin
And the Most High will arise on that day of judgement
To execute great judgement amongst sinners.

5 And over all the righteous and holy He will appoint guardians from
amongst the holy angels
To guard them as the apple of an eye,
Until He makes an end of all wickedness and all sin,
And though the righteous sleep a long sleep, they have nought to fear.

6 And (then) the children of the earth shall see the wise in security,
And shall understand all the words of this book,
And recognize that their riches shall not be able to save them
In the overthrow of their sins.

7 Woe to you, Sinners, on the day of strong anguish,
Ye who afflict the righteous and burn them with fire:
Ye shall be requited according to your works.

8 Woe to you, ye obstinate of heart,
Who watch in order to devise wickedness:
Therefore shall fear come upon you
And there shall be none to help you.

9 Woe to you, ye sinners, on account of the words of your mouth,
And on account of the deeds of your hands which your godlessness as
wrought,
In blazing flames burning worse than fire shall ye burn.

10 And now, know ye that from the angels He will inquire as to your deeds
in heaven, from the sun and from the moon and from the stars in reference
to your sins because upon the earth ye execute 11 judgement on the
righteous. And He will summon to testify against you every cloud and mist
and dew and rain; for they shall all be withheld because of you from
descending upon you, and they 12 shall be mindful of your sins. And now
give presents to the rain that it be not withheld from descending upon you,
nor yet the dew, when it has received gold and silver from you that it may
descend. When the hoar-frost and snow with their chilliness, and all the
snow-storms with all their plagues fall upon you, in those days ye shall
not be able to stand before them.

[Chapter 101]

1 Observe the heaven, ye children of heaven, and every work of the Most
High, and fear ye Him 2 and work no evil in His presence. If He closes the
windows of heaven, and withholds the rain and 3 the dew from descending on
the earth on your account, what will ye do then? And if He sends His anger
upon you because of your deeds, ye cannot petition Him; for ye spake proud
and insolent 4 words against His righteousness: therefore ye shall have no
peace. And see ye not the sailors of the ships, how their ships are tossed
to and fro by the waves, and are shaken by the winds, and are 5 in sore
trouble ? And therefore do they fear because all their goodly possessions
go upon the sea with them, and they have evil forebodings of heart that the
sea will swallow them and they will 6 perish therein. Are not the entire
sea and all its waters, and all its movements, the work of the Most 7 High,
and has He not set limits to its doings, and confined it throughout by the
sand ? And at His reproof it is afraid and dries up, and all its fish die
and all that is in it; But ye sinners that are 8 on the earth fear Him not.
Has He not made the heaven and the earth, and all that is therein ? Who has
given understanding and wisdom to everything that moves on the earth and in
the sea. 9 Do not the sailors of the ships fear the sea ? Yet sinners fear
not the Most High.

[Chapter 102]

1 In those days when He hath brought a grievous fire upon you,
Whither will ye flee, and where will ye find deliverance ?
And when He launches forth His Word against you Will you not be affrighted
and fear ?

2 And all the luminaries shall be affrighted with great fear,
And all the earth shall be affrighted and tremble and be alarmed.

3 And all the angels shall execute their commandst
And shall seek to hide themselves from the presence of the Great Glory,
And the children of earth shall tremble and quake;
And ye sinners shall be cursed for ever,
And ye shall have no peace.

4 Fear ye not, ye souls of the righteous,
And be hopeful ye that have died in righteousness.

5 And grieve not if your soul into Sheol has descended in grief,
And that in your life your body fared not according to your goodness,
But wait for the day of the judgement of sinners
And for the day of cursing and chastisement.

6 And yet when ye die the sinners speak over you:
" As we die, so die the righteous,
And what benefit do they reap for their deeds ?

7 Behold, even as we, so do they die in grief and darkness,
And what have they more than we ?
From henceforth we are equal.

8 And what will they receive and what will they see for ever ?
Behold, they too have died,
And henceforth for ever shall they see no light."

9 I tell you, ye sinners, ye are content to eat and drink, and rob and sin,
and strip men naked, and 10 acquire wealth and see good days. Have ye seen
the righteous how their end falls out, that no manner 11 of violence is
found in them till their death ? " Nevertheless they perished and became as
though they had not been, and their spirits descended into Sheol in
tribulation."

[Chapter 103]

1 Now, therefore, I swear to you, the righteous, by the glory of the Great
and Honoured and 2 Mighty One in dominion, and by His greatness I swear to
you.
I know a mystery
And have read the heavenly tablets,
And have seen the holy books,
And have found written therein and inscribed regarding them:

3 That all goodness and joy and glory are prepared for them,
And written down for the spirits of those who have died in righteousness,
And that manifold good shall be given to you in recompense for your
labours,
And that your lot is abundantly beyond the lot of the living.

4 And the spirits of you who have died in righteousness shall live and
rejoice,
And their spirits shall not perish, nor their memorial from before the face
of the Great One
Unto all the generations of the world: wherefore no longer fear their
contumely.

5 Woe to you, ye sinners, when ye have died,
If ye die in the wealth of your sins,
And those who are like you say regarding you:
' Blessed are the sinners: they have seen all their days.

6 And how they have died in prosperity and in wealth,
And have not seen tribulation or murder in their life;
And they have died in honour,
And judgement has not been executed on them during their life."

7 Know ye, that their souls will be made to descend into Sheol
And they shall be wretched in their great tribulation.

8 And into darkness and chains and a burning flame where there is grievous
judgement shall your spirits enter;
And the great judgement shall be for all the generations of the world.
Woe to you, for ye shall have no peace.

9 Say not in regard to the righteous and good who are in life:
" In our troubled days we have toiled laboriously and experienced every
trouble,
And met with much evil and been consumed,
And have become few and our spirit small.

10 And we have been destroyed and have not found any to help us even with a
word:
We have been tortured [and destroyed], and not hoped to see life from day
to day.

11 We hoped to be the head and have become the tail:
We have toiled laboriously and had no satisfaction in our toil;
And we have become the food of the sinners and the unrighteous,
And they have laid their yoke heavily upon us.

12 They have had dominion over us that hated us and smote us;
And to those that hated us we have bowed our necks
But they pitied us not.

13 We desired to get away from them that we might escape and be at rest,
But found no place whereunto we should flee and be safe from them.

14 And are complained to the rulers in our tribulation,
And cried out against those who devoured us,
But they did not attend to our cries
And would not hearken to our voice.

15 And they helped those who robbed us and devoured us and those who made
us few; and they concealed their oppression, and they did not remove from
us the yoke of those that devoured us and dispersed us and murdered us, and
they concealed their murder, and remembered not that they had lifted up
their hands against us.

[Chapter 104]

1 I swear unto you, that in heaven the angels remember you for good before
the glory of the Great 2 One: and your names are written before the glory
of the Great One. Be hopeful; for aforetime ye were put to shame through
ill and affliction; but now ye shall shine as the lights of heaven, 3 ye
shall shine and ye shall be seen, and the portals of heaven shall be opened
to you. And in your cry, cry for judgement, and it shall appear to you; for
all your tribulation shall be visited on the 4 rulers, and on all who
helped those who plundered you. Be hopeful, and cast not away your hopes
for ye shall have great joy as the angels of heaven. What shall ye be
obliged to do ? Ye shall not have to hide on the day of the great judgement
and ye shall not be found as sinners, and the eternal 6 judgement shall be
far from you for all the generations of the world. And now fear not, ye
righteous, when ye see the sinners growing strong and prospering in their
ways: be not companions with them, 7 but keep afar from their violence; for
ye shall become companions of the hosts of heaven. And, although ye sinners
say: " All our sins shall not be searched out and be written down,"
nevertheless 8 they shall write down all your sins every day. And now I
show unto you that light and darkness, 9 day and night, see all your sins.
Be not godless in your hearts, and lie not and alter not the words of
uprightness, nor charge with lying the words of the Holy Great One, nor
take account of your 10 idols; for all your lying and all your godlessness
issue not in righteousness but in great sin. And now I know this mystery,
that sinners will alter and pervert the words of righteousness in many
ways, and will speak wicked words, and lie, and practice great deceits, and
write books concerning 11 their words. But when they write down truthfully
all my words in their languages, and do not change or minish ought from my
words but write them all down truthfully -all that I first testified 12
concerning them. Then, I know another mystery, that books will be given to
the righteous and the 13 wise to become a cause of joy and uprightness and
much wisdom. And to them shall the books be given, and they shall believe
in them and rejoice over them, and then shall all the righteous who have
learnt therefrom all the paths of uprightness be recompensed.'

[Chapter 105]

1 In those days the Lord bade (them) to summon and testify to the children
of earth concerning their wisdom: Show (it) unto them; for ye are their
guides, and a recompense over the whole earth. 2 For I and My son will be
united with them for ever in the paths of uprightness in their lives; and
ye shall have peace: rejoice, ye children of uprightness. Amen.

Fragment of the Book of Noah

[Chapter 106]

1 And after some days my son Methuselah took a wife for his son Lamech, and
she became 2 pregnant by him and bore a son. And his body was white as snow
and red as the blooming of a rose, and the hair of his head and his long
locks were white as wool, and his eyes beautiful. And when he opened his
eyes, he lighted up the whole house like the sun, and the whole house 3 was
very bright. And thereupon he arose in the hands of the midwife, opened his
mouth, and conversed with the Lord of righteousness. 4 And his father
Lamech was afraid of him and 5 fled, and came to his father Methuselah. And
he said unto him: ' I have begotten a strange son, diverse from and unlike
man, and resembling the sons of the God of heaven; and his nature is
different and he is not like us, and his eyes are as the rays of the sun,
and his 6 countenance is glorious. And it seems to me that he is not sprung
from me but from the angels, and I fear that in his days a wonder may be 7
wrought on the earth. And now, my father, I am here to petition thee and
implore thee that thou mayest go to Enoch, our father, and learn from him
the truth, for his dwelling-place is 8 amongst the angels.' And when
Methuselah heard the words of his son, he came to me to the ends of the
earth; for he had heard that 1 was there, and he cried aloud, and I heard
his voice and I came to him. And 1 said unto him: ' Behold, here am I, my
son, wherefore hast 9 thou come to me ? ' And he answered and said: '
Because of a great cause of anxiety have I come to thee, and because of a
disturbing vision 10 have I approached. And now, my father, hear me: unto
Lamech my son there hath been born a son, the like of whom there is none,
and his nature is not like man's nature, and the colour of his body is
whiter than snow and redder than the bloom of a rose, and the hair of his
head is whiter than white wool, and his eyes are like the rays of the sun,
and he opened his eyes and 11 thereupon lighted up the whole house. And he
arose in the hands of the midwife, and opened 12 his mouth and blessed the
Lord of heaven. And his father Lamech became afraid and fled to me, and did
not believe that he was sprung from him, but that he was in the likeness of
the angels of heaven; and behold I have come to thee that thou mayest make
known to me the truth.' And I, Enoch, answered and said unto him: 'The Lord
will do a new thing on the earth, and this I have already seen in a vision,
and make known to thee that in the generation of my father Jared some of
the angels of heaven transgressed the word of the Lord. And behold they
commit sin and transgress the law, and have united themselves with women
and commit sin with them, and have married some of them, and have begot
children by them. And they shall produce on the earth giants not according
to the spirit, but according to the flesh, and there shall be a great
punishment on the earth, and the earth shall be cleansed from all impurity.
Yea, there shall come a great destruction over the whole earth, and there
shall be a deluge and 16 a great destruction for one year. And this son who
has been born unto you shall be left on the earth, and his three children
shall be saved with him: when all mankind that are on the earth 8 shall die
[he and his sons shall be saved]. And now make known to thy son Lamech that
he who has been born is in truth his son, and call his name Noah; for he
shall be left to you, and he and his sons shall be saved from the
destruction, which shall come upon the earth on account of all the sin and
all the unrighteousness, which shall be consummated on the earth in his
days. And after that there shall be still more unrighteousness than that
which was first consummated on the earth; for I know the mysteries of the
holy ones; for He, the Lord, has showed me and informed me, and I have read
(them) in the heavenly tablets.

[Chapter 107]

1 And I saw written on them that generation upon generation shall
transgress, till a generation of righteousness arises, and transgression is
destroyed and sin passes away from the earth, and all 2 manner of good
comes upon it. And now, my son, go and make known to thy son Lamech that
this 3 son, which has been born, is in truth his son, and that (this) is no
lie.' And when Methuselah had heard the words of his father Enoch-for he
had shown to him everything in secret-he returned and showed (them) to him
and called the name of that son Noah; for he will comfort the earth after
all the destruction.

[Chapter 108]

1 Another book which Enoch wrote for his son Methuselah and for those who
will come after him, 2 and keep the law in the last days. Ye who have done
good shall wait for those days till an end is made of those who work evil;
and an end of the might of the transgressors. And wait ye indeed till sin
has passed away, for their names shall be blotted out of the book of life
and out of the holy books, and their seed shall be destroyed for ever, and
their spirits shall be slain, and they shall cry and make lamentation in a
place that is a chaotic wilderness, and in the fire shall they burn; for
there is no earth there. And I saw there something like an invisible cloud;
for by reason of its depth I could not look over, and I saw a flame of fire
blazing brightly, and things like shining 5 mountains circling and sweeping
to and fro. And I asked one of the holy angels who was with me and said
unto him: ' What is this shining thing? for it is not a heaven but only the
flame of a blazing 6 fire, and the voice of weeping and crying and
lamentation and strong pain.' And he said unto me: ' This place which thou
seest-here are cast the spirits of sinners and blasphemers, and of those
who work wickedness, and of those who pervert everything that the Lord hath
spoken through the mouth 7 of the prophets-(even) the things that shall be.
For some of them are written and inscribed above in the heaven, in order
that the angels may read them and know that which shall befall the sinners,
and the spirits of the humble, and of those who have afflicted their
bodies, and been recompensed 8 by God; and of those who have been put to
shame by wicked men: Who love God and loved neither gold nor silver nor any
of the good things which are in the world, but gave over their bodies to
torture. Who, since they came into being, longed not after earthly food,
but regarded everything as a passing breath, and lived accordingly, and the
Lord tried them much, and their spirits were 10 found pure so that they
should bless His name. And all the blessings destined for them I have
recounted in the books. And he hath assigned them their recompense, because
they have been found to be such as loved heaven more than their life in the
world, and though they were trodden under foot of wicked men, and
experienced abuse and reviling from them and were put to shame, 11 yet they
blessed Me. And now I will summon the spirits of the good who belong to the
generation of light, and I will transform those who were born in darkness,
who in the flesh were not recompensed 12 with such honour as their
faithfulness deserved. And I will bring forth in shining light those who 13
have loved My holy name, and I will seat each on the throne of his honour.
And they shall be resplendent for times without number; for righteousness
is the judgement of God; for to the faithful 14 He will give faithfulness
in the habitation of upright paths. And they shall see those who were , 15
born in darkness led into darkness, while the righteous shall be
resplendent. And the sinners shall cry aloud and see them resplendent, and
they indeed will go where days and seasons are prescribed for them.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
08/01/2009 02:46 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
..............The Great Secret of La Salette................

The following Secret was given by Our Lady to two children,
Mιlanie Calvat and Maximin Giraud, on September 19, 1846, while
they were tending cattle on the mountain of La Salette, France.

It scarcely needs to be said that the apparition of Our Lady at
La Salette is fully approved by Rome, and the secret given below
has received the approbation and imprimatur of the Church.
However, the Holy Office issued a decree dated December 21, 1915,
which forbade the faithful to write commentaries or
interpretations of the secret; as far as can be ascertained, this
decree is still in effect. In obedience to this decree, I have
refrained from commenting on or interpreting this secret.

Although, as Mιlanie herself wrote in 1903: "Souls who are God's
friends can guess the Secret's meaning without help, and the
others won't want to because it applies to them too closely."
When all is said and done, "The Secret only proposes observance
of God's law, and complains of the lack of observance of this
same law, and it threatens the transgressors of this holy law
with chastisements and scourges."

Most Catholics who are devoted to Mary are somewhat familiar with
the apparitions of La Salette; they know it happened, some of the
circumstances that surrounded it, etc. But few know of the Secret
Our Lady gave to the children, and even fewer have read it. It is
indeed a frightful thing to have to read, but as Melanie said
above, "It only proposes observance of God's Law...". If a
faithful Catholic follows and observes the Law of God, he need
not worry, Our Lady will watch over him. And we must pray, not
that we will be spared these chastisements, but that we may have
the strength and graces to persevere to the end, and thus receive
our eternal reward.

The Great Secret of La Salette
[Image]

"Mιlanie, what I am going to tell you now will not always be a
secret; you can publish it in 1858.

"Priests, my Son's ministers, priests, by their evil life, by
their irreverences and their impiety in celebrating the holy
mysteries, love of money, love of honor and pleasures, priests
have become sewers of impurity. Yes, priests call forth
vengeance, and vengeance is suspended over their heads. Woe to
priests, and to persons consecrated to God, who by their
infidelities and their evil life are crucifying my son anew! The
sins of persons consecrated to God cry to heaven and call for
vengeance, and now here is vengeance at their very doors, for no
longer is anyone found to beg mercy and pardon for the people;
there are no more generous souls, there is now no one worthy of
offering the spotless Victim to the Eternal on the worlds behalf.

"God will strike in an unparalleled manner. Woe to the
inhabitants of the earth! God will exhaust His anger, and no one
will be able to escape so many evils at once. The heads, the
leaders of the people of God, have neglected prayer and penance,
and the devil has darkened their minds; they have become those
wandering stars which the ancient devil will drag with his tail
to destruction. God will permit the ancient serpent to sow
divisions among rulers, in all societies and in all families;
both physical and moral punishments will be suffered. God will
abandon men to themselves and will send chastisements one after
the other for over 35 years.

"Society is on the very eve of most terrible scourges and
greatest events; one must expect to be governed by a rod of iron
and to drink the chalice of God's wrath.

"Let not my Son's Vicar, the Sovereign Pontiff Pius IX leave Rome
after the year 1859; but let him be steadfast and generous, let
him do battle with the weapons of faith and love; I shall be with
him.

"Let him beware of Napoleon; his heart is double, and when he
will want to be both Pope and emperor at the same time, God will
soon withdraw from him; he is that eagle who, desiring always to
rise, will fall on the sword he wanted to use to force the
peoples to exalt him.

"Italy will be punished for its ambition in wanting to shake of
the yoke of the Lord of lords; thus she will be handed over to
war; blood will flow on all sides; Churches will be closed or
desecrated; priests, religious will be driven out; they will be
put to death, and to a cruel death. Many will abandon the faith,
and the number of priests and religious who will separate
themselves from the true religion will be great; even Bishops
will be found among these persons.

"Let the Pope beware of miracle workers, for the time has come
for the most astonishing wonders to take place on the earth and
in the air.

"In the year 1864 Lucifer, together with a great number of
devils, will be loosed from hell; little by little they will
abolish the faith, and that even in persons consecrated to God;
they will so blind them, that without a special grace, these
persons will take on the spirit of these evil angels; a number of
religious houses will lose the faith entirely and cause many
souls to be damned.

"Bad books will abound over the earth, and the spirits of
darkness will everywhere spread universal relaxation in
everything concerning God's service: they will have very great
power over nature; there will be churches to serve these spirits.
People will be transported form one place to another by these
evil spirits, and even priests, because they will not have lived
by the good spirit of the gospel, which is a spirit of humility,
charity and zeal for the glory of God. The dead and the just will
be made to rise."

[Mιlanie interpolated here: "That is to say, these dead will
assume the prospect of righteous souls who once lived on earth,
in order to seduce men more easily; these so-called resurrected
dead, who will be nothing other than the devil under these faces,
will preach another Gospel contrary to that of the true Christ
Jesus, denying the existence of heaven, if these be not in fact
the souls of the damned. All these souls will appear joined to
their bodies."]

"There will be extraordinary wonders every place because the true
faith has been extinguished and false light illumines the world.
Woe to the princes of the church who will be occupied only with
piling up riches upon riches, with guarding their authority and
lording with pride!

"My Son's Vicar will have much to suffer, because for a time the
Church will be handed over to great persecutions: it will be the
time of darkness; the Church will undergo a frightful crisis.

"With God's holy faith forgotten, each individual will want to
direct himself and rise above his peers. Civil and ecclesiastical
authority will be abolished , all order and justice will be
trampled underfoot. Only murders, hatred, jealousy, lying and
discord will be seen, with no love of country or family.

"The Holy Father will suffer greatly. I shall be with him till
the end to receive his sacrifice.

"The wicked will make a number of attempts on his life without
being able to harm him; but neither he nor his successor will see
the triumph of God's Church.

"Civil governments will all have the same objective, which will
be to abolish and make every religious principle disappear, to
make way for materialism, atheism, spiritism and vices of all
kinds.

"In the year 1865, the abomination will be seen in the holy
places; in the convents the flowers of the Church will putrefy,
and the devil will establish himself as king of all hearts. Let
those who are at the head of religious communities be on their
guard concerning the persons they are to receive, because the
devil will use all his malice to introduce into religious orders
persons given to sin, for disorders and love of carnal pleasures
will be widespread over the whole earth.

"France, Italy, Spain and England will be at war, blood will flow
in the streets; Frenchmen will fight Frenchmen, Italian with
Italian; then there will be a general war which will be
appalling. For some time God will no longer remember France or
Italy, because the Gospel of Jesus Christ is no longer known. The
wicked will unleash all their malice; even in homes there will be
killing and mutual massacres.

"With the first lightning blow of His sword, the mountains and
all nature will tremble with dread, because the disorders and
crimes of men are piercing the vault of the heavens. Paris will
be burned and Marseilles swallowed up; a number of large cities
will be shattered and swallowed by earthquakes; all will seem
lost; only murders will be seen, the clash of arms and
blasphemies heard. The righteous will suffer greatly; their
prayers, their penances and their tears will rise to heaven and
all God's people will ask pardon and mercy and will ask my help
and intercession. Then Jesus Christ, by an act of His justice and
His great mercy toward the righteous, will command His angels to
put all His enemies to death. At one blow the persecutors of the
Church of Jesus Christ and all men given to sin will perish, and
the earth will become like a desert.

"Then there will be peace, the reconciliation of God with men;
Jesus Christ will be served, adored and glorified; charity will
flourish everywhere. The new kings will be the right arm of Holy
Church, which will be strong, humble, pious, poor, zealous and
imitative of the virtues of Jesus Christ. The Gospel will be
preached everywhere, and men will make great strides in the
faith, because there will be unity among Jesus Christ's workers
and men will live in the fear of God.

"This peace among men will not last long: 25 years of abundant
harvests will make them forget that the sins of men are the cause
of all the woes which happen on earth.

"A precursor of the Antichrist, with his troops drawn from many
nations, will wage war against the true Christ, sole Savior of
the world; e will shed much blood and will seek to annihilate the
cult of God so as to be regarded as a god.

"The earth will be struck with plagues of all kinds;" [Mιlanie
added here: "Besides pestilence and famine, which will be
widespread"] "there will be wars up to the last war, which will
then be waged by the ten kings of the Antichrist, kings who will
all have a common design and will be the sole rulers of the
world. Before this happens, there will be a sort of false peace
in the world; people will think only of amusing themselves; the
wicked will indulge in all kinds of sin; but the children of Holy
Church, children of the true faith, my true imitators, will grow
in the love of God and in the virtues dearest to me. Happy the
humble souls lead by the Holy Ghost! I shall battle along with
them until they reach the fullness of maturity.

"Nature begs vengeance on account of men, and she shudders with
dread, awaiting what must happen to the crime-stained earth.

"Tremble, earth, and you who profess to serve Jesus Christ, while
interiorly you adore yourselves, tremble; for God will hand you
over to His enemy, because the holy places are in a state of
corruption; many convents are no longer houses of God, but
pastures for Asmodeus and his own.

"It will be at this time that the Antichrist will be born of a
Hebrew nun, a false virgin who will be in communication with the
ancient serpent, master of impurity; his father will be a bishop
(Ev.). [We spell out the word "bishop" here. In the French text
appear only the first two letters of ιvθque, the French word for
bishop, but there is little doubt that this is the word they
stand for, because in Mιlanie's first draft of the message the
whole word is spelled out.]

"At birth he will vomit blasphemies, he will have teeth; in a
word, this will be the devil incarnate; he will utter terrifying
cries, he will work wonders, he will live only on impurities. He
will have brothers who, although not incarnate devils like
himself, will be children of evil; at the age of twelve, they
will be noted for the valiant victories they will win; soon they
will each be at the head of armies, assisted by legions from
hell.

"The seasons will be changed, the earth will produce only bad
fruits, the heavenly bodies will lose the regularity of their
movements, the moon will reflect only a feeble reddish light;
water and fire will lend convulsive motions to the earth's
sphere, causing mountains , cities, etc., to be swallowed up.

"Rome will lose the Faith and become the seat of the Antichrist.

"The demons of the air, together with the Antichrist, will work
great wonders on the earth and in the air, and men will become
ever more perverted. God will take care of His faithful servants
and mend of good will; the Gospel will be preached everywhere,
all peoples and all nations will have knowledge of the Truth.

"I address a pressing appeal to the earth: I call upon the true
disciples of the God living and reigning in the heavens; I call
upon the true imitators of Christ made man, the one true Savior
of men; I call upon my children, my true devotees, those who have
given themselves o me so that I may lead them to my Divine Son,
those whom I bear as it were in my arms, those who have lived in
my spirit; finally, I call upon the Apostles of the Latter Times,
the faithful disciples of Jesus Christ who have lived in contempt
of the world and of themselves, in poverty and humility, in
contempt and silence, in prayer and mortification, in chastity
and in union with God, in suffering, and unknown to the world. It
is time for them to emerge and come enlighten the earth. Go, show
yourselves to be my dear children; I am with you and in you,
provided your faith is the light enlightening you in these evil
times. May your zeal make your famished for the glory and honor
of Jesus Christ. Do battle, children of light, you, the few who
see thereby; fir the time of times, the end of ends, is at hand.

"The Church will be eclipsed, the world will be in consternation.
But there are Enoch and Elias, they will preach with the power of
God, and men of good will will believe in God, and many souls
will be comforted; they will make great progress by virtue of the
Holy Ghost and will condemn the diabolical errors of the
Antichrist.

"Woe to the inhabitants of the earth. There will be bloody wars,
and famines; plagues and contagious diseases; there will be
frightful showers of animals; thunders which will demolish
cities; earthquakes which will engulf countries; voices will be
heard in the air; men will beat their heads against the walls;
they will call on death, yet death will constitute their torment;
blood will flow on all sides. Who could overcome, if God doesn't
shorten the time of trial? At the blood, tears and prayers of the
righteous, God will relent; Enoch and Elias will be put to death;
pagan Rome will disappear; the fire of Heaven will fall and
consume three cities; the whole universe will be struck with
terror, and many will allow themselves to be seduced because they
didn't adore the true Christ living in their midst. It is time;
the sun is darkening; Faith alone will survive.

"The time is at hand; the abyss is opening. Here is the king of
the kings of darkness. Here is the beast with its subjects,
calling itself the savior of the world. In pride he will rise
skyward to go up to Heaven; he will be stifled by the breath of
St. Michael the Archangel. He will fall and the earth -which for
three days will be in constant change- will open its fiery bosom;
he will be plunged forever with all his followers into hell's
eternal chasms. Then water and fire will purify the earth and
consume all the works of men's pride, and everything will be
renewed; God will be served and glorified."
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
08/01/2009 02:50 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
..........Signs of the Coming Great Chastisement............


1. Wars and calamities are punishments for sins.
o Osee 9:9. They have sinned deeply, as in the days of Gabaa: he
will remember their iniquity, and will visit their sin.
o Prov. 13: 34. Sin maketh nations miserable.
o 1 Paralipomenon 21: 8. And David said to God: I have sinned
exceedingly in doing this : I beseech thee, take away the
iniquity of thy servant, for I have done foolishly.
o 21: 9. And the Lord spoke to Gad, the seer of David saying :
o 21: 10. Go, and speak to David, and tell him : Thus saith the
Lord : I give thee the choice of three things : choose one which
thou wilt, and I will do it to thee.
o 21: 12. Either three years' famine: or three months to flee from
thy enemies, and not to be able to escape their sword: or three
days to have the sword of the Lord, and pestilence in the land,
and the angel of the Lord , destroying in all the coasts of
Israel : now, therefore see what I shall answer him who send me.
o 21:13. And David said to Gad: I am on every side in a great
strait: but it is better for me to fall into the hands of the
Lord, for his mercies are many, than into the hands of men.
o 21.14. So the Lord sent a pestilence upon Israel. And there fell
of Israel seventy thousand men.
2. To identify the signs of the coming great chastisement, we need to
look at the quantity of sins and the types of sins that are
abominations in the eyes of God but are tolerated by the society. From
our vantage point it is difficult to gauge the quantity of sins. But
we know from various apparitions that sins have multiplied beyond
measure. What we can do here it to point out the sins that God
particularly hates but are considered normal in the society, and those
that were not acceptable in the previous centuries but acceptable now.
o 2 Tim 3:1 Know also this, that in the last days, shall come
dangerous times :
o 3:2 Men shall be lovers of themselves, covetous, haughty, proud,
blasphemers, disobedient to parents, ungrateful, wicked,
o 3:3 Without affection, without peace, slanderers, incontinent,
unmerciful, without kindness,
o 3:4 Having an appearance indeed of piety, but denying the power
thereof.
3. There is no need to expand beyond what is a remarkably accurate
description of the current social conditions of the so-called "Me
Generation."
4. Let us look at two sins among the four sins that cry to Heaven for
vengeance: murder and homosexuality.
5. There are other sins that stand out in these end times.
o The seven capital sins or vices promoted by the
Masonic-illuminati forces.
6. Another sign of the end times is the rise in drugs, sorcery,
witchcraft, and Satan worship. There are thousands of satanist covens
in cities across the U.S. where kidnaped young children are killed and
offered to Satan. At the same time, astrology becomes more popular. It
was banished from serious media for a long time. But the owners of the
TV stations now allow the commercials of psychic services, another
name for astrology or fortune-telling. Let us see what God has to say
about these activities:
o Deut. 18:10. Neither let there be found among you any one that
shall expiate his son or daughter, making them to pass through
the fire: or that consulteth soothsayers, or observeth dreams and
omens, neither let there be any wizard,
o 18:11. Nor charmer, nor any one that consulteth pythonic spirits,
or fortune tellers, or that seeketh the truth from the dead.
o 18:12. For the Lord abhorreth all these things, and for these
abominations he will destroy them at thy coming.
7. We have mentioned above that the second fall starts with modern Eves:
it is the Revolt of Women.
8. Next, The Negligence of the Catholic Bishops.
9. Finally, the Great Apostasy within the Catholic Church.
10. With the beginning of the period in which the majority of Catholic
population was to be apostatized, the time that God has granted the
preaching of the Gospel to all nations was accomplished. Thus, another
sign that we are in the end times is the return of the Jews to
Palestine:
o Luke 21:24. And they shall fall by the edge of the sword and
shall be led away captives into all nations: and Jerusalem shall
be trodden down by the Gentiles till the times of the nations be
fulfilled.
o Romans 11:25. A Partial blindness only has befallen Israel, until
the full number of the Gentiles should enter.
11. And when we see the Jewish nation proclaims their Messiah of the New
Age, know that he is the Anti-Christ, and the Great Chastisement is at
hand. For Our Lord said:
o John 5:43. I am come in the name of my Father, and you receive me
not: if another shall come in his own name, him you will receive.
12. The sins of all kinds are multiplying beyond measure, particularly
murder of the unborn, sexual abuses of children, homosexuality, and
sins of impurity. When they are weighed against prayers, penance, and
sacrifices by the Catholic faithful the scale is heavy on the side of
sin. As a result, we have witnessed a sharp increase in number and
magnitude of natural and man-made disasters: earthquakes, tornados,
hurricanes, typhoons, floods, volcanic activities, plane crashes,
terrorist bombings, and wars. This is because all creatures including
the elements hate those who hate God and rebel against those who rebel
against God.
o Wisdom 5:18. He will arm the creature for the revenge of His
enemies.
o 5:21 He will sharpen His severe wrath for a spear and the whole
world will fight with Him against the unwise.
13. List of Events Leading to the Great Chastisement.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
08/01/2009 02:55 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
Muslim prophecies

The Major Signs of the Last Day
Compiled from Mohammed Ali Ibn Zubair Ali and Mufti Afzal Hoosein
Elias's books.

A. The occurences before the Major Signs:

GENOCIDE
A man from Abu Sufyaanâs progeny massacres descendents of Nabi (S.A.W)
and rules over Syria and Egypt.

WAR
A major war between Muslims and Christians: Half the Christian army
will sign a peace treaty with the Muslim army, while the second half of
the Christian army remains the common enemy.

ISTANBUL CONQUERED BY CHRISTIANS
The enemy half of the Christian army conquers Constantinople
(Istanbul), Turkey.

ISTANBUL RECONQUERED JOINTLY BY MUSLIM AND CHRISTIANS
The Muslims and the good half of the Christian army conquer
Constantinople together, against the enemy Christians. Thereafter, a
Christian will say the victory was due to the cross, and the Muslim
will say it was due to Islam. A battle between both sides will ensue,
and the Muslim Ruler will be martyred.

SYRIA CONQUERED BY CHRISTIANS
The two Christian armies reunite, conquering Syria.

CHRISTIAN DOMINATION
Christians dominate the world up to Khaiber (near Madinah), and they
will pursue Muslims with 80 flags, with 12,000 men under each flag.

MUSLIMS AWAIT IMAM MAHDI

TOTAL ECLIPSE
A total eclipse of the sun and moon will occur in Ramadhan, prior to
Imam Mahdiâs emergence.
[Note: the hadith stating the above has been said to be weak by certain
scholars]

IMAM MAHDI EMERGES
At age 40, Imam Mahdi appears in Makkah, then flees to Madinah.

B. The Major Signs (i.e. events after the emergence of Imam Mahdi)

MUSLIM ARMY MARCHES
The army of Mansoor from Khurasaan will head towards Makkah to aid Imam
Mahdi. They will win many battles on the way. No force will be able to
stop them. They will carry black flags.

SUFYAANI ARMY SWALLOWED BY THE EARTH.
The Sufyaani army (an Anti-Muslim force) from Syria singles out Imam
Mahdi for execution. On the way to Makkah, they get swallowed into the
ground. A second Sufyaani army is created with 960,000 men (of 80
nations).

CONFRONTATION IN SYRIA
Imam Mahdi and the Muslim army go to Syria to confront the Christians.
The Christians, before the battle, will ask Muslims for the return of
their prisoners-of-war. The Muslims will refuse. The battle will begin.
One-third of Imam Mahdiâs army will flee (their repentance will not be
accepted), one-third will be martyred, and one-third will gain victory
over the Christians.

MUSLIM ARMY UNDER IMAM MAHDI CONQUERS PALESTINE

JIHAAD ON INDIA
A jamaat of Muslims wages Jihaad on India and be successful.

SYRIA UNDER MUSLIM RULE
Imam Mahdi returns to Syria and establishes Muslim rule over the lands
he passes.

ANIMOSTIY RIFE AMONGST THE PEOPLE
At this time, Muslims will be weak and there will be very few pious
people.

3 RUMORS OF EMERGENCE OF DAJJAL ("Anti-Christ")... 3 YEARS OF DROUGHT
Before the emergence of Dajjal there will be three years of drought.
The first year, the skies will retain 1/3 of its water, the second year
2/3, and all of its water the third year.

DAJJAL APPEARS
Dajjal appears. His followers, the Yahudis, will number 70,000 and will
wear expensive silk attire and carry double edged swords.

HADHRAT ISA (A.S.) (JESUS) APPEARS
Hadhrat Isa (A.S.)descends during the lifetime of Imam Mahdi.

DAJJAL KILLED AT THE GATE OF HUDD
Hadhrat Isa (A.S.) kills Dajjal at the Gate of Hudd, near an Israeli
airport, in the valley of âIfiq.â The final war between the Yahudi's
will ensue, and the Muslims be victorious.

TOTAL PEACE
With the death of Dajjal, all wars will end. Jihad will be stopped;
peace, harmony, and tranquility will be on earth. The earth will
produce abundant crops and fruit. The people will follow Islam.

HADHRAT ISA RECEIVES REVELATION
The revelation tells that the Yajooj and Majooj will soon be released
and the believers should be taken to Mt. Toor (Sinai).

YAJOOJ AND MAJOOJ ("Gog and Magog") RELEASED
The Yajooj and Majooj surge forth in large numbers. They destroy
everything in their path in their effort to conquer the world. They
will be released in two groups.

YAJOOJ AND MAJOOJ REACH JERUSALEM
When they reach Mount Khamrin in Jerusalem, they will proclaim to have
conquered the world. Then the will shoot arrows into the sky to conquer
the heavens. The arrows will return blood stained.

HARDHSHIPS ON MOUNT TOOR
Scarcity of provisions and hardships will afflict the Muslims. Hadhrat
Isa (A.S.) and the Muslims will pray for the removal of the calamity.

YAJOOJ AND MAJOOJ KILLED BY INFECTIONS
Their prayers were answered and the Yajooj and Majooj develop boil
infections, causing them to burst simultaneously as a result.

EARTH FULL OF STENCH OF CORPSES
Hadhrat Isa (A.S.) and his companions pray again and huge birds are
sent to pick up the Yajooj and Majooj corpses and dispose of them in
Nahbal (according to Tirmidhi), the ocean or elsewhere.

PEACE ON EARTH
It will rain for forty days and the earth will be cleansed. Muslims
will burn the bows and arrow of Yajooj and Majooj for 7 years. Life
will be peaceful while Hadhrat Isa (A.S.) is alive. The earth will be
bountiful. Hadhrat Isa will live 19 years after marriage.

HADHRAT ISA PASSES AWAY AND BURIED NEXT TO MUHAMMED (S.A.W.)

OTHER LEADERS FOLLOW AFTER HADHRAT ISA (A.S.)
Jahjaan from Qahtaan, from a tribe in Yemen, will rule as the next
Khalifa. Muquad, from a tribe of Banu Tamim will also be a deputy.
SOCIETY SLOWLY DECAYS AND KUFR SETS IN

The Final Signs of Qiyaamah:

1 THE CAVING IN OF THE GROUND
The ground will cave in: one in the east, one in the west, and one in
Hejaz, Saudi Arabia.

2 THE FORTY DAY SMOKE/FOG
Fog or smoke will cover the skies for forty days. The non-believers
will fall unconscious, while Muslims will be ill (develop colds). The
skies will then clear up.

3 THE NIGHT OF THREE NIGHTS
A night three nights long will follow the fog. It will occur in the
month of Zil-Hajj after Eidul-Adha, and cause much restlessness among
the people.

4 THE RISING OF THE SUN IN THE WEST
After the night of three nights, the following morning the sun will
rise in the west. Peopleâs repentance will not be accepted after this
incident.

5 THE BEAST FROM THE EARTH APPEARS
One day later, the Beast from the earth will miraculously emerge from
Mount Safaa in Makkah, causing a split in the ground. The beast will be
able to talk to people and mark the faces of people, making the
believersâ faces glitter, and the non-believersâ faces darkened.

6 THE BREEZE FROM THE SOUTH
A breeze from the south causes sores in the armpits of Muslims, which
they will die of as a result.

7 DESTRUCTION OF THE KAâABA
The Kaâaba will be destroyed by non-Muslim African group. Kufr will be
rampant. Haj will be discontinued. The Qurâan will be lifted from the
heart of the people, 30 years after the ruler Muquadâs death.

8 FINAL SIGN OF QIYAAMAH: FIRE IN YEMEN
The fire will follow people to Syria, after which it will stop.

COMMENCEMENT OF QIYAAMAH
Some years after the fire, Qiyaamah begins with the Soor (trumpet)
being blown. The year is not known to any person. Qiyaamah will come
upon the worst of creation.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
08/01/2009 03:07 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
....................The Prophecy of Saint Nilus.............

SAINT NILUS
(d. circa AD 430)
St. Nilus was one of the many disciples and fervent defenders of
St. John Chrysostom. He was an officer at the Court of
Constantinople, married, with two sons. While St. John Chrysostom
was patriarch, before his exile (398-403), he directed Nilus in
the study of Scripture and in works of piety. St. Nilus left his
wife and one son and took the other, Theodulos, with him to Mt.
Sinai to be a monk. The Bishop of Eleusa ordained both St. Nilus
and his son to the priesthood. The mother and other son also
embraced the religious life in Egypt. From his monastery at
Sinai, St. Nilus was a well-known person throughout the Eastern
Church; by his writings and correspondence he played an important
part in the history of his time. He was known as a theologian,
Biblical scholar and ascetic writer, so people of all kinds, from
the emperor down wrote to consult him. His numerous works,
including a multitude of letters, consist of denunciations of
heresy, paganism, abuses of discipline and crimes, of rules and
principles of asceticism, especially maxims about the religious
life. He warns and threatens people in high places, abbots and
bishops, governors and princes, even the emperor himself, without
fear. He kept up a correspondence with Gaina, a leader of the
Goths, endeavoring to convert him from Arianism. He denounced
vigorously the persecution of St. John Chrysostom both to the
Emperor Arcadius and to his courtiers. St. Nilus must be counted
as one of the leading ascetic writers of the fifth century. His
feast is kept on November 12th in the Byzantine Calendar; he is
commemorated also in the Roman Martyrology on the same date. St.
Nilus probably died around the year 430 as there is no evidence
of his life after that. [copied from "The Catholic Encyclopedia,"
1911 copyright edition]



The Prophecy of Saint Nilus
[Image]

After the year 1900, toward the middle of the 20th century, the
people of that time will become unrecognizable. When the time for
the Advent of the Antichrist approaches, people's minds will grow
cloudy from carnal passions, and dishonor and lawlessness will
grow stronger. Then the world will become unrecognizable.
People's appearances will change, and it will be impossible to
distinguish men from women due to their shamelessness in dress
and style of hair. These people will be cruel and will be like
wild animals because of the temptations of the Antichrist. There
will be no respect for parents and elders, love will disappear,
and Christian pastors, bishops, and priests will become vain men,
completely failing to distinguish the right-hand way from the
left. At that time the morals and traditions of Christians and of
the Church will change. People will abandon modesty, and
dissipation will reign. Falsehood and greed will attain great
proportions, and woe to those who pile up treasures. Lust,
adultery, homosexuality, secret deeds and murder will rule in
society. At that future time, due to the power of such great
crimes and licentiousness, people will be deprived of the grace
of the Holy Spirit, which they received in Holy Baptism and
equally of remorse. The Churches of God will be deprived of
God-fearing and pious pastors, and woe to the Christians
remaining in the world at that time; they will completely lose
their faith because they will lack the opportunity of seeing the
light of knowledge from anyone at all. Then they will separate
themselves out of the world in holy refuges in search of
lightening their spiritual sufferings, but everywhere they will
meet obstacles and constraints. And all this will result from the
fact that the Antichrist wants to be Lord over everything and
become the ruler of the whole universe, and he will produce
miracles and fantastic signs. He will also give depraved wisdom
to an unhappy man so that he will discover a way by which one man
can carry on a conversation with another from one end of the
earth to the other. At that time men will also fly through the
air like birds and descend to the bottom of the sea like fish.
And when they have achieved all this, these unhappy people will
spend their lives in comfort without knowing, poor souls, that it
is deceit of the Antichrist. And, the impious one! -- he will so
complete science with vanity that it will go off the right path
and lead people to lose faith in the existence of God in three
hypostases. Then the All-good God will see the downfall of the
human race and will shorten the days for the sake of those few
who are being saved, because the enemy wants to lead even the
chosen into temptation, if that is possible... then the sword of
chastisement will suddenly appear and kill the perverter and his
servants.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
08/01/2009 03:27 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
"The twentieth century will bring death and destruction, apostasy from the
church, discord in families, cities and governments. It will be the century
of three great wars with intervals of a few decades. They will become
evermore devastating and bloody and will lay in ruins not only Germany, but
finally all countries of East and West. After a terrible defeat of Germany
will follow the next great war. Then there will be no bread for people any
more and no fodder for animals. Poisonous clouds, made my human hands will
sink down and exterminate everything. The human mind will be seized by
insanity." (16th Century - Found in the monastery Maria Laach)

"At first will come several terrestrial scourges, as great wars, through
which many millions will run into destruction. After that will come the
celestial scourge in full severity, such as has never been. it will be
short, but will cut off the greater part of mankind. yet, before that, five
big trees have to be felled" (Maria Taigi)

"And after the second great struggle between nations will come a third
universal conflagration, which will determine everything. There will be
entirely new weapons. In one day more men will die than in all previous wars
combined. Battles will be fought with artificial guns. Gigantic catastrophes
will occur. With open eyes wil the nations of the earth enter into these
catastrophes. They will not be aware of what is happening, and those who
will know and tell, will be silenced. Everything will become different than
before, and in many places the earth will be only just a great cemetery. The
third great, great war will be the end for many nations." (Stormberger)

" The Third World War will come, but I cannot predict the year. It will be
preceded by signs in the skies, which will be seen by millions of people.
War will begin on a rainy night, shortly before the harvest time, when the
ears are full..."" (Irlmaier)

"During the last persecution of the Holy Roman Church, there shall sit Peter
of Rome, who shall feed the sheep amid great tribulations, and when these
have passed, the City of Seven Hills shall be utterly destroyed, and the
awful Judge will judge the people." (St. Malachi)

"Hear,oh hear, my sisters and brothers: I saw forest and mountains tremble.
There will come a time, when war will break out, more terrible than all
other wars combined, which have ever visited mankind. A horrible warrior
will unlease it, and his adversaries will call him Antichrist. All nations
of the earth will fight each other in this war. The fighters will rise up in
the heavens to take the stars and will throw them on the cities, to set
ablaze the buildings and to cause immense devastations. Oceans will lie
between the great warriors, and the monsters of the sea, terrified by
everything that happens on or under the sea, will flee to the deep. Battles
of the past will be only skirmishes compared to the battles that will take
place, because the earth will be red, and even the sky, the water and the
air, since blood will flow in all directions. The earth will shake from the
violent fighting. Famine and pestilence will join the war. The nations will
then cry "peace, peace," but there will be no peace. Thrice will the sun
rise over the heads of the combatants, without having been seen by them. But
afterwards there will be peace, and all who have broken peace will have lost
their lives. On a single day more men will be killed than the catacombs of
Rome have ever held...Strange signs will appear in the skies: both horns of
the moon will join the cross..." (Prophecy of St. Odile)
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
08/01/2009 03:56 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
Arthur Conan Doyle

"A period of natural convulsions during which a large portion of the
human race will perish. Earthquakes of great severity, enormous tidal
waves would seem to be the agents.

War appears only in the early stages and appears to be a signal for the
crisis to follow. The crisis will come in an instant. The destruction
and dislocation of civilized life will be beyond belief. There will be a
short period of chaos followed by some
reconstruction; the total period of upheavals will be roughly three
years.

The chief centers of disturbance will be the Eastern Mediterranean
basin, where not less than five countries will entirely disappear. Also
in the Atlantic there will be a rise of land which will be a cause of
those waves which will bring about great disasters upon the Americans,
the Irish and Western European shore, involving all of the low-lying
British coasts. There are indicated further great upheavals in the
southern Pacific and in the Japanese region.

Mankind can be saved by returning to its spiritual values."
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
08/01/2009 04:35 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
I had post this back at 1/9/2005 6:31 EST

Prophecies related with Natural Disasters and Weather Manipulation

Therese Neumann, German Mystic (20th Century)
When asked if America will experience war on its soil, she replied, "No,
but at the end of this century America will be destroyed economically by a
series of natural disasters."

Martin Gasheseoma said recently that Hopi "elders told us that when the
plants blossom in the middle of winter, we would need to go to Santa Fe to
warn everyone of suffering and destruction to come unless they change their
ways. Last year, in the middle of winter the plants began to blossom."

Hopi
"So the time will come when we will experience late springs and early
frosts, this will be the sign of the returning Ice Age.

Hopi
"We are much concerned about the climate. No one seems to be able to
predict the weather accurately from day to day. However, we know according
to our time markers that it is past due for certain seeds to be planted at
their proper time. In recent springs, we were reluctant to plant due to the
late snow and cold weather. Once more maybe our ancient prophecy is right,
that one day we will plant wearing finger sacks (gloves) clearing away snow
with our feet before planting. The summers will become shorter for maturing
the corn for harvest. The result is anybody´s guess.

Hopi
"The question is, will this occur the world over? This would depend on the
geographical areas. In the regions with different climates, things will
happen in different ways. For instance, tropical land could become a land
of ice, and the Arctic region could become tropical. This need not happen
if we, the people, get our leaders to do something about the harmful things
being done to the environment.

Saint Hildegard (12th Century)
The time is coming when princes and peoples will reject the authority of
the Pope. Some countries will prefer their own Church rulers to the Pope.
The German Empire will be divided.
Before the comet comes, many nations, the good excepted, will be scourged
by want and famine. The great nation in the ocean that is inhabited by
people of different tribes and descent will be devastated by earthquake,
storm, and tidal wave. It will be divided and, in great part, submerged.
That nation will also have many misfortunes at sea and lose its colonies.
[After the] great Comet, the great nation will be devastated by
earthquakes, storms, and great waves of water, causing much want and
plagues. The ocean will also flood many other countries, so that all
coastal cities will live in fear, with many destroyed.
All sea coast cities will be fearful, and many of them will be destroyed by
tidal waves, and most living creatures will be killed, and even those who
escape will die from a horrible disease. For in none of those cities does a
person live according to the Laws of God.
A powerful wind will rise in the North, carrying heavy fog and the densest
dust, and it will fill their throats and eyes so that they will cease their
butchery and be stricken with a great fear.

Johannes Friede (1204-1257)
When the great time will come, in which mankind will face its last, hard
trial, it will be foreshadowed by striking changes in nature. The
alteration between cold and heat will become more intensive, storms will
have more catastrophic effects, earthquakes will destroy great regions, and
the seas will overflow many lowlands. Not all of it will be the result of
natural causes, but mankind will penetrate into the bowels of the earth and
will reach into the clouds, gambling with its own existence. Before the
powers of destruction will succeed in their design, the universe will be
thrown into disorder, and the age of iron will plunge into nothingness.
When nights will be filled with more intensive cold and days with heat, a
new life will begin in nature. The heat means radiation from the earth, the
cold the waning light of the sun. Only a few years more and you will become
aware that sunlight has grown perceptibly weaker. When even your artificial
light will cease to give service, the great event in the heavens will be
near.

ALOIS IRLMAIER
First Irlmaier again describes the American counterattack.
As a retaliation for this american attack the russians will send an
airplane, which maybe is equipped with an atomic bomb. It is not difficult
to find out, that a drop of an atomic bomb into the sea would have
disastrous consequences espacially for those countries, that are nearby the
Sea. Irlmaier is speeking of a big island, perhaps Great Britain?
"A single airplane, which comes from the east, throws something into the
large water. Then the water lifts itself as high as a tower and falls down.
Everything is inundated. There is an earthquake. The southern part of
England slips into the water. Three large cities will be ruined: one will
be destroyed by the water, the second is located so high in the Sea, that
you can only see the church tower and the third falls in."
Also in this statement Irlmaier describes the retaliation strike of the
Russians. Enormous tidal waves and earthquakes are the result.
"One part of England disappears, when the thing falls into the sea, which
the pilot drops. Then the water lifts itself as high as a tower and falls
down. What this thing is, I do not know..."
In this statement Irlmaier refers clearly to England, which will apparently
be concerned mostly.
"The countries at the sea are endangered of the water heavily, the sea is
very unrest, the waves go high as a house; it foams, as if it would
cook/boil in the underground. Islands disappear, and the climate changes. A
part of the proud island sinks, if the thing falls into the sea, which the
pilot drops. Then the water lifts itself as high as a tower and falls down.
What this thing is, I do not know. When it comes, I do not know."
Further description of the consequences of the atomic bomb dropped into the
sea. Because of this also the climate will finally change.
"The January will be so warm at some time that the mosquitos will dance. It
can be that we already come into a time, when there won´t be a normal
winter at all, like we do know him now."
A clear note to a modification of the climate.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
08/01/2009 04:53 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
..............The best collection and work about............

______________________The Great Monarch_____________________

Foreword and Warning

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

In this new age with millenial madness going around, there are a lot of
questions about what the future holds for us. Who is the Antichrist? When
is the End of the World coming?

A lot of people ask these questions and they go to prophecies trying to
find the answer. They are frustrated because they find out who the key
players are going to be and perhaps even what they will accomplish, but
they don't know when. So you have a group of authors who carelessly pin
dates on future events and when the dates go by, they put out another book
and give you the explanation, something along the lines of miscalculating
the apex of the pi of the quadratic shadow of the Great Pyramid while
standing on top of your head reading Revelations out loud while a crow
flies east (or something equally as absurd)

Well, you won't find dates on this web site. You will, however, find out
who the key players are and you will ultimately learn that prophecies are
given to us as warnings. If we have the courage to make the changes
required, everything can be mitigated and even out right avoided. So as you
read these prophecies, many of which are made by very humble and pious
people, make sure to keep in mind that they are prophecies, not
predictions. The future is not set in stone and it can be changed.

The prophecies in here are very rare and not main-stream (they may become
so with the popularity of this web site) and thus the information that you
will find here is very unique. I have undertaken the task of constructing
this web site out of a determination to to better inform the public as to
the existence of these prophecies. Too many posts have appeared in recent
days as to what is going to be happening over the next few years. Everyone
seems to be in agreement with the fact that these are indeed the end times,
yet a lot of people seem to be stuck on the idea that they can tell what is
going to happen and who is going to be the major players simply by looking
at headlines and correlating them with the Bible. I believe in the Bible
just as much as any other Christian out there, but we must be careful not
to overlook other sources of information.

One source of information that has been thoroughly discussed is
Nostradamus. His quatrains and the interpretations thereof have given us a
unique glimpse into what possibly lies ahead in the not-too-distant future.
Many people have done some great work and there are some amazing books
written about the man and the quatrains that he left for us to examine. One
of the sets of books is Conversations with Nostradamus, by Dolores Cannon.
Her premise is that she uses people to psychically contact Nostradamus'
spirit and question him about the quatrains. They are a remarkable set of
books and Goro Adachi has based much of his research into the
interpretations and his findings are quite stunning. Although I do not
agree with all of his conclusions, much of it bears serious consideration
by any prophecy scholar.

Another source of information is information from psychics, mainly by
people such as Edgar Cayce, Chet Snow and Gordon-Michael Scallion. These
people have predicted massive earth changes to come in the next few years
and all this certainly seems to tie in with the changes that are predicted
to come by other sources. While Scallion's track record has not been the
greatest one, the main idea is that the planet is taking a more violent
turn as far as weather and tectonics are concerned.

The one subject that I have not seen discussed on the Internet is the
subject of private prophecies. While sensationalism from such psychics as
Cayce has gripped many, most seem to overlook the wealth of information
that has preceded them in the form of private prophecies, whether they are
through apparations, inner locutions, or visions. They have gone on
throughout the ages, and if anything, they all correlate each other very
well. This is extremely intriguing, considering that we have information
from people such as a 10th century monk that correlates with a 12th century
nun which correlates with the dreams of a 19th century 9-year-old girl. It
is all rather stunning to say the least. And as far as I have seen, these
have been the most overlooked.

I suppose this could be because they are mostly religious in origin, but we
must not forget that the message of the end times comes mainly from
religion. If anything, all these private prophecies serve to correlate and
support the work of others on the Internet and perhaps we can all get a
somewhat clearer picture of what is to come and how perhaps we can prepare
for it.

Finally, I would like to add a few words of caution: a lot of people seem
hell-bent on fixing dates on events. If anything, we know that people can
avert disasters if forewarned. In some of Her apparitions, Mary has said
that some calamities have been thwarted through the power of prayer. I try
to avoid fixing dates on the events that I talk about here simply because I
don't want to fall into the trap that many have. I believe the material
here is solid enough without specific dates, but we are given many warning
signs to look for to warn us that the events are nearing. We also DO have
the length of time that some of the events will last, so while we don't
know when these events may take place, we have an idea of their duration.

Let me again say that although many of the prophecies presented here deal
with imminent destruction and the death of literally billions of people, we
must not lose sight of the fact that in the end, the message is one of
final peace and unity among the nations of the world. Don't go and read
this and move yourself to the Yukon and live in a bomb shelter. Instead,
take the messages here and try to ready yourself and others for what might
be happening very shortly. Times will be hard, but we can all persevere if
we all learn to love and help each other out.

Let me also say that I welcome all comments, but if you are going to email
me on the fact that most of the material here is religiously bent, don't
bother. First off, I didn't make the prophecies up. They come from mostly
Catholic sources and if you are open enough to the idea of UFOs and faces
on Mars and life on Europa and that Martians built the Sphinx, then you can
be open to the fact that maybe there is something more than just pomp and
circumstance to religion and that maybe, just maybe, religion is not just
the work of excited cavemen that didn't know how to explain fire and the
wondrous nature that they lived in and had to created a God. Maybe He's out
there and maybe there is something to the message after all.

Timeline of coming events

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

The following information presents a possible timeline of events as they
may happen in the future. You will notice that there is a lack of dates,
mainly because it is very hard to fix dates on these events. We can,
however, based on cross-correlations of prophecies, construct a possible
order of events.

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

As the world approaches the 21st century, it becomes apparent that all is
not so well with the natural enviroment. Storms become increasingly more
violent, and earthquakes begin to rumble with more and more frequency. On
the enviromental side of things, global warming becomes a bigger issue once
agan. Politically, the world begins to move towards less governments,
although not necessarily a one-world government. The United States seeks to
maintain its influence in world affairs, while the new European Union
begins to assert its influence. The remains of the former Soviet Union,
while no longer a world power, also seeks to exhert its influence. China
and the rest of the Pacific Rim countries, such as Japan, Malasya,
Singapore, and Indonesia, begin to cooperate and exhert their influence as
well.

On the religious side, the world sees the coming of the end of the reign of
Pope John Paul II. His death will mark the end of an era of peace and
stability for the Catholic Church.

It is during this time that violent geological upheavals will threaten the
political and social stability of the entire planet. The world will be
rocked by cataclysms such as never seen before and many will lose their
lives. It will mark the beginning of the End. The End will not come
suddenly, but rather sneak in like the tide and overtake everything in its
path.

These violent changes will not only devastate people, but entire nations as
well. The United States may very well be very crippled as it tries to fight
off the effects of these terrible calamities. The Pacific Rim countries,
such as Japan and Indonesia, may also be very devastated from these
calamities, both in people and in economic troubles.

During this time of great natural cataclysms, there will be many deaths.
These massive natural diasters will affect the economies of all nations
around the world. It may happen that the U.S. economy is devastated by the
natural disasters. As it tries to deal with a possible massive earthquake
on the West Coast, it may also be involved in events in the Korean
peninsula. During these events, there will much trouble in Europe. Riots
will break out in France, England, Germany, Spain, and Italy. The rest of
Europe will soon follow suit. The riots appear to be related to famine and
disease. People all over Europe will clamor for food. The riots could also
be related to massive resistance to a European Union.

Seeing this chaos, apparently Europe is attacked by a unified Arab/Muslim
faction. They overrun the Middle East and wage war all the way to Germany.
Apparently the pope will have to flee Rome and will die in exile. Many
prophecies speak of the Holy See as being vacant for many years.

It is not clear what happens to the United States during this time, but it
is apparent enough that they are not involved in the European problems.
They may stay out of the affairs of Europe seeing as to how they are
apparently internal problems until it is too late.

During this time there are apparently massive crop failures. Christians are
persecuted throughout the world and there are still massive geological
changes going on. There could be a shift in the poles, and there could be a
change in atmospheric conditions, such as jetstream pattern changes.

When all seems lost, a leader rises in France to help fight back the
Muslims and Arabs overrunning Europe. He is referred to as The Great
Monarch and may be the Henri II that Nostradamus writes to in his epistles.
He fights back the Muslims and retakes the Holy Land. He helps install a
new Pope (who may be Peter II, or Petrus Romanus, from the St. Malachy
List) and apparently takes the fight all the way to Arabia. Many muslims
will apparently convert. The Great Monarch establishes an era of prosperity
such as the world has never seen and rules for many years. Towards the end
of his reign, another would-be-leader arises, who may be the precursor to
the Antichrist. This "Nero" causes many problems in the new Roman Empire
and apparently the Great Monarch is led to clash with him. Nero is defeated
by the Great Monarch, but apparently the Great Monarch is killed by the
Antichrist, who by this time has taken a great leadership role in the
Middle East and is seen as the Messiah of the Jewish World.

Antichrist rules with an iron fist. He has many problems, especially in
dealing with Enoch and Elijah. Eventually, he is defeated and the Final
Judgement follows 40 days or so after his death.

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

The Great Disaster

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

This page lists many prophecies detailing the events that will unfold as we
near the coming of the Antichrist. As we will see as we explore these
prophecies, the following sequence of events takes shape:

* Initially, we may not see not a world war, but a breakdown of the
current peace. Revolutions and economic collapses will spur this on.
It will not take on the aspects of a world war until later, during
Muslim invasions of Europe.
* We will see a war shortly after the natural disasters. This will be
following by a period of peace under the Great Monarch. The Great
Monarch is the French King that will restore peace to the world. At
the end, he will be defeated by the Antichrist.
* Antichrist will establish his kingdom and will declare himself as God.
All that do not worship him will be persecuted. He is ultimately
defeated.

This is, of course, a very general outline of the sequence of events. Many
details are also outlined below.

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

(( St. Malachy (12th Century) )): "Ireland will suffer English
oppression for a week of centuries, but will preserve her
fidelity to God and His Church. At the end of that time she will
be delivered, and the English in turn must suffer severe
chastisement. Ireland, however, will be instrumental in bringing
the English back to the unity of Faith."

(( Comment )): In the 12th century, England had just begun her
conquest of Ireland, but she was still Catholic. Persecutions did
not begin until the 16th or 17th century. Despite the
persecutions, Ireland preserved her Faith. Liberation for Ireland
finally came in the 20th Century. If the prophecy is valid and it
was made in the 12th century, indeed more than a week of
centuries have passed and she is now independent. So, much of
this prophecy has come true. It's likely that the coming trouble
that England is going to face (it's chastisement) will be a
prelude to England returning to the Catholic Church. One could
read this as the English monarchy recognizing the authority of
the Catholic Church, or even an end to the English monarchy.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Hildegard (12th Century) )): "The time is coming when
princes and peoples will reject the authority of the Pope. Some
countries will prefer their own Church rulers to the Pope. The
German Empire will be divided. Church property will be
secularized. Priests will be persecuted. Toward the end of the
world mankind will be purified through sufferings. This will be
true especially of the clergy who will be robbed of all
property."

(( Comment )): Much of this prophecy has already come true. Many
countries became protestant in the 16th century, and the German
Empire was divided as a result. What we have yet to see is the
sufferings that this prophecy talks about and the demise of the
clergy. Note that the word clergy would not necessarily mean
Catholic clergy. This could of all denominations.

((continued... )) "A powerful wind will rise in the north
carrying heavy fog and the densest of dust by divine command, and
it will fill their throats and eyes so that they will cease their
savagery and be stricken with a great fear. Before the comet
comes, many nations, the good excepted, will be scourged by want
and famine. The great nation in the ocean that is inhabited by
people of different tribes and descent will be devastated by an
earthquake, storm, and tidal wave. It will be divided, and in
great part, submerged. That nation will have many misfortunes at
sea and lose its colonies. By its tremendous pressure the comet
will force much out of the ocean and flood many countries,
causing much want and many plagues. All coastal cities will live
in fear, and many of them will be destroyed by tidal waves and
most living creatures will be killed, and even those who escape
will die from horrible diseases. For in none of those cities does
a person live according to the laws of God. "Peace will return to
the world when the white flower again takes possession of the
throne of France. During the period of peace, people will be
forbidden to carry weapons, and iron will be used only for making
agricultural implements and tools. Also during this time, the
land will be very productive and many Jews, heathens, and
heretics will join the Church."

(( Comment )): A lot of what St. Hildegard talks about in this
prophecy is repeated in other prophecies. The wind that comes
with such power and velocity is one that is often referred to as
happening in a crucial battle. This could be Armaggedon. Some of
this prophecy has also already come true. The great comet has not
arrived yet, and we are witness to many countries, especially the
Third World countries, where poverty and starvation is rampant.
The great nation that is referred to here is interpreted by some
to be England, especially with reference to the loss of colonies,
but I believe it to be the United States. It seems to fit the
current times more properly. The United States is a great nation
whose very foundations are laid with the diversity of its people.
There are also other prophecies, such as ones by Edgar Cayce and
Gordon Michael Scallion, that refer to the terrible natural
disasters that are to befall the United States that seem to be
referred to here: earthquake, storm, tidal wave. Edgar Cayce and
Scallion both talk about the U.S. being divided by the fact that
the Great Lakes seemingly empty out into the Gulf of Mexico,
effectively rendering the Southeast U.S. into an island, not to
mention the fall of California into the ocean. Here we also have
the first mention of the Great Monarch, the French King that will
bring peace to the world after the chaos has subsided. The white
flower is the fleur-de-lys, the symbol of the French Monarchy. We
will see much more of the French King later.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Old English Prophecy (( On a Tombstone at the Kirby cemetary,
Essex )):

When pictures look alive, with movements free,
When ships like fish swim beneath the sea,
When men outstripping birds can soar the sky,
Then half the world deep drenched in blood shall die.

In Germany begins a dance,
Which passeth through Italy, Spain and France.
But England shall pay the piper.

When Our Lady shall lie on Our Lord's Lap,
Then England will meet with a strange mishap.

(( Comment )): There is a 20th-Century German prophecy that says
the same thing: problems will begin in Germany, spread through
Italy, France, and Spain, but that England will suffer the most.
There are other prophecies that will be quoted later to
corroborate the problems in England and the fact that it will be
France that will aid England the most.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Sister Bouquillion (19th Century) )): "The beginning of the
end shall not come in the 19th century, but in the 20th for
sure."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Old German Prophecy )): "When the world becomes godless,
revolutions will break out against kings. Fathers will fight
their sons, and sons their fathers. The doctrine will be
perverted, and they will try to overthrow the Catholic Church.
Men will be pleasure-loving. A terrible war will find the North
fighting the South. The South will be led by a prince wearing a
white coat with a cross on the front. He will be lame afoot. He
will gather his forces at Bremen for Mass. Then he will lead them
into battle beyond Woerl near the birch-tree country
(Westphalia). After a terrible battle at a brook running
eastwards near Berdberg and Sondern, the South will be
victorius."

(( Comment )): The doctrine being perverted seems to refer to the
fact that Mass and the Church will be changed to a more worldy
approach, as it was done in Vatican II. The prince referred to
here is none other than the great French prince, the Great
Monarch to come. Before engaging in a battle against terrible
odds, he will take his troops to Mass and afterwards lead them
into victory. The Prince's lameness is referred to in other
prophecies, as we will see later.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Madgeburg Chronicle )): "Of the blood of the emperor Charles
the Great and of the Kings of France shall arise an emperor named
Charles, who shall rule in Europe, by whom the decayed Estate of
the Church shall be reformed and the ancient glory of the Empire
restored."

(( Comment )): Another prophecy to back up the claim that the
Great Monarch will be French. Here it also asserts that he will
restore the Church after it has been apparently destroyed and
that he will rule all of Europe.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( John of Vatigerro (13th Century) )): "Spoilation, pillaging,
and devastation of that most famous city which is the capital and
mistress of France will take place when the Church and the world
are grievously troubled. The Pope will change his residence and
the Church will not be defended for 25 months or more because,
during all that time, there will be no Pope in Rome, no emperor
and no ruler in France. But after this, a young captive prince
shall recover the Crown of the Lilies and shall extended his
dominion over the world." "After many tribulations, a Pope shall
be elected out of those that survived the persecutions. By his
sanctity he will reform the clergy, and the whole world shall
venerate the Church for her sanctity, virtue, and perfection."

(( Comment )): This is the first of many prophecies that foretell
the utter destruction of Paris. Its destruction will take place
apparently after the natural disasters that will grip the world.
Chaos will reign in Spain, Italy, France, and England. The
problems will become so great that the Pope (probably the one
after John Paul II, but definitely NOT Peter II, the last Pope)
will have to flee Rome. We are told here that there will be no
Pope for at least 2 years, perhaps more. Then the last Pope will
be elected and he will bring the Church back through his
holiness, and as we have seen, with the aid of the French King.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( John of the cleft rock (13th Century) )): "Towards the end of
the world, tyrants and hostile mobs will rob the Church and the
clergy of all their possessions and will afflict and martyr them.
Those who heap the most abuse upon them will be held in high
esteem." "The clergy cannot escape these persecutions, but,
because of them, all the servants of the Church will be forced to
lead an apostolic life." "At that time, the Pope with his
cardinals will have to flee Rome in tragic circumstances to a
place where they will be unknown. The Pope will die a cruel death
in his exile. The sufferings of the Church will be much greater
than at any other previous time in her history. But God will
raise a holy Pope, and the Angels will rejoice. Enlightened by
God, this man will rebuild almost the whole world through his
holiness. He will lead everyone to the true Faith. Everywhere,
the fear of God, virtue, and good morals will prevail. He will
lead all erring sheep back to the fold, and there shall be one
faith, one law, one rule of life, and one baptism on earth. All
men will love each other and do good, and all quarrels and wars
will cease."

(( Comment )): This tells us that the Pope will die in exile. I
don't believe that the Pope to die in exile will be John Paul II,
but his successor instead. After his death, there will be further
persecutions and the Church will have much to suffer, but there
will come a just Pope who will set the Church better than before
and he will be revered throughout the world.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Vincent Ferrer (15th Century) )): "Armies from the West,
East, and North will fight together in Italy, and the Eagle shall
capture the false king, and all things shall be made obedient
unto him, and there shall be a new reformation of the world." "In
the days of peace that are to come after the desolation of
revolutions and wars -- before the end of the world -- Christians
will become so lax in their religion that they will refuse the
sacrament of Confirmation, saying that it is unnecessary. And
when the false prophet, the precursor of Antichrist, comes, all
who are not confirm will apostatize, while those who are
confirmed will stand fast in their faith, and only a few will
renounce Christ."

(( Comment )): The Eagle here is the French Prince. He will
capture the false king, meaning that he will defeat either an
evil leader in Italy, or he will dispose of an anti-pope. There
are numerous mentions of an anti-pope holding the Holy See after
the death of the Pope in exile, so this might be a plausible
scenario. The second paragraph warns that after the great
disasters that befall the world, there will be a laxness in
religion and many will believe the false prophet when he heralds
the coming of the Antichrist as the return of the Messiah. Those
that are confirmed in the Catholic Faith will remain faithful.
Those who are not will turn away, or apostatize, and there will
be a handful of Catholics who will turn regardless.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Telesphorus of Cozensa (16th Century) )): "A powerful French
Monarch and French Pope will regain the Holy Land after terrible
wars in Europe. They will convert the world and bring universal
peace. They will overcome the German ruler."

(( Comment )): This prophecy pretty much backs up other
prophecies. The Holy Land that this prophecy refers to is Israel.
Other prophecies refer to the fact that this Pope will evangelize
the world, bringing Muslims, Hindus, and every other religion
into the fold. It is unclear who the German ruler may be. There
may be a ruler who imposes himself and his authority while the
chaos reigns in Europe and is defeated by the French Monarch
after his rise to power.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Fr. Balthassar Mas (17th Century) )): "I saw a land swallowed
up by the sea and covered with water. But, afterwards, I saw the
sea receded little by little and the land could be seen again.
The tops of the towers in the city rose again above the water and
appeared more beautiful than before, and I was told that this
land was England."

(( Comment )): This prophecy is often correlated with the
prophecy of St. Hildegard, but I believe she talks about the U.S.
and this one talks about England. I could be wrong, but there is
ample evidence to show that the natural disasters that befall the
world will be world-wide, meaning all countries will experience
many natural calamities. England's flooding and the U.S.'s
flooding may be caused by the same events and would probably
happen around the same period of time.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Bl. Mary of Agreda (17th Century) )): "It was revealed to me
that through the intercession of the Mother of God all heresies
will disappear. The victory over heresies has been reserved by
Christ for His Blessed Mother. In the latter days, the Lord will
in a special manner spread the renown of His Mother. Mary began
salvation, and by her intercession it will be completed. Before
the second coming of Christ, Mary, more than ever, must shine in
mercy, might, and grace in order to bring unbelievers into the
Catholic Faith. The power of Mary in the latter days will be very
conspicuous. Mary will extend the reign of Christ over the
heathens and Mohammedans, and it will be a time of great joy when
Mary is enthroned as Mistress and Queen of Hearts." "An unusual
chastisement of the human race will take place towards the end of
the world."

(( Comment )): The apparitions of Mary in the last 150 years have
been unprecedented and her message of love and peace are designed
to bring the world closer to Jesus and the Catholic Faith. In
this prophecy, it states that Mary will be instrumental in
bringing Muslims to the Catholic Faith. There have been
apparitions of Mary over traditional Islamic sites and the
Islamic religion reveres Mary greatly.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Louis-Marie Grignion de Montfort (18th Century) )): "The
power of Mary over all the devils will be particularly
outstanding in the last period of time. She will extend the
Kingdom of Christ over the idolaters and Moslems, and there will
come a glorious era when Mary is the Ruler and Queen of Hearts."

(( Comment )): Another confirmation that the Muslims will be
converted. This will be done under the reign of the Great Monarch
after he has defeated them and driven them out of Europe.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Bernhardt Rembordt (18th Century) )): "Cologne will be the
site of a terrible battle. Many foreigners will be slaughtered
there; both men and women will fight for their Faith. It will be
impossible to prevent the horrible devastation. People will wade
up to their ankles in blood. At last, a foreign King will appear
and win a victory for the cause of the righteous. The remaining
enemy will retreat to the Birchtree country. There, the last
battle will be fought for the just cause." "At that time France
will be divided. The German Empire will choose a simple man as
the Emperor, who will rule for a short time. His successor will
be a man for whom the world has longed. He will be called a
"Roman Emperor", and he will bring peace to the world. A good and
happy era will follow. God will be praised on earth, and war will
be no more."

(( Comment )): There are many prophecies that talk about a battle
at the Birchtree Country. This seems to be Westphalia. This
prophecy also makes mention of the German King, as mentioned by
Telesphorus earlier. This German ruler will precede the Great
Monarch.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Elizabeth Canori-Mora (19th Century) )): "Countless legions of
demons shall overrun the earth-- the instrument of divine
justice-- and causing [sic] terrible calamities and disasters.
Nothing on earth shall be spared. After the frightful punishment
I saw a great light appear upon the earth which was the sign of
reconciliation of God with men. All men shall become Catholics
and they shall acknowledge the Pope as the Vicar of Jesus
Christ."

(( Comment )): That demons will overrun the earth is mentioned in
many prophecies. With the calamities and evils that exist in the
world today, the unleashing may have already begun. The sign that
appears may have something to do with the sign that Mary spoke of
in Garabandal, Spain. There are other prophecies that associate
the vast unleashing of demons during the three days of darkness
that befall the earth.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Francis of Paola (15th Century) )): "By the grace of the
Almighty, the great Monarch will annihilate heretics and
unbelievers. He will have a great army, and angels will fight at
his side. He will be like the sun among the stars. His influence
will spread over the whole earth. All in all, there will be on
earth twelve Kings, one Emperor, one Pope, and a few Princes.
They will all lead holy lives."


-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

World War III

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------



After the series of natural disasters that befall most of the planet, there
is a lot of chaos. Governments in disarray, riots, and massive confusion
are the rule and the norm. It is apparently during this time that a daring
attack is staged. Apparently, the attack will come from the Arab states and
will eventually strike deep within the center of Western Europe. All will
seem lost. The Vatican will be overrun and the traditional allies of the
West, such as the United States, will be nowhere to be found. What follows
are some prophecies made over the centuries relating to these post-disaster
events. Some are repeats of prophecies seen in the Great Disaster section,
but they are worth repeating since they cover events during and after the
Great Disaster. They contain added comments for this section as well.

* St. Malachy (12th Century): "Ireland will suffer English oppression
for a week of centuries, but will preserve her fidelity to God and His
Church. At the end of that time she will be delivered, and the English
in turn must suffer severe chastisement. Ireland, however, will be
instrumental in bringing the English back to the unity of Faith."

Comment: In the 12th century, England had just begun her conquest of
Ireland, but she was still Catholic. Persecutions did not begin until
the 16th or 17th century. Despite the persecutions, Ireland preserved
her Faith. Liberation for Ireland finally came in the 20th Century. If
the prophecy is valid and it was made in the 12th century, indeed more
than a week of centuries have passed and she is now independent. So,
much of this prophecy has come true. It's likely that the coming
trouble that England is going to face (it's chastisement) will be a
prelude to England returning to the Catholic Church. One could read
this as the English monarchy recognizing the authority of the Catholic
Church, or even an end to the English monarchy. At the point of after
the Great Disaster, England will apparently be in disarray. Could this
prophecy indicate that the Irish will take charge of British affairs
during this time of trouble?

* Old English Prophecy (On a Tombstone at the Kirby cemetary, Essex):

When pictures look alive, with movements free,
When ships like fish swim beneath the sea,
When men outstripping birds can soar the sky,
Then half the world deep drenched in blood shall die.

In Germany begins a dance,
Which passeth through Italy, Spain and France.
But England shall pay the piper.

When Our Lady shall lie on Our Lord's Lap,
Then England will meet with a strange mishap.

Comment: There is a 20th-Century German prophecy that says the
same thing: problems will begin in Germany, spread through Italy,
France, and Spain, but that England will suffer the most.

There are other prophecies that will be quoted later to
corroborate the problems in England and the fact that it will be
France that will aid England the most. This prophecy could have
partially come true already. The dance could refer to events in
World War II, beginning in Germany and spreading thorugh Italy
and Spain. France fell under the Nazi yoke in World War II and
this could refer to that fact. It is the last two lines that
provide us with a clue as to that something befalls England that
is not seen before, such as an earthquake or a flood.

* Bishop Christianos Ageda (12th Century): "In the 20th Century there
will be wars and fury which will last a long time; whole provinces
will be emptied of their inhabitants, and kingdoms shall be thrown
into confusion. In many places the land will be left untilled, and
there shall be great slaughters of the upper class. The right hand of
the world shall fear the left and the north shall prevail over the
south."

Comment: Considering when this prophecy was made (12th Century), it is
quite remarkable. Assuming that it could refer to events after the
Great Disaster, this prophecy could then also be talking about events
in Europe right after the catclysm. As it stands though, it can be
seen as a clear hit for the 20th Century.

* Sister Bouquillion (19th Century): "The beginning of the end shall not
come in the 19th century, but in the 20th for sure."
* Old Saxon Prophecy: "The seven-headed city, now more admirable than
Jerusalem, shall be a place more desolate than Jerusalem. The Dog
shall enter Germany but shall afterwards forsake his master and choose
for himself a new man, whereby Scripture shall be fulfilled. This Dog
shall signify the Turk which shall forsake his Mohammed and choose
unto him the name Christian, which is a sign that the day of Doom is
at hand, when all the Earth is subject unto God, or that all people
acknowledge one only God. The Fleur-de-Lys (Lily) and France shall
live long at variance, but at last agree. Then shall the clear Word
spring forth and flourish throughout the World."

"But after all these things the end of the world shall approach and
there shall be heavy and pitiful days."

Comment: The seven-headed city is probably Rome (septicolis- seven
hills). This is not the only prophecy that talks about the demise of
Rome; others talk that it will be so utterly destroyed that it will be
threatened by encroachment of the sea. The Dog here are often
interpreted as being the Turks. I believe this could also point to an
Arab confederation of Islamic countries. They will overrun the Middle
East and, perhaps with Russian backing, reach all the way to Germany,
destroying Rome in the process. The Dog forsaking his master refers to
the conversion of the Islamic countries to the Christian faith. The
conversion will come after they are driven out of Europe by the Great
Monarch, the French Prince that is oft referred to in the prophecies.

* John of Vatigerro (13th Century): "Spoilation, pillaging, and
devastation of that most famous city which is the capital and mistress
of France will take place when the Church and the world are grievously
troubled. The Pope will change his residence and the Church will not
be defended for 25 months or more because, during all that time, there
will be no Pope in Rome, no emperor and no ruler in France. But after
this, a young captive prince shall recover the Crown of the Lilies and
shall extended his dominion over the world."

"After many tribulations, a Pope shall be elected out of those that
survived the persecutions. By his sanctity he will reform the clergy,
and the whole world shall venerate the Church for her sanctity,
virtue, and perfection."

Comment: This is the first of many prophecies that foretell the utter
destruction of Paris. Its destruction will take place apparently after
the natural disasters that will grip the world. Chaos will reign in
Spain, Italy, France, and England. The problems will become so great
that the Pope (probably the one after John Paul II, but definitely NOT
Peter II, the last Pope) will have to flee Rome. We are told here that
there will be no Pope for at least 2 years, perhaps more. Then the
last Pope will be elected and he will bring the Church back through
his holiness, and as we have seen, with the aid of the French King.

* Bernhardt Rembordt (18th Century): "Cologne will be the site of a
terrible battle. Many foreigners will be slaughtered there; both men
and women will fight for their Faith. It will be impossible to prevent
the horrible devastation. People will wade up to their ankles in
blood. At last, a foreign King will appear and win a victory for the
cause of the righteous. The remaining enemy will retreat to the
Birchtree country. There, the last battle will be fought for the just
cause."

"At that time France will be divided. The German Empire will choose a
simple man as the Emperor, who will rule for a short time. His
successor will be a man for whom the world has longed. He will be
called a "Roman Emperor", and he will bring peace to the world. A good
and happy era will follow. God will be praised on earth, and war will
be no more."

Comment: There are many prophecies that talk about a battle at the
Birchtree Country. This seems to be Westphalia. This prophecy also
makes mention of the German King, as mentioned by Telesphorus earlier.
This German ruler will precede the Great Monarch.

* Blessed Ana Maria Taigi (19th Century): "France shall fall into a
frightful anarchy. The French shall have a desperate civil war in the
course of which even old men will take up arms. The political parties,
having exhausted their blood and their rage without being able to
arrive at any satisfactory settlement, shall agree at the last
extremity to have recourse to the Holy See. Then the Pope shall send
to France a special legate. . . In consequence of the information
received, his Holiness himself shall nominate a most Christian King
for the government of France."

Comment: The problems in France are described here. France has a
complete breakdown of the government and massive anarchy follows. With
these problems, the invaders who have sacked Rome will be able to
attack France. The Pope will name a defender for France, who is the
Great Monarch that is discussed elsewhere.

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------


The Rise of the Great Monarch

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

After the Great Disaster, Europe is apparently overrun by Arab forces
seeking to subjugate Europe for the last time. The attack comes from deep
inside Arabia and plunges deeply into Western Europe, reaching as far as
Germany. It is during this time that a young prince rises up out of France
and unites forces against the Arab attack. Below are some initial traits
about the Great Monarch and his rise to power in Western Europe.

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

(( Rudolph Gekner, 17th Century) )): "His sword will be moved by
Divine power..."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Monk Adso (10th Century) )): "Some of our teachers say that a
King of the Franks will possess the entire Roman Empire. He will
be the greatest and last of all Monarchs. After having wisely
governed his kingdom, he will go into Jerusalem and will lay his
sceptre and his crown upon the Mount of Olives. Immediately
afterwards, Antichrist will come."

(( Comment )): Another prophecy regarding the French King.
According to this prophecy, he will travel to Jerusalem and
apparently defeated at the hand of the Antichrist. Other
prophecies refer to the fact that he will travel to Jerusalem
twice, once at the beginning of his reign and once at the end.
His death will mark the end of the age of peace since the end of
the great disaster and signals the beginning of the reign of
Antichrist.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( David Poreaus (17th Century) )): "The Great Monarch will be of
French descent, large forehead, large dark eyes, light brown wavy
hair, and an eagle nose. He will crush the enemies of the Pope
and will conquer the East."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Premol, 5th Century) )): "And a voice fell from the heavens:
'Here are those whom I have chosen'" (i.e. the Great Monarch and
the Holy Pope)

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Francis of Paola (15th Century) )): "By the grace of the
Almighty, the great Monarch will annihilate heretics and
unbelievers. He will have a great army, and angels will fight at
his side. He will be like the sun among the stars. His influence
will spread over the whole earth. All in all, there will be on
earth twelve Kings, one Emperor, one Pope, and a few Princes.
They will all lead holy lives."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Augustine, 5th Century) )): "A Frankish King will one day
rule over the entire Roman Empire."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Ven. B. Holzhauser, 17th Century) )): "The sixth period (of
time) will begin with the powerful Monarch."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Cur of Ars, 19th Century) )): "The good people will triumph
when the return of the King is announced."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Old Saxon prophecy )): "He will come from the Fleur-de-Lis..."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Cataldus, 5th Century )): "... a King of the House of
Lilies..."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Caesar, 5th Century )): "He shall recover the Crown of the
Lilies....."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Hildegarde, German Abbess, 12th Century )): "The White
Flower again takes possession of the Throne of France."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Bishop Ageda, 12th Century )): "He shall inherit the Crown of
the Fleur-de-Lis"

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------



Some details, seemingly unimportant, are nevertheless worth mentioning
because of their varied origins. Among these is the fact that he will walk
with a limp:

* (Nostradamus, 16th Century): "... Prince's foot impeded ... "
* (Old German prophecy): "He will be lame afoot ... "
* (Anne-Catherine Emmerich, 19th Century): "God touched the sinew of his
hip. He was in great pain and from that day on, he walked with a limp
... "
* (Peasant Jasper, Germany): "This Prince shall mount his horse on the
right-hand side, because he limps from one foot .... "

He will be full of goodness and virtue; many prophecies insist on this.

* (St. Isidore, 7th Century): "A very pious King shall reign over Spain
..... "
* (St. Francis of Paola, 15th Century): "In his childhood he will be
like a saint; in his youth a great sinner; then he will be converted
entirely to God and will do great penance; his sins shall be forgiven
him, and he shall become a great saint."

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------


The Fall and Rise of the Roman Catholic Church

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

Arab forces, overrunning Europe, force the Pope to have to flee Rome. The
Church falls into an utter state of confusion and Rome is apparently
sacked. The Pope dies in exile and there is no Pope in place for a number
of years. Just as things seem lost, however, the Great French Monarch
begins to turn the tide against the Arab invaders and eventually liberates
Rome and restores the Papacy. The details on the prophecies regarding the
fall and last rise of the Catholic Church follow:

(( St. Hildegard (12th Century) )): "The time is coming when
princes and peoples will reject the authority of the Pope. Some
countries will prefer their own Church rulers to the Pope. The
German Empire will be divided. Church property will be
secularized. Priests will be persecuted. Toward the end of the
world mankind will be purified through sufferings. This will be
true especially of the clergy who will be robbed of all
property."

(( Comment )): Much of this prophecy has already come true. Many
countries became protestant in the 16th century, and the German
Empire was divided as a result. What we have yet to see is the
sufferings that this prophecy talks about and the demise of the
clergy. Note that the word clergy would not necessarily mean
Catholic clergy. This could of all denominations.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Monk Adso (10th Century) )): "Some of our teachers say that a
King of the Franks will possess the entire Roman Empire. He will
be the greatest and last of all Monarchs. After having wisely
governed his kingdom, he will go into Jerusalem and will lay his
sceptre and his crown upon the Mount of Olives. Immediately
afterwards, Antichrist will come."

(( Comment )): Another prophecy regarding the French King.
According to this prophecy, he will travel to Jerusalem and
apparently defeated at the hand of the Antichrist. Other
prophecies refer to the fact that he will travel to Jerusalem
twice, once at the beginning of his reign and once at the end.
His death will mark the end of the age of peace since the end of
the great disaster and signals the beginning of the reign of
Antichrist.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Malachy (12th Century) )): The following is an excerpt of
the list of Popes as prepared by St. Malachy in the 12th century.
The list gives a fitting description of every Pope since the 16th
Century, when it was discovered The following lists the last 12
mottoes, with my own commentary on each:

(( Crux de Cruce (Cross from a Cross) )): Pius IX. His
reign saw the Italian Revolution, which was backed by
the House of Savoy. Its Coat-Of-Arms bears a Cross.

(( Lumen in Coelo (Light in the Heaven) )): Leo XIII.
His Coat-Of-Arms featured a comet. Some say that it is
also symbolism for being a brilliant writer
(light=brilliant writer, Heaven=Church).

(( Ignis Ardens (Burning Fire) )): St. Pius X. He was
"on fire" with his zeal for the Catholic Church and was
canonized 40 years after his death. Also World War I
erupted on the 11th anniversary of his election.

(( Religio Depopulata (Religion depopulated) )):
Benedict XV, the Pope during World War I.

(( Fides Intrepida (Fearless Faith) )): Pius XI. He was
the Pope of the Propagation of Faith.

(( Pastor Angelicus (Angelic Sheperd) )): Pius XII. His
holiness was unquestionable.

(( Pastor et Nauta (Sheperd and Sailor) )): John XXIII.
This Pope came from Venice, the city of sailors. He was
mostly concerned with pastoral interests and the way
that the Gospel should be taught. He also set the
Church on a new course with his "Aggiornamento".

(( Flos Florum (Flower of Flowers) )): Paul VI. His
Coat-of-Arms is said to feature the lily (the flower of
flowers).

(( De Meditate Luna (From the midst (or middle) of the
Moon) )): John Paul I. The Biblical meaning of the moon
is "worldy kingdom", but some have drawn symbolism to
the fact that his Papacy lasted less than the cycle of
a moon. The very meaning of the moon and the fact that
there are many rumors that he was indeed assassinated
due to the conservative views that he had may lead one
to believe that the moon represents also the fact that
his Papacy was influenced by events around him and that
may have led to his demise.

(( De Labore Solis (Of the Labor of the Sun) )): John
Paul II, our current Pope. This very same sybolism can
be found in Apocalypse 12:1-5, of a woman clothed in
the sun in labor about to give birth to a son, who
subsequently rules the earth with a "rod of iron". This
son may be the Great Monarch to come. In some of her
apparitions, Mary has stated that she is the woman in
labor in Apocalypse, and John Paul II's devotion to
Mary cannot be questioned. Perhaps it is symbolism that
the Great King to come is ready to be born during or
shortly after John Paul II's Papacy. There are many
others who think that the symbolism refers to the
eclipse that ocurred during John Paul II's birth and
perhaps one that ocurrs in his death.

(( De Gloria Olivae (Of the Glory of the Olive Tree)
)): This has taken on a chilling new meaning as the
Italian Olive Tree party has gained control of the
government. Perhaps we will see this Pope during the
time that the Olive Tree Party is in power in Italy.
Another meaning is that it could refer to the rising
power or victory of Israel (The Olive).

(( Petrus Romanus (Peter the Roman) )): The last Pope,
whose name will probably be Peter II. His motto is
accompanied by a description of a great tribulation on
the Church and on the Final Judgement. It states:

"In persecutione extrema S.R.E. sedebit
Petrus Romanus, qui pascet oues in multis
tribulationibus: quibus transactis ciuitas
septicollis diruetur, & Iudex tremκdus
iudicabit populum suum. Finis."

(In extreme persecution, the seat of the Holy
Roman Church will be occupied by Peter the
Roman, who will feed the sheep through many
tribulations, at the term of which the city
of seven hills will be destroyed, and the
formidable Judge will judge his people. The
End.)

I should go ahead and note that as we will see later, there is no reason to
believe that Peter II's rule will come immediately after his predecessor.
In fact, there appears that there will be a time when there is no Pope in
Rome, at least not a true and holy Pope. More on this later.

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

St. Pius X (20th Century): "I saw one of my successors taking to flight
over the bodies of his brethren. He will take refuge in disguise somewhere;
and after a short retirement he will die a cruel death. The present
wickedness of the world is only the beginning of the sorrows which must
take place before the end of the world."

Comment: There are other prophecies that back up this one: a future Pope
will be forced into fleeing Rome and will die in exile. This will probably
be the Pope after John Paul II. There are a couple of prophecies that say
that the exiled Pope will die in Avignon, while others say Cologne. They
all agree that it will in France, though.

Old Saxon Prophecy: "The seven-headed city, now more admirable than
Jerusalem, shall be a place more desolate than Jerusalem. The Dog shall
enter Germany but shall afterwards forsake his master and choose for
himself a new man, whereby Scripture shall be fulfilled. This Dog shall
signify the Turk which shall forsake his Mohammed and choose unto him the
name Christian, which is a sign that the day of Doom is at hand, when all
the Earth is subject unto God, or that all people acknowledge one only God.
The Fleur-de-Lys (Lily) and France shall live long at variance, but at last
agree. Then shall the clear Word spring forth and flourish throughout the
World."

"But after all these things the end of the world shall approach and there
shall be heavy and pitiful days."

Comment: The seven-headed city is probably Rome (septicolis- seven hills).
This is not the only prophecy that talks about the demise of Rome; others
talk that it will be so utterly destroyed that it will be threatened by
encroachment of the sea. The Dog here are often interpreted as being the
Turks. I believe this could also point to an Arab confederation of Islamic
countries. They will overrun the Middle East and, perhaps with Russian
backing, reach all the way to Germany, destroying Rome in the process. The
Dog forsaking his master refers to the conversion of the Islamic countries
to the Christian faith. The conversion will come after theyare driven out
of Europe by the Great Monarch, the French Prince that is oft referred to
in the prophecies.

Abbot Joachin Merlin (13th Century): "After man y long sufferings endured
by Christians, and after too great an effusion of innocent blood, the Lord
shall give peace and happiness to the desolate nations. A remarkable Pope
shall be seated on the Pontifical Throne under the special protection of
the Angels. Holy and full of gentleness, he shall undo all wrong; he shall
recover the Estate of the Church, and reunite the exiled temporal powers.
He shall be revered by everybody, the Eastern and Western Churches. The
sanctity of this beneficient Pontiff shall be so great that the highest
pontetates shall bow down in his presence. All men will return to the
primitive Church, and there shall be only one Pastor, one Law, one Master
-- humble, modest, and fearing God."

"Before being firmly and solidly established in the Holy See, however,
there will be countless wars and violent conflicts during which the sacred
Throne will be shaken. But through the favor of divine mercy, moved by
prayers of the faithful, everything will succeed so well that they shall be
able to sing hymns of thanksgiving to the glory of the Lord. In order to
obtain these happy results, having need of a powerful temporal assistance,
the Holy Pontiff will ask for the collaboration of the generous Monarch of
France."

Comment: Here we have a prophecy which tells us of the sanctity of the
Pope, more than likely Peter II, the last Pope. He will revered by all
world leaders and will rebuild the Church from its ashes, with the help of
the French Monarch. It will be under his See that all men will come to one
Church and one religion. Quite a feat, considering the myriads of religions
and the zeal with which some people adhere to their religion, but we must
bear in mind that these changes appear to occur after the great natural
upheavals and when the world population is much smaller than it is today.

Nicholas of Fluh (15th Century): "The Church will be punished because a
majority of her members , high and low, will become so perverted. The
Church will sink deeper and deeper until she will at last seem to be
extinguished, and the succession of Peter and the other Apostles to have
expired. But, after all this, she will be victoriously exalted in the sight
of all doubters."

Comment: A lot of prophecies foretell the collapse of the Church and it
tells that there will be no Pope for a time. The Church will destroyed,
Rome leveled (some prophecies hint that the destruction of Rome will be so
severe that the Seven Hills will be gone and Rome will be threatened by
encroachment of the sea). The French Monarch will aid in the rebuilding of
the Church during his reign though, and the last Pope will restore it to
its former glory.

Capuchin Friar (18th Century): "All priests, both secular and regular,
shall be stripped of their possessions and of every kind of property. They
will have to beg from lay people their food and everything necessary for
their support and for the worship of God."

"The Pope shall die during these calamities, and the Church will be reduced
to the most painful anarchy as a result. Much human blood will be shed in
Italy; many cities, towns, and castles shall be brought to ruins, causing
the death of many thousands of people. By the Catholic clergy and people
the true and lawful Pope will be elected who shall be a man of great
holiness and goodness in life."

"A scion of the Carolingian race, by all considered exctinct, will come to
Rome and behold and admire the piety and clemency of this Pontiff, who will
crown him, and declare him the Legitimate Emperor of the Romans. He shall
destroy the Ottoman Empire and all heresies. With the assistance of God and
of the Pope, he will cooperate with the reformation of abuses; he will
assume the direction of temporal government and he will assign a decent
pension to the Pope and also bishops and clergy. And they all will live in
peace which will last till the End of Time."

Comment: This prophecy talks about the death of the Pope, which will be in
exile, and the election of an anti-pope. The reference to the "true and
lawful Pope" may justify this interpretation. There are other prophecies
that are more explicit about the election of an anti-pope after the Pope
dies in exile."

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

No commentary on the future of the Roman Catholic Church would be complete
with a mention of the vision of Anna-Katarina Emmerick, however.

Blessed Sister Emmerick was an Augustinian nun. She was born in Germany in
1774, spent a life of sufferings, and died in 1824 in her native country.
She bore the stigmata of Our Lord.)

May 13, 1820: "I saw the relationship between the two Popes. I saw how
baleful would be the consequences of this false church. I saw it increase
in size; heretics of every kind came into the city (of Rome). The local
clergy grew lukewarm, and I saw a great darkness. Then, the vision seemed
to extend on every side. Whole Catholic communities were being oppressed,
harassed, confined, and deprived of their freedom. I saw many churches
close down, great miseries everywhere, wars and bloodshed. A wild and
ignorant mob took to violent action. But it did not last long."

"Once more I saw the Church of Peter was undermined by a plan evolved by
the secret sect, while storms were damaging it. But I saw also that help
was coming when distress had reached its peak. I saw again the Blessed
Virgin ascend on the Church and spread Her mantle [over it]. I saw a Pope
who was at once gentle, and very firm . . . I saw a great renewal, and the
Church rose high in the sky."

Comment: The prophecies of Emmerick seem to be very symbolic, much like the
Book of Revelations in the Bible. Here, Emmerick talks about the
relationship between two Popes, one the real Pope and one an anti-pope.
There are numerous prophecies that talk about two popes and a schism within
the Roman Catholic Church. She also talks about how the Church is
undermined by plans from within, from the clergy that are "lukewarm" about
their faith. Storms on the outside of the Church symbolize outside forces
working against the Church. She sees that in the end, the Church will be
led by a firm and strong Pope. This would probably be the Pope installed by
the Great Monarch as we saw earlier, Petrus Romanus.

September 12, 1820: "I saw a strange church being built against every rule
. . . No angels were supervising the building operations. In that church,
nothing came from high above . . . There was only division and chaos. It is
probably a church of human creation, following the latest fashion, as well
as the new heterodox church of Rome, which seems of the same kind."

"I saw again the strange big church that was being built there [in Rome].
There was nothing holy in it. I saw this just as I saw a movement led by
Ecclesiastics to which contributed angels, saints, and other Christians.
But there (in the strange big church) all the work was being done
mechanically (i.e., according to set rules and formulae.) Everything was
being done according to human reason."

"I saw all sorts of people, things, doctrines, and opinions. There was
something proud, presumptuous, and violent about it, and they seemed to be
very successful. I did not see a single Angel nor a single saint helping in
the work. But far away in the background, I saw the seat of the cruel
people armed with spears, and I saw a laughing figure which said: "Do build
it as solid as you can: we will pull it down to the ground.""

Comment: Here we see symbolism of another church being built in Rome. This
church is referenced in other prophecies and it is a symbol of a new
religion that takes shape in the future, one which accomodates nearly all
beliefs and does not follow the customs of the Roman Catholic Church. The
new religion becomes strong enough to have its presence felt in Rome.
Everything of the new religion is according to human logic and reason and
has nothing to do with heavenly design. There is also evidence of work
being done by devout Roman Catholics which is an effort to try and preserve
the ways of the Roman Catholic Church. Far away, presumably in the Middle
East or perhaps Russia, we see the 'seat of the cruel people', where a
laughing figure promises to tear down the Church of Rome.

July 12, 1820: "I had a vision of the holy Emperor Henry. I saw him at
night kneeling alone at the foot of the main altar in a great and beautiful
church . . . and I saw the Blessed Virgin coming down all alone. She laid
on the altar a red cloth covered with white linen. She placed a book inlaid
with precious stones. She lit the candles and the perpetual lamp . . . Then
came down the Saviour Himself clad in priestly vestiments. He was carrying
the chalice and the veil. Two Angels were serving Him and two more were
following . . . His chasuble was a full and heavy mantle in which red and
white could be seen in transparency, and gleaming with jewels . . .
Although there was no altar bell, the cruets were there. The wine was red
as blood, and thgere was also some water. The Mass was short. The Gospel of
St. John was not read at the end. When the Mass has ended, Mary came up to
Henry (the Emperor), and she extended her right hand towards him, saying
that it was in recognition of his purity. Then, she urged him not to
falter. Thereupon I saw an angel, and he touched the sinew of his hip, like
Jacob. He (Henry) was in great pain, and from that day on, he walked with a
limp . . . "

Comment: This is a remarkable vision about the Great Monarch, whom Emmerick
calls Henry. Here we see that he has a mandate from heaven and we also see
a description that he will walk with a limp, which many other prophets,
including Nostradamus, have pointed out. It is also remarkable to see that
Emmerick foresaw the changes of the Mass in that the Gospel of St. John was
not read. This was not changed until the Vatican II Council. The white and
red clothing symbolizes the purity of Christ and fire and blood of those
times. Henry is urged by Mary not to falter, for the enemies of the Church
are still to be defeated.

August to October 1820: "I see more martyrs, not now but in the future . .
. I saw the secret sect relentlessly undermining the great Church. Near
them I saw a horrible beast coming up from the sea. All over the world,
good and devout people, especially the clergy, were harassed, oppressed,
and put into prison. I had the feeling that they would become martyrs one
day."

"When the Church had been for the most part destroyed (by the secret sect),
and when only the sanctuary and the altar were standing, I saw the wreckers
(of the secret sect) enter the Church with the Beast. There, they met a
Woman of noble carriage who seemed to be with child because she walked
slowly. At this sight, the enemies were terrorized, and the Beast could not
take but another step forward. It projected its neck towards the Woman as
if to devour her, but the Woman turned about and bowed down (towards the
Altar), her head touching the ground. Thereupon, I saw the Beast taking to
flight towards the Sea again, and the enemies were fleeing in the greatest
of confusion. Then, I saw in the distance great legions approaching. In the
foreground I saw a man on a white horse. Prisoners were set free and joined
them. All the enemies were pursued. Then, I saw that the Church was being
promptly rebuilt, and she was more magnificent than ever before."

Comment: This is a very remarkable vision, considering that the description
of the Beast of the sea and Woman with Child are similar to the visions
given in the book of Revelation. According to Sister Emmerick's confidant,
she had never read the passage in Revelations. We see more of the secret
sect that undermines the Church from inside. The Woman here symbolizes the
Church. The Child she is carrying is a Pope who will set things right
again. The legions that we see coming are the armies of the Great Monarch,
who chases away the enemies of the Church and eventually sets the Church
back on course and helps the new Pope restore the Church.

August 10, 1820: "I see the Holy Father in great anguish. He lives in a
palace other than before and he admits only a limited number of friends
near him. I fear that the Holy Father will suffer many more trials before
he dies. I see that the false church of darkness is making progress, and I
see the dreadful influence that it has on people. The Holy Father and the
Church are verily in so great a distress that one must implore God day and
night."

"Last night I was taken to Rome where the Holy Father, immersed in his
sorrows, is still hiding to elude dangerous demands (made upon him). He is
very weak, and exhausted by sorrows, cares, and prayers. He can now trust
but few people. This is mainly why he is hiding. But he still has with him
an aged priest who has much simplicity and godliness. He is his friend, and
because of his simplicity they did not think it would be worth removing
him. But this man receives many graces from God. He sees and notices a
great many things which he faithfully reports to the Holy Father. It was
required of me to inform him, while he was praying, of the traitors, and
evil-doers who were to be found among the high-ranking servants living
close to him, so that he might be made aware of it."

Comment: This is about the Pope that precedes the one that we have just
read about. This penultimate Pope has much to suffer. Many prophecies speak
of a Pope having to leave Rome in exile. The new sect that is taking hold
in the world apparently makes a demand of the Roman Catholic Church which
many clergy, including the Pope, having much trouble in fulfilling. Here,
we already see the Pope living in a Palace other than St. Peter's.

August 25, 1820: "I do not know in what manner I was taken to Rome last
night, but I found myself near the Church of St. Mary Major, and I saw many
poor people who were greatly distressed and worried because the Pope was to
be seen nowhere, and also on account of the restlessness and the alarming
rumors in the city. These people did not seem to expect the church doors to
open; they only wanted to pray outside. An inner urging had led them there
individually. But I was in the Church and I opened the doors. They came in,
surprised and frightened because the doors had opened. It seems to me that
I was behind the door, and they could not see me. There was no office on in
the Church, but the Sanctuary lamps were lit. The people prayed quite
peacefully."

"Then I saw an apparition of the Mother of God, and she said that the
tribulation would be very great. She added that these people must pray
fervently with outstretched arms, be it only long enough to say three Our
Fathers. This was the way her Son prayed for them on the Cross. They must
rise at twelve at night and pray in this manner; and they must keep coming
to the Church. They must pray above all for the Church of Darkness to leave
Rome."

"She (the Holy Mother) said a great many other things that it pains me to
relate: she said that if only one priest could offer the bloodless
sacrifice as worthily and with the same dispositions as the Apostles, he
could avert all the disasters (that are to come). To my knowledge the
people in the church did not see the apparition, but they must have been
stirred by something supernatural, because as soon as the Holy Virgin had
said that they must pray to God with outstretched arms, they all raised
their arms. These were all good and devout people, and they did not know
where help and guidance should be sought. There were no traitors and no
enemies among them, yet they were afraid of one another. One can judge
thereby what the situation was like."

Comment: Here, we have more on the Church of Darkness that takes hold in
Rome. We also see that people will be worried because the Pope will no
longer be seen in public. Christians appear to distrust each other, perhaps
due to persecutions and people turning each other in.

September 10, 1820: "I saw the Church of St. Peter: it had been destroyed
but for the Sanctuary and the main Altar. St. Michael came down into the
Church, clad in his suit of armor, and he paused, threatening with his
sword, a number of unworthy pastors who wanted to enter. That part of the
Church which had been destroyed was promptly fenced in with light timber so
that the Divine Office might be celebrated as it should. Then, from all
over the world came priests and laymen, and they rebuilt the stone walls,
since the wreckers had been unable to move the heavy foundation stones."

Comment: This may not necessarily mean a physical destruction of the Church
of St. Peter, but perhaps it means a spiritual destruction of it, but it is
possible that it stands for both. The Church is reborn more powerful than
ever due to the work of the devout and faithful.

September 27, 1820: "I saw deplorable things: they were gambling, drinking,
and talking in church; they were courting women. All sorts of abominations
were perpetrated there. Priests allowed everything and said Mass with much
irreverence. I saw that few of them were still godly, and only a few of
them had sound views on things. I also saw Jews standing under the porch of
the Church. All these things caused me much distress."

Comment: I went to Mass recently and I noticed a lot of this is already
happening. People wearing shorts to church, speaking vulgarities, and the
priest didn't seem exactly into the whole idea of giving mass. Kids running
around and women wearing mini-skirts and tights and guys watching them
shaking their asses. I'm not a prude by any means, but I personally have
never felt that that was appropriate in church. I am not sure what
significance the Jews standing under the porch of the Church has, though.

October 1, 1820: "The church is in great danger. We must pray so that the
Pope may not leave Rome; countless evils would result if he did. They are
now demanding something from him. The Protestant doctrine and that of the
schismatic Greeks are to spread everywhere. I now see that in this place
(Rome) the (Catholic) Church is being so cleverly undermined, that there
hardly remain a hundred or so priests who have not been deceived. They all
work for destruction, even the clergy. A great devastation is now near at
hand."

Comment: Again, we see that the Pope may have to leave Rome in exile due to
the problems in Rome. Elsewhere, I have said that this may be due to civil
wars in Italy, but it may also have to do with the rise of the dark sect in
Rome. Apparently Protestant religions and the Greek orthodox churches
spread their faiths against that of the Roman Catholic Church during these
times. The undermining that goes on inside the Church, however, is
ultimately what does it in.

October 4, 1820: "When I saw the Church of St. Peter in ruins, and the
manner in which so many of the clergy were themselves busy at this work of
destruction -- none of them wishing to do it openly in front of the others
-- I was in such distress that I cried out to Jesus with all my might,
imploring His mercy. Then, I saw before me the Heavenly Spouse, and He
spoke to me for a long time . . . He said, among other things, that this
translation of the Church from one place to another meant that she would
seem to be in complete decline. But she would rise again; even if there
remained but one Catholic, the Church would conquer again because she does
not rest on human counsels and intelligence. It was also shown to me that
there were almost no Christians left in the old acceptation of the word."

Comment: It will seem to the world that the Roman Catholic Church will be
utterly destroyed. But she will rise again, more powerful than ever."

October 7, 1820: "As I was going through Rome with St. Francoise and the
other Saint, we saw a great palace engulfed in flames from top to bottom. I
was very much afraid that the occupants would be burned to death because no
one would come forward to put out the fire. As we came nearer, however, the
fire abated and we saw the blackened building. We went through a number of
magnificent rooms (untouched by the fire), and we finally reached the Pope.
He was sitting in the dark and slept in a large arm-chair. He was very ill
and weak; he could no longer walk. The ecclesiastics in the inner circle
looked insincere and lacking in zeal; I did not like them. I told the Pope
of the bishops who are to be appointed soon. I told him also that he must
not leave Rome. If he did so, it would be chaos. He thought that the evil
was inevitable and that he should leave in order to save many things
besides himself. He was very much inclined to leave Rome, and he was
insistently urged to do so. The Pope was still attached to things of this
earth in many ways."

"The Church is completely isolated and as if completely deserted. It means
that everyone is running away. Everywhere I see great misery, hatred,
treason, rancour, confusion, and utter blindness. O city! O city! What is
threatening thee? The storm is coming; do be watchful!"

1820-1821 (No precise date): "I also saw the various regions of the earth.
My guide (Jesus) named Europe, and pointing to a small, and sandy region,
He uttered these remarkable words: 'Here is Prussia, the enemy.' Then he
showed me another place to the north, and He said: 'This is Moskva, the
land of Moscow, bringing many evils.'"

Comment: This is interesting in that at the time of this prophecy, Moscow
posed absolutely no threat to anyone. It was only in the 20th Century that
Russia spread her errors. She may not be through yet. The mention of
Prussia is also interesting. There will be many problems in Germany during
and after the Great Disaster. Already we see a rise in hate-groups again in
Germany, such as Nazis and xenophobia against Turks. What's to stop it from
spreading against the Church during those times?

June 1, 1821: "Among the strangest things that I saw, were long processions
of bishops. Their thoughts and utterances were made known to me through
images issuing from their mouths. Their faults towards religion were shown
by external deformities. A few had only a body, with a dark cloud of fog
instead of a head. Others had only a head, their bodies and hearts were
like thick vapors. Some were lame; others were paralytics; others were
asleep or staggering."

"I saw what I believe to be nearly all the bishops of the world, but only a
small number were perfectly sound. I also saw the Holy Father-- God-fearing
and prayerful. Nothing left to be desired in his appearance, but he was
weakened by old age and by much suffering. His head was lolling from side
to side, and it dropped onto his chest as if he were falling asleep. He
often fainted and seemed to be dying. But when he was praying, he was often
comforted by apparitions from Heaven. Then, his head was erect, but as soon
as it dropped again onto his chest, I saw a number of people looking
quickly right and left, that is, in the direction of the world."

"Then I saw that everything that pertained to Protestantism was gradually
gaining the upper hand, and the Catholic religion fell into complete
decadence. Most priests were lured by the glittering but false knowledge of
young school-teachers, and they all contributed to the work of
destruction."

"In those days, Faith will fall very low, and it will be preserved in some
places only, in a few cottages and in a few families which God has
protected from disasters and wars."

Comment: Emmerick uses a lot of symbolism here. Heads like fog may mean a
wrong way of thinking. Heads with no bodies or hearts may mean people that
are knowledgeable, but cold and uncaring. Paralytics may mean people that
are unable to do anything. Asleep may mean that they simply do not know
what is going on.

1820-1821 (No precise date): "I see many excommunicated ecclesiastics who
do not semm to be concerned about it, not even aware of it. Yet, they are
(ipso facto) excommunicated whenever they cooperate to [sic] enterprises,
enter into associations, and embrace opinions on which an anathema has been
cast. It can be seen thereby that God ratifies the decrees, orders, and
interdictions issued by the Head of the Church, and that He keeps them in
force even though men show no concern for them, reject them, or laugh them
to scorn."

March 22, 1820: "I saw very clearly the errors, the aberrations, and the
countless sins of men. I saw the folly and the wickedness of their actions,
against all truth and all reason. Priests were among them, and I gladly
endured my suffering so that they may return to a better mind."

Comment: Again, we see comment that the clergy of those times are fallen
into worldly matters and do not care anymore about the Church.

April 12, 1820: "I had another vision of the great tribulation. It seems to
me that a concession was demanded from the clergy which could not be
granted. I saw many older priests, especially one, who wept bitterly. A few
younger ones were also weeping. But others, and the lukewarm among them,
readily did what was demanded. It was as if people were splitting into two
camps."

Comment: More on the fact that the Church is asked of a concession by the
dark sect that takes hold in Rome and throughout the world. It shows that
there will be a schism within the Church due to the demands and it will
ultimately split the Church.

January 27, 1822: "I saw a new Pope who will be very strict. He will
estrange from him the cold and lukewarm bishops. He is not Roman, but he is
Italian. He comes from a place which is not very far from Rome, and I think
he comes from a devout family of royal blood. But there must still be for a
while much fighting and unrest."

Comment: This is one of the many prophecies that speaks of a strong Pope,
who will rule "with a rod of iron" and set the Church on a straight and
holy course once again.

October 22, 1822: "Very bad times will come when non-Catholics will lead
many people astray. A great confusion will result. I saw the battle also.
The enemies were far more numerous, but the small army of the faithful cut
down whole rows (of enemy soldiers). During the battle, the Blessed Virgin
stood on a hill, wearing a suit of armor. It was a terrible war. At the
end, only a few fighters for the just cause survived, but the victory was
theirs."

Comment: This may be talking about the famous battle between the Great
Monarch and the invading forces (perhaps the Arabs) and his effort to drive
them out. The Christian forces will be greatly outnumbered, but they will
gain victory.

April 22, 1823: "I saw that many pastors allowed themselves to be taken up
with ideas that were dangerous to the Church. They were building a great,
strange, and extravagant Church. Everyone was to be admitted in it in order
to be united and have equal rights: Envangelicals, Catholics, sects of
every description. Such was to be the new Church . . . But God had other
designs."

Comment: A description of the new religion that takes hold. Nothing about
it is from Heaven and it is designed to accomodate man, not to worship God.

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

In conclusion, we see that Sister Emmerick had many visions regarding the
Catholic Church. From them we see the following:

There will be a rise of a new religion that will eventually encroach on
Rome itself, the seat of the Roman Catholic Church.

There will be problems inside the Church, as priests fall to worldly ideas.

The Pope will have much to deal with and will eventually have to flee Rome
due to problems in Rome, perhaps due to a civil disturbance there, the
approaching of armies, the installation of a new religion, or a combination
of it all.

The Church will appear to be destroyed.

Christians will be persecuted and will distrust each other.

The Great Monarch will drive out the dark forces that control Rome and
install a new and firm Pope that will set the Church on a true course.

The Church will be more glorious than ever.

Just another piece in the puzzle.....

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------


End of World War III and the new Age of Peace

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

As the Great Monarch comes to power, he is able to turn tide against the
Arab invaders. He gathers up an army under his holy guidance and is able to
conquer his foes, winning battle after battle against what appear to be
insurmountable odds. In the end, he re-establishes the Catholic Church and
chases the Arabs all the way to the Middle East itself. He reclaims
Jerusalem and apparently is able to convert the Muslims to the Catholic
Faith. With his foes defeated, a new age of peace is established, only to
be broken by the emergence of the Antichrist at the end of the reign of the
Great Gallic Monarch. The following list show his achievements in many of
his campaigns against the Arab forces.

* (Hilarion, 15th Century): "He will travel to Rome"
* (Nostradamus, 16th Century): "Shall make his sail spring forth"
* (Cataldus, 5th Century): "Greece he will invade and be made King
thereof." (St. Bridget, 14th Century): "He will restore the Church of
Santa Sophia (in Constantinople)."
* (Old Scottish): "He shall fight in Syria and win the Holy Cross."
* (Aystinger): "He shall recover the Land of Promise."
* (Telesphorus de Cozensa, 11th Century): "He will regain Holy Land
after terrible wars in Europe."
* (Cataldus, 5th Century): "He will conquer England."
* (Nostradamus): " ... will pursue Libyan race from Hungary as far as
Gibraltar."
* (Nostradamus): " ... away shall drive the strange race Arabic."
* (Pareus, 17th Century): "The Great Monarch ... will conquer the
(Middle) East."
* (Cataldus, 5th Century): "Cyprus, the Turks and Barbarians he will
subdue."
* (St. Bridget, 14th Century): "The Eagle will also invade the
Mohammedan countries."
* (St. Bridget): "He shall destroy the Jewish and Mohammedan sects."
* (St. Francis of Paola, 15th Century): "He shall destroy the Mohammedan
sect and the rest of the infidels."
* (Ven. Holzhauser, 17th Century): "The Empire of the Mohammedans will
be broken up (by him)."
* (Gekner, 17th Century): "He shall subdue to his dominion the
Mohammedan Empire"
* (Isidore of Seville, 7th Century): "He shall reign over the House of
Agar, and shall possess Jerusalem."

Comment: Agar was an Egyptian bondwoman in the service of Sarah, wife
of Abraham who was barren. She bore Abraham a son called Ishmael.

* (Liber Mirabilis, 16th Century): "He shall wrestle the Kingdom of the
Christians from Ishmael, and conquer it from the Saracens. None of the
Saracens shall be able to prevail."

Comment: Ishmael was sent back to Egypt with Agar his mother when
Sarah finally bore Abraham a son called Isaac. Ishmael is the ancestor
of the Arabic people; Isaac, the ancestor of the Ishraelites (or
Israelites). Both Ishmaelites and Ishraelites (or Ismaelites and
Israelites) are issued from Abraham. But the Ismaelites must be
regarded as inferior (despite current illusions about human equality)
for at least two reasons, (a) they are descended from a bondwoman who
was later sent away as unwanted; (b) God made an alliance with Abraham
and Isaac, his son. This does not mean, however, that the Israelis are
justified in dispossessing and driving out the Palestinian Arabs from
the land of their birth. As a matter of fact, the Israelites
repudiated their alliance with God the day they crucified Our Lord,
and what they are doing now, against both Christians and Arabs, shows
that the old Talmudic dream is being gradually implemented. In the
present Israel-Arab conflict, therefore, we have much sympathy for the
Arabs.

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

Not only does the Great Monarch spend a lot of time fighting the Arabs and
taking back European land, but he also re-establishes the Roman Catholic
Church and is aided by a great Pope, perhaps the last Pope, Peter II. His
works for the Church are enumerated as follows:

* (St. Methodius, 4th Century): "He will crush the foes of
Christianity."
* (Caesar, 6th Century): "He will assist the Pope in the reformation of
the world."
* (Merlin the Bard, 7th Century): "He will put out all heresies."
* (Merlin {cont.}): "The French King will restore the true Pope."

Comment: The fact that he uses the words True Pope might mean that
there is a false Pope at the Vatican as the French Monarch arrives in
Rome. There are other prophecies that state this as well.

* (A'Beckett, 12th Century): "He shall capture Milan, Lombardy, and the
three Crowns."
* (Magdeburg Chronicle): " ... by whom the decayed estate of the Church
shall be reformed."
* (Aystinger the German): "A Prince ... who shall reform the Church."
* (Abbot J. Merlin, 13th Century): "Having need of a powerful temporal
assistance, the Holy Pontiff will ask for the co-operation of the
generous Monarch of France."
* (Bishop Ageda, 12th Century): "By his means the nation's religion and
laws shall have an admirable change."
* (St. John of Capistrano 15th Century): "He shall restore the apostolic
discipline."
* (St. Francis of Paola, 15th Century): "He shall reform the Church of
God."
* (D. Pareus, 17th Century): "He will crush the enemies of the Pope."
* (Nostradamus): " ... giving the Church her pristine prominence."
* (Caesar): "The King of Blois raises again the Papal Tiara."
* (Vatiguerro, 13th Century): "This Prince shall help him (the Holy
Pontiff) in every way."
* (Premol): "(And I saw that) he placed his hand in the Pontiff's hand."

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

The rise of the Antichrist and the death of the Great Monarch

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

The Great French Monarch establishes his power and his influence over the
world. Under his guidance in state matters and of the Holy Pope in
religious matters, a new age of peace and prosperity is established after
horrific wars and terrible suffering. Many think that the worst is over,
but the worst is yet to come. Towards the end of his reign, an Arab Prince
rises up in Jerusalem to challenge the rule of the Great Monarch. He
performs many tricks and deceives the Jewish into believing that he is the
Messiah promised to them. Under his rallying cry, he is able to unite the
Jewish people and apparently many of the Arabs that have had their lands
occupied by the Monarch's troops and whom have fallen under his rule. The
Great Monarch comes to Jerusalem and he is slain by this Arab/Jewish
Prince, who is none other than the Antichrist.

With the death of the Great Monarch, the Antichrist is able to lead forces
through Europe quickly and is able to establish his rule. Details and more
prophecies follow below:

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

Before his downfall, the Great Monarch will do many wonderful deeds and win
many battles against his foes.

(( Jasper the Peasant (18th Century) )): "Russia, Sweden, and the
whole North shall fight against France, Spain, Italy, and the
whole South led by a powerful Prince."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Francis of Paola (15th Century) )): "He shall be a great
captain."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Cataldus )): "The Great Monarch will be at war till the age of
forty."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Nostradamus )): " ... who shall attain to so high a power ...
"

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Mentz (19th Century) )): "He shall be in command of seven
kinds of soldiers against three in the region of the
Birch-trees."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Nostradamus )): " ... feared by his foes."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Mentz (19th Century) )): "He shall count his victories by his
enterprises; he shall drive the enemy out of France."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Cataldus (5th Century) )): "He will assemble great armies and
expel tyrants from his Empire."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Ven. B. Holzhauser (17th Century) )): "The powerful Monarch,
who is sent from God, will uproot every Republic."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Gekner (17th Century) )): "He will go through all Europe with
a powerful army, uproot every Republic, and exterminate all
rebels."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Cozensa, 14th Century) )): "He will overcome the German
Ruler."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Merlin the Bard )): "The Sovereign and the Gallic people shall
knock down the renegades who shall shake with fright."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Votin (15th Century) )): "He shall govern France."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Sibylla Tiburtina )): "France shall first be yoked by this
King. Britain shall humbly cast herself at his knees.
Italy...will contribute to him her languishing right hand."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Cataldus (5th Century) )): "He shall be made King of Greece."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Liber Mirabilis (16th Century, quoting an old prophecy) )):
"There will rise in Gaul a King of the Greeks, the Franks and the
Romans."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Mother Shipton (16th Century) )): "He will set England aright
and drive out heresy ... He will appoint three Lords to rule the
Kingdom of England."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Merlin the Bard (British) )): "He shall be the last King over
England."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Orval (13th Century) )): "He will join the Lion and the White
Flower." (i.e. unite England and France).

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Isidore of Seville (7th Century) )): "In the last days a
very pious King shall reign over our Great Spain."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Busto (15th Century) )): "The angelic Pope shall place an
imperial crown on his head."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Remy (5th Century) )): "He shall reign over the entire ancient
Roman Empire."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Aystinger )): " ... by whom the ancient glory of the Empire
shall be restored. He shall be Emperor of Europe."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( J. von Bourg (19th Century) )): " ... whom God will choose to
rule over Europe."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Francis de Paola (15th Century) )): "(He and the Holy
Pontiff) shall obtain dominion over the whole world."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Caesar (6th Century) )): "This Prince shall extend his
dominion over the whole world."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Nostradamus )): "A King shall come and act contrariwise, the
high pulled down and the low raised up high."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Holzhauser )): "He will restore everything."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Hildegarde )): "Peace will return when the Lily ascends
the Throne again. The land will be very productive."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Orval )): "Many wise laws will restore peace."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Lehnin )): "An era of prosperity follows."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Bridget )): "Peace and abundance shall return to the
world."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Bridget )): "And the earth shall enjoy peace and
prosperity."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Holzhauser )): "And peace shall reign over the whole earth."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. John-Mary Vianney, Cur of Ars (19th Century) )): "This
shall re-establish a peace and prosperity without precedent."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Caesar )): "O sweetest peace! Thy fruits will multiply
until the End of Time!"

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

As the Great Monarch establish his reign of peace, there arises a powerful
force in the Middle East that eventually defeats the Great Monarch. He is
the AntiChrist himself. Many details about his early life and rise to power
are listed in many prophecies. We will begin with prophecies that show his
origins and his early work.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Hippolytus )): "Christ arose from among the Hebrews, and
he (Antichrist) will spring from among the Jews. Christ showed
His flesh as a Temple, and raised it up on the third day; and he,
too, will raise up again the Temple of stone in Jerusalem."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Zenobius )): "Antichrist, the son of perdition will be
born in Corozain, will be brought up in Bethsaida and shall begin
to reign in Capharnaum, according to what Our Lord Jesus said in
the Gospel: "Woe to thee Corozain ... woe to thee Bethsaida ...
and thou Capharnaum that art exalted up to heaven, thou shalt be
thrust down to hell. (Luke, 10:13) Antichrist shall work a
thousand prodigies on earth. He will make the blind see, the deaf
hear, the lame walk, the dead rise, so that even the Elect, if
possible, shall be deceived by his magical arts. Puffed up with
pride, Antichrist shall enter in triumph the city of Jerusalem
and will sit on a throne in the Temple to be adored as if he were
the Son of God. His heart being intoxicated with arrogance, he
will forget his being a mere man, and the son of a woman of the
tribe of Dan."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Adso the Monk (10th Century) )): "Antichrist will be born of
Jewish parents, of the tribe of Dan, but his mother will not be a
virgin, as many believe. As the Holy Ghost came into the heart of
Mary, so will the devil enter into the mother of Antichrist, and
his diabolical power will always support him. Babylon will be his
birthplace, but he will be reared and instructed in Bethsaida and
Corozain. After his education at the hands of malignant spirits
he will go to Jerusalem and place his seat in the Temple which he
will have restored. He will submit to the rite of circumcision,
claiming that he is the Son of the Omnipotent God. His first
converts will kings and princes. His influence will extend from
sea to sea, largely through force and persuasive eloquence. He
will perform many signs and great miracles. Those who believe in
him will be marked on the forehead with a sign. For three and a
half years he will hold sway and, at the end of that period, he
will put to death Henoch and Elias, who will have previously
opposed him by preaching the true faith. Shortly afterwards,
Christ will appear, and Antichrist will be killed by Michael the
Archangel."

"And we beseech you, Brethren, by the coming of Our Lord Jesus
Christ and of our gathering together unto Him: that you may not
be easily moved from your sense, nor be terrified, neither by
spirit, nor by, word, nor by epistle as sent from us as if the
day of the Lord were at hand. Let no man deceive you by any
means, for unless there come a revolt first and the man of sin be
revealed, the son of perdition, who opposeth and is lifted above
all that is called God, or that is worshipped, so that he sitteth
in the Temple of God, shewing himself as if he were God." (2
Thess., 2:1-4)

(( Comment )): These passages show that Antichrist will be a
person, and by deductive reasoning, that he will be Jewish and
will gather the Jewish people. He will not be an atheist and will
assert that God does indeed exist. His contention will be that he
is indeed the promised Messiah for the Jewish and he will
proclaim himself as God.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Hippolytus )): "In every respect that Deceiver seeks to
make himself appear like the Son of God. Christ is king of things
celestial and terrestrial, and Antichrist will be king upon
earth. The Saviour sent the Apostles unto all the nations, and
he, in like manner will send false apostles. Christ gathered
together the dispersed sheep, and he in like manner will gather
together the dispersed people of the Hebrews. Christ appeared in
the form of man, and he in like manner will come forth in the
form of man."

(( Comment )): This passage shows that Antichrist will try to
emulate the work of Jesus and his life. He will send out false
Apostles and will perform false miracles. He will gather the
scattered Hebrews, or Israelis, and will incarnate as a man, not
an ideology or organization.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Lactantius )): "This impious man ... will give orders that he
himself shall be worshipped as God. For he will say he is Christ,
though he will be His enemy. That he may be believed he will
receive the power of doing wonders, so that fire may descend from
heaven, the sun retire from its course and the image which he
shall have set up may speak. And by such prodigies he shall
entice many to worship him, and to receive his sign on their
hands or foreheads. And he who shall not worship him and receive
his sign will die with refined tortures. Thus he will destroy
nearly two parts, the third will flee into desolate solitudes.
But he, frantic and raging with implacable anger, will lead an
army and besiege the mountains to which the righteous shall have
fled. And when they shall see themselves besieged, they will
implore the help of God with a loud voices and God shall hear
them, and shall send to them a Deliverer ..."

(( Comment )): Antichrist will force all to worship him and those
who do not will be put to death. The people that refuse the mark
may be the 144,000 people spoken of in the Bible. All this
correlates with Biblical Scripture.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Hippolytus )): "But many who are hearers of Holy Scripture
and have it in their hands, and keep it in mind with
understanding, will escape his imposture. For they will see
clearly through his insidious appearance and his deceitful
imposture, and will flee from his hands and betake themselves to
the mountains, and hide in the caves of the earth; and they will
seek after the Friend of man with tears and a contrite heart: and
He will deliver them out of his toils, and with His right hand He
will save those from his snares who make their supplication to
Him in a worthy and righteous manner."

(( Comment )): This goes right along with the previous prophecy.
The people who refuse the mark will have to hide and run for
their lives. They will pray for Deliverance and they will receive
it in the form of Divine Intervention. The Bible speaks of a
terrible wind that comes and sweeps away the armies that threaten
the faithful. Perhaps this is the Deliverer spoken of.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Hilary )): "Antichrist will teach that Christ was an
impostor, and not the real Son of God."

(( Comment )): Antichrist will blaspheme Jesus and his Divinity.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Lactantius )): "Nero will again reappear on earth as a
messenger and forerunner of the Evil One who is coming for the
devastation of the earth and the overturning of the human race."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Sulpicius Severus )): "One day we asked St. Martin of Tours
about the End of the World, and he said that Nero and the
Antichrist would come first. Nero would subdue ten kings and rule
in the countries of the West. A persecution he was to impose
would go so far as to require the worship of heathen idols.
Antichrist would first seize the empires of the East; he would
have Jerusalem as his seat and imperial Capital. Both the city
and its temple were to be rebuilt by him. His persecution would
require the denial of Christ's divinity (he himself pretending to
be Christ) and would by law impose circumcision on all. Finally,
Nero himself was to perish at the hands of Antichrist. In this
way, the whole world and its peoples would be brought under his
yoke, until, at Christ's coming, the impious imposter would be
overcome."

(( Comment )): Nero's mention is worth noting. Here it notes that
Nero will precede Antichrist and will rule the Western countries.
Antichrist's empire will come from the East. It is interesting to
note that it states that Antichrist will rebuild JERUSALEM and
the Temple. Perhaps Jerusalem will be in ruins because of a war
or a battle in the city? Hard to say, but with the turmoil that
has centered around the city as of late, it is not unlikely.
Another point worth mentioning is that Nero's rule of the western
countries does not contradict the earlier prophecies about the
Great French Monarch. Remember that he is killed by the
Antichrist. Nero may rise to power in Europe and, as pointed out
here, he will be "defeated" by the Antichrist and thus Antichrist
will unite his Eastern kingdom with Nero's Western and impose his
rule. More on all this later.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Irenaeus )): "He shall sit in the Temple of God as if he
were Christ, and leading astray those who worship him."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Hildegard )): "This accursed one is sent by the devil in
order to lead men into error."

(( Comment )): These prophecies show that his purpose will be to
confuse the religions and those that follow him will be following
the wrong belief.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Jerome )): "Antichrist will be born near Babylon. He will
win the support of many with gifts and money. He will sell
himself to the devil and thereafter will have no guardian angel
or conscience."

(( Comment )): This may show that his rapid rise to power is due
to lending his resources to his potential allies. But there is no
mistake that he will be doing the work of the Devil, even though
his works appear to be good by many.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Hippolytus )): "Dan, Moses said, is a lion's whelp; and in
naming the tribe of Dan he declared clearly the tribe from which
Antichrist is destined to spring."

"Dan shall Judge his people like another tribe in Israel. Let Dan
be a snake in the way, a serpent in the path, that biteth the
horse's heels that the rider may fall backwards." (Genesis,
49:17,18)

(( Comment )): These correlate with earlier prophecies that the
Tribe of Dan, one of the original 12 original tribes of Israel,
will be the one from which Antichrist comes from.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Hippolytus )): "He will call together the whole people to
himself, out of every country of the Dispersion, making them his
own, as though they were his own children, and promising to
restore their country and establish again their kingdom and
nation, in order that he may be worshipped by them as God."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Anselm )): "Antichrist will rule the world from Jerusalem,
which he will make into a magnificent city."

(( Comment )): More prophecy correlating with others about the
Antichrist being Jewish and bringing the Jewish people together.
They are the Dispersed nation now, but this could also mean that
they are dispersed once again when earlier, the Muslims invade
Europe, surely overruning the Middle East. This could be the
re-establishment of Palestine. Perhaps Antichrist will work to
win the favor of the Jewish people by re-establishing Israel and
rebuilding a destroyed Jerusalem and the Temple.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Irenaeus )): "For when he is come, and of his own accord
concentrates in his own person the apostasy, and accomplishes
whatever he shall do according to his own will and choice,
sitting also in the Temple of God so that his dupes may adore him
as the Christ..."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Cyril of Jerusalem )): "Antichrist will exceed in malice,
perversity, lust, wickedness, impiety, and ruthlessness and
barbarity all men that have ever disgraced human nature. Hence
St. Paul emphatically calls him `the man of sin the son of
perdition, the wicked one, whose birth and coming is through the
operation of Satan, in all manner of seduction and iniquity.'(2
Thess., 2). Through his great power, deceit and malice he shall
succeed in decoying or forcing to his worship two thirds of
mankind; the remaining third part of men will continue true to
the faith and worship of Jesus Christ most steadfastly. But in
his satanic rage and fury, Antichrist will persecute these brave
and devout Christians during three years and a half, and torture
them with such an extremity of barbarity, with all the old and
newly invented instruments of pain, as to exceed all past
persecutors of the Church combined. He will oblige all his
followers to bear impressed upon their foreheads or right hands
the mark of the Beast and will starve to death all those who
refuse to receive it."

(( Comment )): Here we have evidence of the evil that this man
will be. The mark of the Beast doesn't appear to be any kind of
chip implanted under the skin or anything of the sort. It may be
just that-- a mark bearing the symbol of the Beast so that the
person wearing it will not be killed.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Hippolytus )): "And the churches, too will wail with a
mighty lamentation, because neither oblation nor incense is
attended to, nor a service acceptable to God; but the sanctuaries
of the churches will become like a garden-watcher's hut, and the
Holy Body and Blood of Christ will not be shown in those days.
The public service of God shall be extinguished, psalmody shall
cease, the reading of Scripture shall not be heard; but for men
there shall be darkness and lamentation on lamentation, and woe
on woe. At that time silver and gold shall be cast out in the
streets, and none shall gather them; but all things shall be held
an offence. For all shall be eager to escape and to hide and they
shall not be able anywhere to find shelter from the woes of the
Enemy; but as they carry his mark about them, they shall be
readily recognised and declared to be his. There shall be fear
outside, and trembling inside both by night and by day. In the
streets and in the houses there the dead shall lie; in the
streets and in the houses there shall hunger and thirst be; in
the streets there shall be tumults, and in the houses
lamentations. And beauty of countenance shall be withered, for
their forms shall be like those of the dead; and the beauty of
women shall fade, and the desire of all men shall vanish. But in
spite of all this, not even then will the merciful and benignant
God leave the race of men without some comfort; He will shorten
even those days to the period of three years and a half, and He
will curtail those times on account of the remnant of those who
hide in the mountains and caves, that the phalanx of all those
saints fail not utterly. But these days shall run their course
rapidly; and the kingdom of the Deceiver and Antichrist shall be
promptly removed. And then, finally, in the twinkling of an eye
shall the fashion of this world pass away, and the power of men
shall be brought to naught, and all visible things shall be
destroyed."

(( Comment )): In his insane drive to power, the Antichrist will
close all churches and execute anyone declaring themselves a
Christian and not following his doctrine and recognizing him as
the Messiah. Here it also mentions that the persecutions will
last three and a half years, half of seven, the number of years
that the Tribulation will last, according to the Bible. The first
three will probably be marked by temporal actions, such as the
taking of the European lands, the rebuilding of the Temple, and
they culminate when he seats himself at the Temple and declares
himself to be God.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Irenaeus )): "By means of the events which shall occur in
the time of Antichrist it is shown that he, being an apostate and
a robber, is anxious to be adored as God; and that although a
mere slave. he wishes to be proclaimed as a king. For he being
endued with all the power of the devil, shall come, not as a
righteous king, not as a legitimate king obedient to God but as
an impious, unjust, and lawless one; as an iniquitous and
murderous apostate; as a robber, concentrating in himself a
satanic apostasy, and setting aside idols to persuade men that he
himself is God."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Augustine )): "But he who reads this passage, even half
asleep, cannot fail to see that the kingdom of the Antichrist
shall fiercely, though for a short time, assail the Church before
the Last Judgment of God has introduced the eternal reign of
saints. For it is patent from the context that the time, times,
and half a time, means a year, and two years, and half a year,
that is to say, three years and a half. Sometimes in Scripture
the same thing is indicated by months. For though the word times
seems to be used here in Latin in an indefinite manner, that is
so only because the Latins have no dual, as the Greeks have, and
as the Hebrews also are said to have. Times, therefore, is used
for two times. It is a familiar theme in the conversations and
hearts of the faithful, that in the last days before the
Judgment, the Jews shall believe in the true Christ, that is, our
Christ, thanks to this great and admirable prophet Elias who
shall expound the Law to them. For not without reason do we hope
that before the coming of our Judge and Saviour Elias shall come,
because we have good reason to believe that he is now alive; for
as Scripture most distinctly informs us, he was taken up from
this earth in a chariot of fire. When therefore, he is come, he
shall give a spiritual explanation of the Law which the Jews at
present understand carnally ... "

(( Comment )): Interesting comments from St. Augustine. He says
that perhaps three and a half years might mean three and a half
months. He also correlates other prophecies by saying that Elias
(Elijah) will come down to preach the Gospel to the world and
that he will explain the Jewish law so that all may understand.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Benedict )): "During the three and a half years of
Antichrist's reign God will send Henoch and Elias to help the
Christians."

(( Comment )): Unlike Nero, mentioned earlier, Henoch and Elias
will come back on earth in person. But this is not a
resurrection, for their bodies were changed and taken to heaven
without going through death.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. John Chrysostom )): "Antichrist will be possessed by Satan
and be the illegitimate son of a Jewish woman from the East."

(( Comment )): This goes along with other prophecies that state
that Antichrist will be of Jewish descent.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Rabanus Maurus, private )): "Antichrist will heal the sick,
raise the dead, restore sight to the blind, hearing to the deaf,
speech to the dumb, raises storms and calms them, re-names
mountains, make trees blossom and wither at a word, re-build the
temple of Jerusalem, and make Jerusalem the capital city of the
world with the vast wealth of hidden treasures."

(( Comment )): Antichrist will seem like he will be able to work
miracles, but they will not be true miracles in the strict sense
of the word, like Jesus' miracles were. It also mentions about
his rebuilding Jerusalem and making Jerusalem the center of
attention all around the world.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Patrick )): "The ocean shall inundate Ireland seven years
before the End so that the devil may not rule over that people."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Columbkille )): "Seven years before the Last Day the sea
shall submerge Ireland in one inundation."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Nennius )): "The sea will come over Ireland seven years
before the day of judgment."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Leabhar Breac )): "The sea shall overwhelm Ireland seven years
before the judgment."

(( Comment )): Many prophecies make mention that Ireland will be
flooded and that the Antichrist will not have any power over it.
Many say that it will be seven years before the final judgement,
which basically means that it will be flooded at the time that
Antichrist rises to power and the Tribulation begins.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Maeltamhlacht (7th century) )): "In the latter ages
destitution will fall upon many people, and whenever the English
will commit great evils against the children of Eire, then the
English will be expelled and Eire become the property of her
rightful owners."

(( Comment )): This prophecy, which was made five centuries
before the English began to subdue Ireland, is given here merely
to confirm that ours are the Last Times, for Ireland is now an
independent nation even though the Northern part is still under
English control. Eire in the prophecy stands for Ireland.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Patrick (12th century) )): "Ireland will undergo English
oppression for a week of centuries but will preserve her fidelity
to God and His Church. At the end of this time Ireland will be
delivered and the English in turn must suffer severe
chastisements. Ireland, however will be instrumental in bringing
back the English to the unity of the Faith."

(( Comment )): This prophecy was made four centuries before the
Anglican Church was founded.

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

There are many more prophecies about the AntiChrist and they are found in
the next section. However, before moving there, you can see some prophecies
about the end of the Great Monarch.

(( Cataldus )): "He will at length lay down his Crown in
Jerusalem."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Bl. R. Maurus (9th Century) )): "He will go to Jerusalem, and
lay down his Sceptre and Crown on Mount Olive. Thus shall come
the end of the Christian Roman Empire."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( Monk Adso (10th Century) )): "He will finally go to Jerusalem
and lay down his Sceptre and Crown upon the Mount of Olives.
Immediately afterwards, Antichrist will come."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Augustine (5th Century) )): "He shall give up the ghost at
Jerusalem on the Mount of Olives."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Remy (5/6th Century) )): "At the end of his most glorious
reign, he shall go to Jerusalem, and shall lay down his Crown and
Sceptre on the Mount of Olives."

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

The Fall of the Antichrist and Judgement Day

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

The Antichrist continues his rise to power, performing many miracles and
extending his tyrannic rule, slaying all those that oppose him. His demise
begins with the appearance of Enoch and Elijah on the Earth, who begin to
preach against his works and perform miracles of their own. Enoch and
Elijah are slain by the Antichrist, who lets their bodies linger in the
streets of Jerusalem. After three days, their bodies are mysteriously
brought back to life and they rise to heaven. The Antichrist attempts to
follow after them, but is struck down and killed. 40 days later, the Final
Judgement apparently comes.

Now, it may seem to many readers that a lot of this has nothing to do with
the popular interpretations of the book of Revelations in the Bible. People
ask about this to me all the time. The thing is that the Bible describes
the events that come AFTER the rule of the Great Monarch and the events
that transpire during and after the rule of the Antichrist. Everything can
be applied here-- the fall of Babylon, the Beast with seven heads and ten
horns, the False Prophet-- everything. However, since the geopolitical
scene will be changed so much by the time that the Antichrist comes, it is
very difficult to make any sense of it and apply it to this scenario. That
is not to say it is not applicable, because it is. It just takes a very
deep understanding of what the world will be like when the Antichrist does
come to understand Revelations.

A final word before we proceed with the details of the end of the Time of
Troubles-- it is very easy for someone to pick up Revelations and apply it
to today's news. Many people say that Saddam Hussein could be the
Antichrist, that the United Nations is the Beast, and so forth. It is just
very funny to me how different interpretations vary with the times. In the
1980s, The Soviet Union was the vehicle for the Antichrist and the European
Union was the Beast. Before that, the Pope was the Beast. Before that, Ho
Chi Mihn was the Antichrist. Give me a break. I hope that if you have made
it this far with your readings that you have at least gotten the notion
that many things must pass before the time of the Antichrist.

And never forget that these are prophecies, not predictions. They offer us
a warning and they show that there is still time to avert and mitigate
these coming chastisements. If we all pray and help one another, this can
all be avoided.

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

The Antichrist's turning point in power and authority comes with
the emergence of Enoch and Elijah on the scene in Jerusalem. It
marks the downturn in his rule which eventually ends with his
demise:

(( St. Hildegard )): "Henoch and Elias are being instructed by
God in a mysterious manner in paradise. God shows them the works
of men as though they could see these with natural eyes. The two
men are therefore, much wiser than all wise men put together. The
same force which removed Henoch and Elias from the earth will
bring them back in a storm wind at the time when the Antichrist
will spread his false doctrine. As long as they will dwell
amongst men they will always be refreshed after 4O days. They
have the mission from God to resist the Antichrist and lead the
erring back to the road of salvation. Both men, distinguished by
age and stature, will speak to men: `This accursed one is sent by
the devil in order to lead men into error. We have been preserved
by God at a secreted place, where we did not experience the
suffering of men. We are now sent by God in order to oppose the
heresy of this destroyer. Look, if we resemble you in stature and
age.' And because the testimony of both shall agree they will be
believed. All will follow these two aged men and renounce heresy.
They will visit all cities and towns where previously the
Antichrist had sown his heresy, and through the power of the Holy
Ghost will work genuine miracles. All the people will be greatly
astonished at them. Henoch and Elias will confuse the followers
of Satan with thunder strokes, and destroy them and fortify the
Christians in faith. Therefore, the Christians will hurry to
martyrdom, which the son of evil will prepare for them like to a
banquet, so that the murderers will grow tired of counting the
dead on account of their great numbers; for their blood will run
like rivers."

(( Comment )): This correlates with other prophecies that tell of
the return of Enoch and Elijah and of the impact that their
testimony will have. This will enfuriate the Antichrist and he
will persecute anyone who is turned by them. Ultimately, he will
seek to destroy Enoch and Elijah.

(( continued... )) "Henoch and Elias have been taught much wisdom
and knowledge in Paradise while awaiting their return to earth.
God will instruct them every forty days while they are on earth.
They will receive exceptional graces and powers from God to use
against Antichrist."

(( Comment )): Enoch and Elijah will be able to work true
miracles through the grace that is laid upon them by the Holy
Spirit.

((continued... )) "When the fear of God has been disregarded
everywhere, violent and furious wars will take place. A multitude
of people will be slaughtered and many cities will be transformed
into heaps of rubbish.

The Son of Corruption and Ruin will appear and reign for only a
short time, towards the end of the days of the world's duration;
the period which corresponds to the moment when the sun has
disappeared beyond the horizon; that is to say he shall come at
the last days of the world. He will not be Satan himself, but a
human being equalling and resembling him in atrocious
hideousness. His mother, a depraved woman possessed by the devil,
will live as a prostitute in the desert. She will declare that
she is ignorant as to the identity of his father, and will
maintain that her son was presented to her by God in a
supernatural manner, as was the Child of the Blessed Virgin. She
will then be venerated as a saint by deceived people."

(( Comment )): Just as the Antichrist will profane the life of
Jesus, so will his mother profane the holiness of Mary.

(( continued... )) "Antichrist will come from a land that lies
between two seas, and will practise his tyranny in the East.
After his birth false teachers and doctrines will appear,
followed by wars, famines, and pestilence."

(( Comment )): The land between two seas could be a lot of
places, but it's likely to be the land between the Mediterranean
and the Red Sea, or the Mediterranean and the Sea of Galilee.
This is all pure conjecture, but other prophecies say that he
will be born in the Middle East.

(( continued... )) "His mother will seldom let any one see him,
and yet by magic art, she will manage to gain the love of the
people for him. He will be raised at different secret places and
will be kept in seclusion until full grown. When he has grown to
full manhood he will publicly announce a hostile doctrine on
religion. He will lure and attract the people to himself by
granting them complete exemption from the observance of all
divine and ecclesiastical commandments, by forgiving them their
sins and requiring of them only their belief in his divinity. He
will spurn and reject baptism and the gospel. He will open his
mouth to preach contradiction. He will say, `Jesus of Nazareth is
not the son of God, only a deceiver who gave himself out as God;
and the Church instituted by him is only superstition'. The true
Christ has come in his person. He will say, `I am the Saviour of
the world'. Especially will he try to convince the Jews that he
is the Messiah sent by God, and the Jews will accept him as such.
His doctrine of faith will be taken from the Jewish religion and
seemingly will not differ much from the fundamental doctrine of
Christianity, for he will teach that there is one God who created
the world, who is omniscient and knows the thoughts of man and is
just, who rewards the obeyers of his commands and the trespassers
he chastises, who raises all from the dead in due time. This God
has spoken through Moses and the Prophets, therefore the precepts
of the Mosaic laws are to be kept, especially circumcision and
keeping the Sabbath, yet by his moral laws he will try to reverse
all order on earth. Therefore he is called in Holy Writ the
`Lawless One'. He will think that he can change time and laws. He
will discard all laws, morals and religious principles, to draw
the world to himself. He will grant entire freedom from the
commandments of God and the Church and permit everyone to live as
his passions dictate. By doing so he hopes to be acknowledged by
the people as deliverer from the yoke, and as the cause of
prosperity in the world. Religion he will endeavour to make
convenient. He will say that you need not fast and embitter your
life by renunciation, as the people of former times did when they
had no sense of God's goodness. It will suffice to love God. He
will let the people feast to their heart's content so that they
will pity the unfortunate people of former centuries. He will
preach free love and tear asunder family ties. He will scorn
everything holy, and he will ridicule all graces of the Church
with devilish mockery. He will condemn humility and foster proud
and gruesome dogmas. He will tear down that which God has taught
in the Old and New Testament and maintain sin and vice are not
sin and vice. Briefly he will declare the road to Hell is the way
to Heaven."

(( Comment )): Here we have details of what he will do to rise in
power. He does not appear to be a military leader, but rather a
religious leader who will seek to gain power of countries and
nations under the banner of his religion. He will seek to
undermind the works of the Church and will succeed to a large
extent. The Jewish will accept him as the Messiah and he will
establish a new Law, not in accordance to the teachings. He will
abolish Christian churches and state that the road to salvation
is only through him. When this is refused, he will begin his
persecutions.

(( continued... )) "When the great ruler exterminates the Turks
almost entirely, one of the remaining Mohammadans will be
converted, become a priest bishop and cardinal, and when the new
pope is elected (immediately before Antichrist) this cardinal
will kill the pope before he is crowned, through jealousy,
wishing to be pope himself; then when the other cardinals elect
the next pope this cardinal will proclaim himself Anti-pope, and
two-thirds of the Christians will go with him. He, as well as
Anti-christ, are descendants of the tribe of Dan."

(( Comment )): This anti-pope does not appear to be Peter II, but
rather his would-be successor. It is not clear how Peter II dies,
but most prophecies indicate he will be holy and good and will
work with the French Monarch to re-establish the Holy See to its
former glory. After the death of the French Monarch, it appears
that Peter II also dies, perhaps they die together. Some
prophecies say he will be slaughtered by the Antichrist when he
invades Rome to re-establish the Mohammedan rule. The next
election is marked by the ascension of the anti-Pope, who will
hand-in-hand with the Antichrist to bring down the Church.

(( continued... )) "The mark (of Antichrist) will be a hellish
symbol of Baptism, because thereby a person will be stamped as an
adherent of Antichrist and also of the Devil in that he thereby
gives himself over to the influence of Satan. Whoever will not
have this mark of Antichrist can neither buy nor sell anything
and will be beheaded."

(( Comment )): I don't think the mark of the beast will be
anything more than a tattoo, but it doesn't rule out the
possibilty of a chip being installed under the skin for
identification.

(( continued... )) "He will win over to himself the rulers, the
mighty and the wealthy, will bring about the destruction of those
who do not accept his faith and, finally, will subjugate the
entire earth."

"The streets of Jerusalem, will then shine in the bright- est
gold with the blood of Christians which will flow like water.
Simultaneously Antichrist will try to increase his wonders. His
executioners will work such miracles when they torment the
Christians that the people will think Antichrist is the true God.
The executioners will not permit the Christians to win the
martyrs' crown easily for they will endeavour to prolong their
pain until they renounce their faith. Yet some will receive a
special grace from God to die during the torments."

"Antichrist will make the earth move, level mountains, dry up
rivers, produce thunder and lightning and hail, remove the leaves
from the trees and return them again to the trees, make men sick
and cure them, exorcise devils, raise the dead to life. He will
appear to be crucified and rise from the dead. All in all,
Christians will be astounded and in grievous doubts while the
followers of Antichrist will be confirmed in their false faith."

(( Comment )): Antichrist will produce such wonders that it will
be hard for Christians to remain faithful.

(( continued... )) "Finally, when he shall have converted all his
plans into action, he will gather his worshippers about him and
tell them that he will presently ascend toward Heaven. However,
at the moment of the ascension a bolt of lightning will overwhelm
and annihilate him. The planned ascent into heaven will have been
prepared by the artful employment of ingenious devices, and the
moment at which the event was to have taken place, leading to his
destruction, will produce a cloud that will spread an unbearable
odour. Through this many people will again come to their senses
and to understanding."

(( Comment )): In the end, when he has seemingly done everything
to show himself as the Messiah, he will seek to Ascend to Heaven.
He will be struck down in midflight and killed.

(( continued... )) "Then the people should prepare for the last
judgment, the day of which is indeed veiled in secrecy and
obscurity, but not far distant."

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( St. Mechtilda )): "After the two prophets, (Henoch and Elias)
are killed the greatest power on earth will be given to
Antichrist. Then they will set up cauldrons on the streets with
boiling contents, and drive the men who are known as Christians,
and their wives and children, there, to choose either to profess
in the Deity of Antichrist and thereby to keep their family and
be rewarded with riches and a home, or to profess the Christian
faith, and thereby, death in the boiling cauldron. Thereupon the
women and their children, who will choose to die for love of
Jesus, will be thrown into a pit of fire covered with wood and
straw and burnt.

Both men are in Paradises living in bliss and eating the same
foods which once Adam had eaten. They, too, must shun, in
obedience to God, the same tree from which Adam and Eve were not
to eat. This tree is not large; its fruit looks very nice and
lovely like a rose, in the interior, however, it is sour by
nature whereby is indicated the bitter evil of sin. God has
forbidden this fruit because it is very harmful to men and is
even now regarded as poison. An angel will accompany Henoch and
Elias from Paradise. The clearness and bliss which surrounded
their bodies will then disappear and they will receive again the
terrestrial appearance and will become mortal beings. As soon as
they will see the earth they will be frightened like people who
see the ocean and do not know how they can cross it. They will
eat honey and figs and drink water mixed with wine while their
spirit will be nourished by God. They will appear as preachers in
the last time of misery when most of the good men have already
died as martyrs, and they will console the people for a long time
yet. Henoch and Elias will close in on the Antichrist; they will
tell the people who he is, by whose power he works miracles, in
which way he came into the world and what will be his end. Then
many a man and woman will be converted.

Henoch and Elias will expose the devilish trickery of Antichrist
to the people. As a consequence he will put them to death. For
three and one-half days their bodies will be exposed to insults
and the followers of Antichrist will presume that all danger is
now past, but suddenly the bodies of the two prophets will move,
rise and gaze on the crowd and begin to praise God. A great
earthquake, similar to that at Christ's resurrection, will take
place: Jerusalem will be partially destroyed and thousands
killed. Then a voice from heaven will call out "Ascend,"
whereupon the prophets will ascend into heaven, resulting in the
conversion of many. Antichrist will reign thirty days after their
ascension."

(( Comment )): This prophecy talks about the works and miracles
that will performed by Enoch and Elijah. The fact that they will
be returning seems to be almost certain, considering the vast
amounts of prophecies that talk about this. They will seek to
evangelize and preach against the blasphemy spewed forth by the
Antichrist and he will seek to kill them. Their bodies will be
raised from the dead and he will seek to go after them when they
ascend into Heaven and will be struck down.

-------------------------------------------------------------​----

(( John of the Cleft Rock )): "This Prince of Liars will swear by
the Bible and pose as the arm of the Almighty, chastising a
corrupt age.

In the beginning he will work by cunning and crime. His spies
will infest the whole world and he will become master of the
secrets of the mighty. He will pay theologians to show that his
mission is from God.

A war will give him the opportunity to assume his true role -
this war will not be the one he will wage against a French
sovereign but one which will within a fortnight involve the whole
world and will be easily recognised by his mark on his
followers."

(( Comment )): Towards the end of his reign the Great Monarch
will have to wage a war against Antichrist. He will win it, but
will die shortly afterwards. It is likely that at this stage of
his rising power, Antichrist will not yet be known as such.

(( continued... )) "The Angels will enlighten men and in the
third week they will wonder if this is truly the Antichrist, and
realising that it is they will either have to fight to overthrow
him or become his slaves.

Antichrist will be recognised by various tokens: in especial he
will massacre the priests, the monks, the women, the children,
and the aged. He will show no mercy, but will pass torch in hand,
like the barbarians, yet invoking Christ! His words of imposture
will resemble those of Christians, but his actions will be those
of Nero and of the Roman persecutors. He will have an eagle in
his coat of arms as also his lieutenant, the other wicked ruler -
this latter will be a Christian who will die when cursed by the
Pope, who will be elected at the beginning of the reign of
Antichrist.

Priests and monks will no longer be seen hearing confessions and
absolving the combatants: partly because they will be fighting
alongside other Christians and partly because the Pope, having
cursed Antichrist, will proclaim that all who fight against him,
if they die, will go to Heaven as martyrs. The Bull, proclaiming
these things will rekindle the courage of the faint-hearted and
will cause the death of the monarch allied with Antichrist.
Before Antichrist is overthrown however, more men will have been
killed than were ever within the walls of Rome."

(( Comment )): This is the "Nero" referred to in earlier
prophecies. Nero will rule the West after the death of the Great
Christian Monarch of French origin.

((continued... )) "Never will humanity have been faced with such
a peril, because the triumph of Antichrist would be that of the
demon, who will have taken possession of his personality. For it
has been said that, twenty centuries after the Incarnation of the
Word the Beast will be incarnate in his turn and will menace the
earth with as many evils as the Incarnation has brought it
graces.

Towards the year 2000 Antichrist will be made manifest. His army,
will surpass in number anything that can be imagined. There will
be Christians among his cohorts, and there will be Mohammedan and
heathen soldiers among the defenders of the Lamb."

(( Comment )): The wickedness of the Antichrist is apparent
through this prophecy by John of the Cleft Rock. His rule will be
severe and he will all the appearances of a Christian, but his
actions will show him to be otherwise. He will lay the
groundworks of his rise by bribery of the clergy to proclaim him
as the Messiah. He will raise a mighty army and will attempt to
extend his rule over the world.

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

(( Richard Rolle of Hampole )): "The greatest opposition to
Antichrist will come from the preaching of Henoch and Elias whom
he will destroy after 1260 days. They will rise again after three
and one half days. The first fifteen days will be a reign of
terror. At the age of thirty-two and one-half years he will be
slain on Mt. Olivet, probably by St. Michael. The jubilation of
his followers will be suddenly cut short by a general slaughter.
Forty-five days for repentance will intervene before the Last
Judgment."

"After the destruction of Rome, Antichrist will appear and exalt
himself above pagan deities and the Trinity. His name signifies
one who is against Christ. Begotten, of a sinful man and of a
woman into whom the devil has entered, Antichrist will be born of
the tribe of Dan in the city of Corozain. The good angel assigned
to him at his birth will be obliged to leave him as witches,
necromancers and other disreputable characters take charge of his
education in Bethsaida. Coming to Jerusalem, he will proclaim
himself Christ and at first feign to be holy. He will succeed
through false preaching, miracles, gifts, terror, aided
throughout by the devil. An evil spirit will come out of the air
and descend upon his followers. He shall feign a resurrection
from the dead, cause rain to fall, stone images to speak, and
perform other wonders, all through the power of the devil. The
recalling of the dead to life will be only apparent; devils
entering the dead bodies will cause the illusion. Antichrist will
be the greatest tyrant of all time. His adherents will be marked
with his sign. Devils shall be let loose from hell. The Jews will
welcome him."

(( Comment )): This is more evidence backing up the claim that
Antichrist will have a known background. He is apparently born in
Corozain and raised in Bethsaida. His education will be by
witches and necromancers and his mother and father will be sinful
people. He will seek to exhalt himself about Christ and will
perform false miracles to gain followers. He will deceive the
Jewish people into thinking that he is the Messiah.

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

(( Prophecy of Orval )): "God alone is great. Much good has been
accomplished. The saints are about to suffer. The man of sin
arrives. He (Antichrist) is born from two bloods. The white
flower becomes obscured during ten times six moons, and six times
twenty moons (during about one hundred and eighty months), and it
disappears, nevermore to be seen."

(( Comment )): I've seen two interpretations of the above. One is
obviously wrong, and I include it here to show that prophecy
dating is a touchy subject:

((a)) 180 months = 15 years, i.e. the Great Monarch
will die in 2015 and his reign will then begin between
1980 and 1990. Antichrist will be born at that time
too. This one is clearly wrong.

((b)) 180 months can also be 180 years in prophetic
language. The last legitimate French Monarch ceased to
reign in 1830. 180 years later, in 2010, his successor
also will cease to reign.

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

(( Bernadine Von Busto )): "At the time when Antichrist is about
twenty years old, most of the world will have lost the faith."

"Antichrist will be descended from the tribe of Dan. The people
at that time will be very corrupt. He will preach to the people
while flying through the air. Many fervent priests and religious
in the wilderness and desert will be miraculously sustained by
God. Some of them will travel about to encourage the Christians
to remain firm in the faith till death."

"When a pious Christian is pleading to God for help before a
crucifix in his room, Satan will disturb him in his prayers and
confuse him. He will cause a voice to come from the crucifix
saying: `Why do you call on Me, as if I can help you? I am not
God nor the Saviour of the world, but a sorcerer, an instigator
and deceiver of the people, for I was a false prophet and as a
consequence I am damned to everlasting hell fire. Therefore, call
on me no more, lest by calling on me you increase the pain that I
must suffer in Hell. Through the power of Almighty God, whose
gospel is now preached throughout the world, I am urged and
compelled to tell you the truth and reveal to you that I am not
the son of God, but rather the greatest sorcerer the world has
ever had, and hence for all eternity I must suffer the severest
pains without hope of redemption.' Also the pictures of the
Mother of God at times will speak when someone will be praying
before them: `Cease your supplications. I am not the Mother of
God. I have no power with God. I am only a miserable creature.
You should take refuge with the true Brother of the Most High,
whose teachings are being taught to you today.' It will be the
same with the pictures of the Saints. That it is the devil who
speaks from the crucifixes and pictures but few will perceive, on
the contrary, many will run excitedly to the apostles of
Antichrist to accept the new religion. By order of these apostles
they will trample on the crucifix and holy pictures and break
them into pieces. "

"When a mother has her infant in her arms or puts it in the
cradle, in a clear and distinct voice it will begin to speak,
acknowledging the deity of Antichrist and urging the mother to
leave Christ and turn to Antichrist. The child will reproach the
parents, that they, in spite of the many miracles of Antichrist,
still persist in their wickedness and obstinacy. Oh how much
anguish will those parents have to bear! Yet many Christians will
remember that this was all foretold of Antichrist for centuries
past and perceive the fraud of Satan and refuse to be deceived.
They will stand firm and enlighten the faint-hearted and console
them."

(( Comment )): Much of the work of Satan will be done in the
latter days via possessions designed to undermine the authority
of Christ and to show that the Antichrist is supposedly the true
Messiah. This will shake the faith of many.

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

(( The Sibylle, Queen Michaula of Saba )): "As Henoch and Elias
will Preach against the Antichrist and draw many away from him,
he will, as soon as he perceives the damage, march towards
Jerusalem in order to prove there that he be the true Messiah and
God. He will kill both prophets in Jerusalem. Their bodies will
remain lying in the streets unburied, but on the fourth day they
will be resurrected by a voice from heaven, `Henoch and Elias
arise!' and ride to heaven in a cloud. Then the followers of
Antichrist will regret having believed him and will repent their
sins. Thereupon, Antichrist will make it known that after fifteen
days he will also ascend into heaven, so that no one can doubt
his divinity. On the appointed day he will majestically seat
himself on a beautiful chair, on Mt. Olivet, in view of a large
crowd and before all the people will lift himself up towards
heaven through the help of evil. But, here at the command of God,
the Archangel Michael will cast him down to earth by a stroke of
lightning."



-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

(( Ven B. Holzhauser )): "Antichrist will come as the Messiah
from a land between two seas in the East. He will be born in the
desert; his mother being a prostitute to the Jews and Hindus; he
will be a lying and false prophet and will try to ride to heaven
like Elias. He will begin work in the East, as a soldier and
preacher of religion when thirty years old. Antichrist and his
army will conquer Rome, kill the Pope and take the throne. He
will restore the Turkish regime destroyed by the Great Monarch.
The Jews, knowing from the Bible that Jerusalem will be the seat
of the Messiah, will come from everywhere and accept Antichrist
as the Messiah. He will be able to fly. His flight will take
place from Mt. Calvary. He will tell the crowd he is going after
Henoch and Elias (who has arisen from the dead) in order to kill
them again."

(( Comment )): Here we see that Antichrist will extend his reign
over much of Europe, apparently killing Peter II in the process.
He will re-extended the kingdom of the Turks that was vanquished
by The Great Monarch and will make Jerusalem the seat of the new
Empire. Everything here correlates with other prophecies.

(( continued... )) "The conception of Antichrist will be like
Christ's except that it will be by the devil instead of the Holy
Ghost. He will have the devil's power like Christ had God's."

(( Comment )): Antichrist will not be conceived by the devil in
the same way Our Lord was conceived by the Holy Ghost. But,
although of a human father, his conception will be inspired and,
so to speak, supervised by the devil himself.



-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

"Antichrist will present himself to the Jews as the Messiah. They will be
his followers." (( 2 Thess. 2:9 ))

"Antichrist will have the powers of the devil from the beginning. He will
be so evil it would seem his father was the devil. He will inherit his evil
tendencies from his mother, who will also train him in evil.

His wife will be a Jewess but he will have many women, especially the
daughters of rulers. (( Dan. 11:27 )).

Antichrist's life will be a mockery of Christ's. He will be a convincing
speaker, have great knowledge, the gift of tongues (( Apoc. 13:5 )) and be
a child wonder at six or seven.

He will take the riches of the world to Jerusalem and appear to have power
over natural laws.

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

(( Dionysius of Luxemburg )): "Elias will cause the rain, dew and
snow to cease in those countries where the inhabitants oppose the
two prophets and refuse to reject Antichrist. The first land to
be so punished will be Palestine in order to win over the Jews."

"After Elias finds the `Ark of the Covenant' of the Jews, (hidden
until the recall of the Jews to God), he and Henoch will place
the Blessed Sacrament upon it. The Jews will then realise the
Jesus Christ and not Antichrist is the true Messiah. They will
desert Antichrist and make a pilgrimage to Mount Nebo (where the
Ark is found) bewailing the hardheartedness of their ancestors.
Thereafter they will accept the Christian faith."

(( Comment )): This is very interesting in light of the events in
the Middle East as of late. The Ark of the Covenant will not be
found by anyone except for Elias. He will place the Holy
Sacrament on it and that is what will make the Jewish people
realize their folly and turn away from Antichrist.

(( continued... )) "The Antichrist will kill Henoch and Elias and
leave them unburied. These will, however, be resurrected after
three and one-half days and ascend into heaven in a cloud in the
presence of their enemy. This miraculous event will actually
confuse Antichrist. In order that the nations will not abandon
him, he will lift himself with great majesty into space on Mt.
Olivet, with the purported intention to cast down the prophets
who have ascended into heaven. But in this moment Christ will
strike him down. The earth will open and swallow him and his
prophets alive. Then a large part of Jerusalem will fall into
ruins from the earthquake."

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

(( St. Zenobius )): "Then the Son of God, Our Lord Jesus Christ,
shall come in person. He shall appear on the clouds of heaven
surrounded by legions of angels; and, shining with glory, He will
put to death Antichrist, the Beast, the Enemy, the Seducer, and
all his followers. This shall be the end of time and the
beginning of the general judgment."



-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------


Conclusions and end thoughts

-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------

Here are the main basic conclusions we can draw from all this work. This
presents a general timeline of the way events *MAY* unfold. I caution that
this is not the dead-set way things will develop, but rather my opinion of
it. I may, and probably will, change this. Also note that I am not fixing
any dates to these events, but I do feel the general set of events is
accurate for the most part.

In the near future, we will see the situation in the Middle East worsening.
Violent clashes will result in a further rift between the Palestinians and
Israelis. The Arab world will begin to unite more as a military entity. Not
much will happen militarily in the region, however. A peace accord may be
signed where hostilities are ceased. Around the same time, we may also see
earth changes taking a turn for the worse. More violent weather, coupled
with volcanic eruptions around the world and severe weather. This all
supposedly coincides with the passing of a comet.

There are some prophecies that mention that the U.S. will be severely
affected by these earth changes. One possible scenario (this prophecy has
been made by several prophets and psychics) mentions the sinking of Japan.
Its sinking not only triggers a chain of volcanic events around the ring of
fire, but it also severely destabilizes the world economy. The U.S. is hit
by a similar calamity in California and also in the Midwest. Two severe
earthquakes shatter the west coast, ultimately leading to much of the west
coast slipping into the ocean. There are also mentions of a severe
earthquake in the Midwest, possibly in the St. Louis area (the strongest
earthquake ever measured, incidentally, was in the St. Louis area long
ago). This effect, along with the collapse of Japan, severely destabilized
the U.S. economy. The rescue effort becomes monumental and the U.S.'s
economy literally collapses in a day. Riots ensue as people panic. Banks
are closed. Many mention that martial law will be declared for a time and
that even the U.N. will occupy the U.S for a short time (around six months)
as racial and food riots get totally out of control.

The collapse of the U.S. and Japanese economy is heard around the world.
Riots break out in Italy, France, Spain, Germany, and England. The riots in
Italy will cause the Pope to flee Rome. He will be rumored to be dead, but
will in fact be in exile in France. Some prophecies mention that he will
travel all the way to Canada in hiding. The troubles in Germany and France
will be the most bloody since the French Revolution. In less than two days,
both the German Chancellor and French Prime Minister will be assassinated.
England will be wrought by civil disobedience.

I believe that it is after this that the forces will strike from the Arab
countries into Israel and subsequently into Europe. They may be able to do
so especially if the U.S. is crippled, such as a victim to earthquakes and
floods, as some prophecies seem to suggest. The suffering may be so great
in the U.S. that it will be powerless to stop the Arab attack. Another
reason why the Arabs may strike after this is due to the chaos that will
grip Europe at that time. Italy, France, Spain, and England will be gripped
in civil chaos, with England being the worst. The Arabs will most assuredly
run over Israel and are said to be able to roll all the way to Germany. It
will be at Germany that the tide will be turned, led by the Great French
Monarch. On their way to Germany, the Arab Islamic force will be able to
totally destroy Rome, and the destruction of Paris is also foretold,
although it is not clear as to whether the Arabs will have anything to do
with this. The French King will not be liked at first (he will have a
predecessor from Germany for a short time), but his zeal and holiness will
lead him to victory in the famous Birch-Tree battle.

While all this is going on, the Arabs may have the backing of Russian
forces. The U.S. does not seem like it will be involved in the skirmishes
at first, but the French King appears to have the backing of the U.S.
towards the end. During the beginning of his reign, he will drive the Arabs
all the way out of Europe and will go into their homeland to do battle with
them. He will liberate Jerusalem and defeat the Arabs, with the ultimate
goal of converting the Arabs to the Christian religion.

As far as the Popes, the Pope that flees Rome will die in exile, apparently
at Avignon. There will be much slaughter in the Vatican and after the
exiled Pope dies (a cruel death according to some prophecies), there
appears to be an Anti Pope, or false Pope installed, perhaps by the Arabs.
The French King will install a holy and true Pope who will bring the
Catholic Church back greater than it was ever before. The old Church
customs will return. This Pope may be Peter II, the last Pope in St.
Malachy's list.

The French King will rule for a number of years, and his reign will be
marked by peace throughout the world. He will rule side-by-side with the
new Pope and then the State will be the right hand of the Church. Towards
the end of his reign, new troubles will arise and he will once again travel
to Jerusalem, this time to be defeated by the Antichrist. It is then that
the Antichrist will reveal himself to the world. When the French King is
defeated, another leader takes the reins of his empire. This is the "Nero"
spoken of in so many prophecies. He will rule the European Empire left
behind by the French King. He will persecute Christians and he may indeed
be the Beast spoken of in the Bible. Antichrist appears that will rule the
Kingdoms of the East, mainly most of the Arab countries. He will come into
Israel and offer to re-establish the state and rebuild the Temple. He will
deceive the world and especially the Jewish people. He will seem to be
benevolent and kind, and the Jewish people will accept him as the Messiah.
He will defeat "Nero" and unite his empire with the European one and extend
his influence over the world. Once he rebuilds the Temple, he will seat
himself in it and proclaim himself as God. He will persecute all that do
not worship him. He will perform many seemingly miracles, he will make
statues talk, and all that worship him will be forced to take a mark on
their forehead or their right hand. Enoch and Elias will come to preach
against him and his falsehood. They will recover the Ark of the Covenant
and it will become apparent to many that Jesus was the Messiah. They will
flee into the mountains and be pursued by the Antichrist's forces. They
will be protected by God. In the end, Antichrist will kill Enoch and Elias,
and their bodies will lie on the streets for three and a half days. After
those days, they will rise back up and ascend to Heaven. Antichrist will
attempt to go after them, but will be struck down and killed. A few weeks
after Antichrist is killed, the Final Judgement comes.

Paul Scigliano
-------------------------------------------------------------​--------------
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
08/01/2009 05:15 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
THE PROPHECY OF ST. METHODIOS OF PATARA (4th Century)


This fourth century saint died in 310 A.D. He was believed to be the Bishop of Patara in Lycia of Asia Minor. These prophecies come from one of his books titled Oracular Responses and Prophecies for the Future of the World. This prophecy describes the Blond nation that will take over Constantinople (which is built on a 7 hills like Rome) in WWIII. Other prophecies indicate that the Blond Nation starts with the 20th letter of the Greek Alphabet, which is R (rho, is this Russia?)



"() and the seed (offspring) of Ishmael will come out of the desert and ahead of them there will go four plagues against the earth, calamities and loss and destruction and depopulation, and it is not out of Divine love towards them that God will give them power to take control over Christian lands, but in order to punish the Christians for their disrespect for his laws."

Notice the above highlighted sentence is similar to Agathangheloss view on why the Byzantine Empire was to fall. Islam was not successful because of Gods favor, but because he used the Islam as a means to correct the Christian faithful who were in danger of straying from his teachings. This is also in agreement to what is described in Revelation chapter 13, where their power and authority was given to the Beast from above.

"() The blond nation will have control over the Seven-Hilled city for the course of five or six months, and many people will eat to render justice to the Saints. There will be three provident leaders to govern in the East. Following them will rise another, independent one to govern; and after him another wolf very wild, And the nations that are located in the North will be disturbed and will be moved into action with great speed and fierce anger and they will be organized into four groups; one will spend the winter in Ephesus, the second one in Melagia; the third in Pergamum and the fourth in Bythinia then the nations that are situated in the southern corner will by roused into action and the Great Philip with an army composed of peoples speaking 18 different languages will get together in the Seveth-Hilled City and will begin a war such as one has never happened before; and they will be very swift in invading both the thoroughfares and the narrow streets of the Seventh-Hilled city and the killing of the people will flow like a river, and the sea will turn turbid and darkened by the blood till the bottom of the abyss.

At that time the ox will cry out and the Xirolophos will wail; and then the horses will stand still and a voice from heaven will cry out: let us stop and stand aright, let us stand still, peace be unto you! There has been enough revenge against the disobedient and those who did not want to listen. Now, depart to the right-hand areas of the Seven-Hilled city and there you will find a man who is standing on two columns in very sober mood; (he will be bright in appearance, just, charitable, dressed modestly, severe in appearance but peace loving in character) he will have a sign: a corn in his right foot; and a voice from the Angel will be heard, make him your king!

And they will give a sword to his right hand and they will say to him: take courage, oh John, and be strong and be victorious over your enemies; and taking in his hands the sword indicated by the Angel he will beat the sons of Ishmael and the dark-skinned ones and every infidel nation. And the sons of Ishmael he will divide into three groups: one third he will kill by the sword, one third he will baptize and the rest he will bring under submission in the East. And upon his return from his expeditions and battles the treasures of the earth will be opened and everyone will become rich and nobody will be a poor man, and the earth will give its fruits 100-fold. And all weapons of war will be converted into ploughs and scythes; and he will rule for a period of thirty five years.
Blindsam

User ID: 739280
Ireland
08/01/2009 06:43 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
Forgive the intrusion only to say. Well worth the read, and an epic piece of work.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
08/01/2009 11:38 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
Forgive the intrusion only to say. Well worth the read, and an epic piece of work.
 Quoting: Blindsam


ty:) you are welcome to help and post more prophecies
which i dont have or i dont even know of...

some people dont care, but there are people, who prophecies
especialy uknown, are treasure for them.

I post for them
Pheenix11

User ID: 664519
United States
08/01/2009 11:40 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
oh fuck this
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
08/02/2009 12:57 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
.................The Pseudo Methodius.....................

"A time will come when the enemies of Christ will boast: "We have subjected the earth and all its inhabitants, and the Christians cannot escape our hands." Then a Roman Emperor will arise in great fury against them... Drawing his sword, he will fall upon the foes of Christianity and crush them. Then peace will reign on earth, and priests will be relieved of all their anxieties.

"In the last period Christians will not appreciate the great grace of God who provided a monarch, a long duration of peace, a splendid fertility of the earth. They will be very ungrateful, lead a sinful life, in pride, vanity, unchastity, frivolity, hatred, avarice, gluttony, and many other vices, [so] that the sins of men will stink more than a pestilence before God. Many will doubt whether the Catholic faith is the true and only saving one and whether the Jews are correct when they still expect the Messiah. Many will be the false teachings and resultant bewilderment. The just God will in consequence give Lucifer and all his devils power to come on earth and tempt his godless creatures...

"...Then suddenly tribulation and distress will arise against them [the Moslems]. The King of the Greeks, i.e., the Romans, will come out against them in anger, roused as from a drunken stupor like one whom men had thought dead and worthless [Psalms 77:65]. He will go forth against them from the Ethiopian sea and will send the sword and desolation into Ethribus, their homeland, capturing their women and children living in the Land of Promise [Israel]. The sons of the king will come down with the sword and cut them off from the earth. Fear and trembling will rush upon them and their wives and their children from all sides. They will mourn their offspring, weeping over them and all the villages in the lands of their fathers. By the sword they will be given over into the hands of the king of the Romans -- to captivity, death, and decay.

"The King of the Romans will impose his yoke upon them seven times as much as their yoke weighed upon the earth. Great distress will seize them; tribulation will bring them hunger and thirst. They, their wives, and their children will be slaves and serve those who used to serve them, and their slavery will be a hundred times more bitter and hard. The earth which they destituted will then be at peace; each man will return to his own land and to the inheritance of his fathers... Every man who was left captive will return to the things that were his and his fathers', and men will multiply upon the once desolated land like locusts. Egypt will be desolated, Arabia burned with fire, the land of Ausania burned, and the sea provinces pacified. The whole indignation and fury of the King of the Romans will blaze forth against those who deny the Lord Jesus Christ. Then the earth will sit in peace and there will be great peace and tranquillity upon the earth such as has never been nor ever will be any more, since it is the final peace at the End of Time...

"Then the "Gates of the North" will be opened and the strength of those nations which Alexander shut up there will go forth. The whole earth will be terrified at the sight of them; men will be afraid and flee in terror to hide themselves in mountains and caves and graves. They will die of fright and very many will be wasted with fear. There will be no one to bury the bodies. The tribes which will go forth from the North will eat the flesh of men and will drink the blood of beasts like water. They will eat unclean serpents, scorpions, and every kind of filthy and abominable beast and reptile which crawls upon the earth.

( These tribes are the Demons of Underground World (or Hell)
coming up the surface of Earth for the 3 days of darkness
prophecied in other Christian Prophecies...Perseus -]+[- )

They will consume the dead bodies of beasts of burden and even women's abortions. They will slay the young and take them from their mothers and eat them. They will corrupt the earth and contaminate it. No one will be able to stand against them.

"After a week of years, when they have already captured the city of Jappa, the Lord will send one of the princes of his host and strike them down in a moment. After this the King of the Romans will go down and live in Jerusalem for seven and a half-seven times, i.e., years. When the ten and a half years are completed the Son of Perdition will appear.

"He will be born in Chorazaim, nourished in Bethsaida, and reign in Capharnaum. Chorazim will rejoice because he was born in her, and Capharnaum because he will have reigned in her. For this reason in the Third Gospel the Lord gave the following statement: "Woe to you, Chorazaim, woe to you Bethsaida, woe to you Capharnaum --- if you have risen up to heaven, you will descend to hell" [Luke 10:13, 15]. When the Son of Perdition has arisen, the King of the Romans will ascend Golgotha upon which the wood of the Holy Cross is fixed, in the place where the Lord underwent death for us. The king will take the crown from his head and place it upon the cross and stretching out his hands to heaven will hand over the kingdom of the Christians to God the Father. The cross and crown of the king will be taken up together to heaven. This is because the Cross on which our Lord Jesus Christ hung for the common salvation of all will begin to appear before him at his coming to convict the lack of faith of the unbelievers. The prophecy of David which says, "In the last days Ethiopia will stretch out her hand to God" [Psalm 67:32] will be fulfilled in that these last men who stretch out their hands to God are from the seed of Chuseth, the daughter of Phol, king of Ethiopia. When the Cross has been lifted up on high to heaven, the King of the Romans will directly give up his spirit. Then every principality and power will be destroyed that the Son of Perdition may manifest...

"When the Son of Perdition appears, he will be of the tribe of Dan, according to the prophecy of Jacob. This enemy of religion will use a diabolic art to produce many false miracles, such as causing the blind to see, the lame to walk, and the deaf to hear. Those possessed with demons will be exorcised. He will deceive many and, if he could, as our Lord has said, even the faithful elect.

"Even the Antichrist will enter Jerusalem, where he will enthrone himself in the temple as a god (even though he will be an ordinary man of the tribe of Dan to which Judas Iscariot also belonged).

"In those days, the Antichrist will bring about many tribulation; but God will not allow those redeemed by the divine blood to be deceived. For that reason, he will send his two servants, Enoch and Elias, who will declare the prodigies of the Antichrist to be false, and will denounce him as an impostor. After the death and ruin of many, he will leave the Temple in confusion; and many of his followers will forsake him to join the company of the righteous. The seducer, upon seeing himself reproached and scorned, will become enraged and will put to death those saints of God. It is then that there will appear the sign of the Son of Man, and he will come upon the clouds of heaven."
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
08/02/2009 01:37 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
The Prophesy of Saint Methodius

"And the blond nation (the Russians) will dominate (will stay)
five times in the city on the seven hills and there will be planted
cabbages and many of them will eat them in order to take revenge
from the Saints".

During those months the Russians will become angry against
the Asian Turks. Saint Methodius also says: "They will prevail in the
East, they will attack the Ismailians and they will pursue them to
Cologne".


The meaning is that (what he means is that) the Russians
along with their allies will establish a commission, which will be
composed by three persons who will be called the Provisioners
(Protectors) and who will govern the East and will actively keep
fighting against the Asians in Asia, where there will be carried out
fights with thousands of dead men, due to the Asian's desperation.
They will, after they get attacked, that is after they get defeated by the
Provisioners (the Russians), be pursued to a place called Cologne, a
place that belongs to the most distanced areas from Asia. When all
nations constitute an alliance against Russia, there will be raised the
issue of the existence of Constantinople, because it (Russia) will
express its wish to dominate. Saint Methodius says: "The army's
officials, namely the Kings, will sow discord between them by issuing
the matter of domination over the city". We do not know if Russia
will have any allies. According to Saint Methodius, the war is
described as follows:

"After overcoming the above disputation (dispute) between
Russia and the other Powers, the nations in the north of Europe, after
they get disturbed, will violently move towards East by having the
greatest forces by their side and they will be divided into four large
Authorities (Powers), that is into four large forces (military ones). The
first one will dominate over Ephesus, the second over Melagia, the
third over Akrokampos, namely Pergamon, and the fourth over
Bithynia. After this happens, those Nations will gather all their sea
forces and they will invade the city on seven hills (Constantinople).
At the same time, virtually for the same reason, the nations of south
Europe will also be disturbed and Great Philip will get raised along
with the eighteen nations (by this it is appointed the big number and
the popularity of these 18 nations) and he will do the same.

So, after all Nations gather in the city on seven hills
(Constantinople), they will conduct such a huge and horrific war in it
and outside of it, both in the ashore and in the sea, that nothing like
this had no one ever seen until then in the whole Universe. Each
nation will kill and destroy the other with great range. So big will the
slaughter be that, not only the hollows of the city on seven hills but
also its whole surface will be filled with blood. This human blood,
which it will look like a river due to its large quantity, will move onto
the sea in a distance of eighteen stadiums -which stands for two miles
and two stadiums -and it will make it turbid to the bottom. Then the
chariots will be made to stop and they will not be able to move any
further due to the corpses, to the blood and to the moaning of the
armies.

These are the words of Saint Methodius about this third world
war, adding that with it "all the sinful will be lost". Moving on, Leo
the Wise also says that "all humans, both the faithful and the
unfaithful, after they put their hands over their heads, they will suffer
hell on earth (too much) during those terrible days, because the world
will face the seven plagues and the two reaping of the Revelation.
Due to them, the faithful, after they put their hands over their heads,
they will fall on their knees and they will cry with tears on their eyes
pleading the Lord to put an end to these calamities and bring peace to
earth. The Lord, who rules everything, will hear this pleading (prayer)


of the faithful, and He will send His angel under a human figure to the
orthodox, righteous, virtuous and pious John, who despite the fact that
he comes from the royal Byzantine family, he has been sleeping for
many years into the basement of a small church in Constantinople
under the divine providence (care), in order to bring about the
solution, which was predetermined centuries ago by God Himself, to
the issue of the East along with the salvation of the world in general,
which lays on Christ's hands.

He (the angel), after he comes to him (John), he will wake him
up immediately from his long-lasted sleep and he will anoint him a
holy king, saying to him firstly that: wake up you that you are asleep
and take a breathe from the grave and Christ will enlighten you,
because he invites you, so as he can make these people special and
you a saint "and secondly": wake up you who are hiding and hide no
more. Many people are asking for you. After these, while handing
over him the stone tablets, he will say to him what he is supposed to
do after he takes over the reign and he will also tell him the following:
"John, satisfy the God of the Sky and the Earth, who has been insulted
by the acts of the unlawful and the impious, secure the true orthodox
faith to the Savior of the world that belongs to Our Lord Jesus Christ,
recreate virtuous morals and place (establish) priests and archbishops,
the merited one, those who have expressed their good faith to our
Holy Trinitarian God.
After all these take place and this terrible civil war is still taking place
among the Nations, Saint Methodius and Leo the Wise emphasize
quite explicitly on the fact that "suddenly there will be shed bright
divine light over Constantinople that will come from the sky as if it
was a column of fire and that there will appear the star that was also
obvious at the night that Christ was born, in the middle of the city,
above the temple of the Purest, the Mother of our God, in the third
day (Wednesday) and in the third hour (3). At the same time a
preacher, who will not be seen (the angel), will cry out with strong
voice three times: "With fear, peace to you, the punishment of the
disobedient and the insubordinate will be enough hurry, get away
quickly towards the West and to the right of the city on seven hills
(Constantinople) and there you will meet a virtuous man, friend of
God, wise, righteous, who comes from a royal family, who is dressed
shabbily, he is charitable (practices the act of almsgiving), has a harsh
face but he is sweet-tempered and he stands between two columns.
After meeting him, you will announce him a king.

After this extraordinary event we read in the texts of Leo the
Wise that the preaching and the revelation of this honourable king
will be realized by the angel within three days and three nights, as the
signs will be obvious on the sky. Furthermore, after everybody sees
these extraordinary instances, the people who slaughter each other
and are in and out of the city on seven hills (Constantinople), after
they hear the loud voice of the angel, they will stop at once the
slaughtering. They will be so surprised, they will come to an ecstasy
and full of joy and fear they will plead God with tears in their eyes to
reveal to them as fast as possible the man who was announced a king,
because due to the slaughter, the surprise and the excitement they will
not be able to find him immediately. In the same way, our Lord and


God will hear this pleading and He will reveal the man to the world,
for the sake of the elected. In a period of three days, during which that
man will be announced a king by the angel and along with the above
signs, which are in accordance with what is usual imposed on the
nations by God, there will appear in the Sky above the city on seven
hills (Constantinople) a cloudy solid (bright cloud) brighter than the
sun, which will be as long as a yard. Moreover, at the same time,
under this, there will be hanged, under God's wish, a purple cross and
in the left of it a rainbow, which our God set as an eternal will. And,
while it will be turning round in the sky, according to the credible
tradition, in the midst of this terrific and important moment, the
Angels will praise the Purest (the Blessed Virgin) and the Savior of
the world.

When this happens, the edge of the rainbow, after it will be
raised by a divine power and put outside the Cross, and get turned
towards the sky, it will fall down towards the side of the two columns,
where the Saint King John will be. When people see him and, after
they praise God, will run quickly towards the edge of the rainbow,
they will worship and follow the valuable and old king with candles
and palm leafs, so as to go and praise God and pray in the Great Zion
(Hagia Sophia). And one of the God's Angels glory will say with a
loud voice to the people: "Do you like me?" they, when they listen to
the aforementioned, will feel great fear, terror and ecstasy and with
tears in they raise they will shout: "yes, Lord, we like you, because
You gave us to Him (John) due to your mercy".
In this instance, saint Methodius complements this moving
description of Leon the Wise and by being intelligible to the people's
senses and holding the honorable Cross as his sceptre, he will place a
crown of glory on the king's head, as he had been announced, and he
will deliver to Him (the King) a sharp sword. He will tell to him in
front of the people: "Be a man, John, obtain power and defeat your
enemies". Leo the Wise also says that in this case even the Patriarch
of the Orthodox will address him and he will reveal that the reasons
of the Holy King's glory are His great fear towards God, his outmost
piety, faith, justice, virtue and unity of his soul.
The Agathagelos articulates his prophesy briefly with the following
few words that are used in critical times: "Be blessed the man who
respects God". Furthermore, our holy tradition adds that, according
to the above official announcement of the Holy King, there will be
present all the hermits and the virtuous men who live at the mountains
and into the caves, so as they themselves get some pleasure and honor
with their presence this bright and most glorious day of the glory of
God and the greatness of Orthodoxy.
It is all about the resurrection of John. Saint Tarasius calls him also a
Holy King, for his great virtue and purity. Leon the Wise writes the
following about his physical and mental characteristics: "The nail of
the first finger of his right foot is hard, his speech is pleasurable and
his appearance is so presentable that it looks like feminine. He is
middle aged, bald -headed, competent, provident, capable of
conceiving and communicating the prophesies, with eyes stand out,
he is poor with a clean soul, dressed shabbily, because the luxurious
clothes are unnecessary to him. He is peaceful and a philanthropist,


communicable, generous, terrific, without a beard and he has red
crosses over his two shoulders and on his breast.
How is he going to resurrect? We will answer: "Whenever Gods
wishes to, nature can be defeated". Now we will examine the
activities of the excellent elected saint and great king, according to the
prophecies. When he takes over the throne from Saint Constantine,
God will give to him (Ioanni), according to Leo the Wise, two Angels
who will look like men dressed in white and they will whisper in his
ears everything that he needs to do. So, by having those two Angels in
his disposal that God sent to him as guides, he will implement the task
that God assigned to him.
Saint Methodius and Leo the Wise say in brief that the holy king "will
hit every unfaithful generation" etc, not only those who deny Christ or
the Idolaters, the Rationalists, the Spiritualists, but also those who do
not believe the doctrines of the East Orthodox Church, namely the
heretics and the schematics, as well as the orthodoxies who live a
sinful life and commit illegal acts, as Saint Damascenes declares in
page 163 of his Dogmatic: as far as the Orthodox doctrine in
concerned, whoever does not believe in the tradition of the Catholic
Church or participated in illegal acts along with the devil is
considered to be unfaithful.
Saint John will run (he will visit) every nation preaching the Holy
Gospel of the orthodox true faith holding in his hands the Cross, the
Gospel and the sword, painted in an icon, which will be given to him
by the faithful Greek people. Along with him there will also be the
abbots from all the nations that have experienced God's mercy with
fear and terror for all the admirable things they saw happening in the
sky and due to God's glory. According to the Agathagelos, all of a
sudden the winds will disappear: "Those who think that will stand
against Him will mourn a lot and will suffer by terrible headaches".
So, whoever does not listen to his preach, will be destroyed,
according to John the theologian: "And I saw the beast (the earthly
and the marine) and the kings of the whole earth and their armies,
which were gathered to fight against the man who sat on his horse and
his armies". This war is being called "the great day of the
Pantocrator", which will effect in the destruction of the kings".
There will be so many men, who will get killed, that the Lord will
send carnivorous birds to tear up their fleshes, so as to avoid the
spread of any contaminations, because of the awful smells, and the
death of the faithful. Especially as for as towards the warlike energies
are concerned, the Saint Andreas says that on account of Jesus he was
names Salos: "And the saint King will put his right hand on the sea
and will civilize the blond generations".
Because of him it appears clearly that the Russians will not stand the
rousing of the Saint King, the resurrection (revival) of the Byzantine
Empire and the disappearance of their conquering plans. Then the
Saint King, after he turns to the sea of Constantinople, where he will
be because of the war, the fleet of Russians, and after he makes a
move with his right hand to this sign of the Holy Cross all the fleets
with all their crew will be destroyed instantaneously by his own
divine power.


The Russians, after this punishment, after they all get together they
will bow their heads in prayer to the Saint King who will subget them
to the will of God.
After all this, the saint King will soon purify his Church of Christ
from the Simonists, the money -lenders and the unworthy for the
priest hood, the Archpriests, the priests, the deacons etc, and
according to Leon the Wise, he will replace them with other worthy
one's who will thank the God by doing good deeds. According to the
sacred and respectable tradition, the hatred of the saint King towards
such people will be so great that he, himself, as another Elias will
slaughter some by his own hand and he will commit some others to
the flames. The Saint men will ordain the righteous and the worthy
instead of the other, according to the suggestion of the Holy Spirit,
after they have been protected in life by divine care, immemorial
years ago, and after they have been perceptible by a lot of people on
the Saint Mount, not only once. Please Listen His Holiness
Patriarch, Archpriests, priests and Deacons.

After all this has happened Saint Methodius says to us "that the holy
King will bring the peace to the Nations". The peace will be achieved
by the fall of Papism, Protestantism, the Spiritism and every impiety,
by making some who were left after the converse war to the true faith.
Afterwards by the power of the holy King we are being transferred to
the ultimate extinction a way of from the face of the earth of Asians,
whom were striken and won, first by the Russians, the Protectors by
the way of slaughter. But they were not able to terminate them utterly
because of the crowd and the civil war as it has been said.
Well, after the resurrection, the holy King will find the Ottomans not
being defeated, but pressing on disbelief, because of that and also
because of their revengefulness, they will not be willing to obey to his
voice, he will terminate them by fire and steel. The "Saint" Andrew
describes this disaster for the Ottomans very clearly by the following
words: "And after all this, he will turn his face towards the East and
he will humiliate the sons of Agar. Because the master will be
infuriated against them because of their blaspheme." We are referring
to the most tragic and terrifying one of the deeds of the Saint King. It
is included in the most expressive extract of the oracles of the Saint
Father Methodius: "And a lot of nations along with them, like the
sand of the sea, and a big horror will be caused all over the World.
Then, the king will cry in front of the Master, the God, fire will come
down from the Sky and it will put them to death. Then, great serenity
will dominate all over the World." These Nations, which look like the
sand of the sea, are those, for which the Saint Apocalypse referring to,
in the 6th Unit, as follows: "And the 6th Angel was spilling the
content of his bottle, into the big river, the Efrati and the water was
dried up there, so that the way to be prepared, of the Kings from the
"eastern of the Sun", all the barbaric and disobedient Nations of the
Central and the Eastern Asia ,the Sines, the Japanese , the Indians ,
the Tatars, the Afghanistans, the Persans, the Calmouhas, the
Thibetians, etc." The above nations, after they are incited by the
Satan, they will make an expedition against the Saint King and this
army, by means of the God. This fact will lead the Saint King to
supplication, and of course for the God, although he will not do


anything without the prayer and the instruction of the Angels.
Because in a regular way, the slaughter will not exterminate them
quickly because of the great number of them, and The Lord the
Almighty Ruler of everything will hear this request of him and he will
send divine fire against them. Instantly then they will disappear from
the face of the Earth. After having strengthened the Eastern Orthodox
Church the Holy King will come back carrying bays and a great glory
which none of the Kings and Caesars has brought to the global chair
of his Global Reign. By having as a chair Constantinople the queen of
the Cities, he will reign with an iron stick and extreme justice in the
name of Jesus Christ. Those who will survive after all this they will
be happy. Because, as soon as the Holy King comes back all the
treasures of the earth will be shown up by God, as Saint Methodius
claims: "When he comes back, all the treasures will be opened".

Also Saint Andrew says: "In those times, every piece of gold
which is hidden in every place, will be discovered by God's consent
during His Reign". At the same time, according to the prognosticative
Fathers, all the Holy Relics will be discovered, all of which have been
protected from distruction by the divine care. For all of them Duke
Michael, because he thought they were lost, because of the fall of
Constantinople in a plaintive way in the monody he addresses towards
the others about it: "Where are the bodies of the Apostoles of My
Master, which have been planted into the Paradise which always
thrives long before! Where is the purple robe? Where is the spear?
Where is the sponge? Where is the reed?".

Then immediately the Saint King with these treasures,
according to the aforementioned Fathers and Leon, is going to build
and reconstruct the temples and the cities, which have been deserted
for the glory of the triadic God, of the very Saint Virgin Mary, and for
the honour of His exquisite Martyrs and all the Saints. Constantinople
will be restored once again, it will be more brilliant and the house of
the glory of God.
"The earth will offer great goods", as Saint Methodius says: "The
Earth will reproduce its fruit in a hundredfold degree". The grown ups
and young people will arrive in Constantinople from everywhere to
see and worship the wonderful and exquisite of the Lord saint King
Ioannis. Everyone will have the solution on what he is wondering
about by him, as the Wise Leon witnesses.
Furthermore the war is abolished as Saint Methodius testifies: "The
martial weapons will be transformed into plows and cradles". Also
Saint Andrew says: "Let us have no war any more they will cut and
transform their swords into cradles and their spars into agricultural
tools and they will cultivate the land by using them. Similarly, during
this glorious reign, all courts and trials will cease, as Saint Andrews
says "And there will be no other trial, neither there will be the one
who does wrong, neither the one who will be treated unfairly, because
by the fear, which will be caused (by the Saint King), their children
will be made to be decent, and he will humiliate everyone who
violates the law". Also balls, songs by the guitar, merrymakings,
theatres will be abolished as Saint Andrews says. Furthermore
everyone will have the value which he deserves, as Saint Methodius


says: "He will give the value to everyone" he will offer the dignities
and the wealth to the believers, as Saint Andrew says.
Then Saint Andreas says by describing the abundance of the goods of
that brilliant Reign: "And the years of the Saint King will be, as they
were during the age of Noah, however not as far as their shrewdness
is concerned but as far as convenience is concerned. Because people
will be very rich during this era (during which he will govern) and in
endless peace. They will eat and drink, they will get married and they
will marry their children. Also they will live on the sea and on the
land, free from cares for the earthly and further down says: "And will
prevail joy and exultation and will be rich goods from earth and from
the sea". Life during that long time era, according to Saint Andreas,
will be calm, respectable, holy and will provoke pleasure to God of
Heaven and Earth. Then, according to Leonta, many will escape to
places full of canyons and to deserts, they will build monasteries and
retreats. They will glorify the God.
Then after the sinners will be missing from the earth.
The Reign of Saint Kings, according to Saint Methodius will last 35
years. Happy will be the one, whoever will survive and will see
brilliant that King Ioannis, who will be resurrect and the big great
works that will be carried out completely.

The Prophesy
of Saint Methodius


"And the blond nation (the Russians) will dominate (will stay) five
times in the city on the seven hills and there will be planted cabbages
and many of them will eat them in order to take revenge from the
Saints".

During those months the Russians will become angry against
the Asian Turks.
Saint Methodius also says: "They will prevail in the East, they will
attack the Moslems and they will pursue them to Cologne".

The meaning is that (what he means is that) the Russians
along with their allies will establish a commission, which will be
composed by three persons who will be called the Provisioners
(Protectors) and who will govern the East and will actively keep
fighting against the Asians in Asia, where there will be carried out
fights with thousands of dead men, due to the Asian's desperation.
They will, after they get attacked, that is after they get defeated by the
Provisioners (the Russians), be pursued to a place called Cologne, a
place that belongs to the most distanced areas from Asia. When all
nations constitute an alliance against Russia, there will be raised the
issue of the existence of Constantinople, because it (Russia) will
express its wish to dominate. Saint Methodius says: "The army's
officials, namely the Kings, will sow discord between them by issuing
the matter of domination over the city". We do not know if Russia
will have any allies. According to Saint Methodius, the war is
described as follows:


"After overcoming the above disputation (dispute) between
Russia and the other Powers, the nations in the north of Europe, after
they get disturbed, will violently move towards East by having the
greatest forces by their side and they will be divided into four large
Authorities (Powers), that is into four large forces (military ones). The
first one will dominate over Ephesus, the second over Melagia, the
third over Akrokampos, namely Pergamon, and the fourth over
Bithynia.

After this happens, those Nations will gather all their sea
forces and they will invade the city on seven hills (Constantinople).
At the same time, virtually for the same reason, the nations of south
Europe will also be disturbed and Great Philip will get raised along
with the eighteen nations (by this it is appointed the big number and
the popularity of these 18 nations, NATO) and he will do the same.

So, after all Nations gather in the city on seven hills
(Constantinople), they will conduct such a huge and horrific war in it
and outside of it, both in the ashore and in the sea, that nothing like
this had no one ever seen until then in the whole Universe. Each
nation will kill and destroy the other with great range. So big will the
slaughter be that, not only the hollows of the city on seven hills but
also its whole surface will be filled with blood.

This human blood, which it will look like a river due to its
large quantity, will move onto the sea in a distance of eighteen
stadiums -which stands for two miles and two stadiums -and it will
make it turbid to the bottom. Then the chariots will be made to stop
and they will not be able to move any further due to the corpses, to
the blood and to the moaning of the armies.

These are the words of Saint Methodius about this terrible
war, adding that with it "all the sinful will be lost". Moving on, Leo
the Wise also says that "all humans, both the faithful and the
unfaithful, after they put their hands over their heads, they will suffer
hell on earth (too much) during those terrible days, because the world
will face the seven plagues and the two reapings of the Revelation.
Due to them, the faithful, after they put their hands over their heads,
they will fall on their knees and they will cry with tears on their eyes
pleading the Lord to put an end to these calamities and bring peace to
earth. The Lord, who rules everything, will hear this pleading (prayer)
of the faithful, and He will send His angel under a human figure to the
orthodox, righteous, virtuous and pious John, who despite the fact that
he comes from the royal Byzantine family, he has been sleeping for
many years into the basement of a small church in Constantinople
under the divine providence (care), in order to bring about the
solution, which was predetermined centuries ago by God Himself, to
the issue of the East along with the salvation of the world in general,
which lays on Christ's hands.

He (the angel), after he comes to him (John), he will wake him
up immediately from his long-lasted sleep and he will anoint him a
holy king, saying to him firstly that: wake up you that you are asleep
and take a breathe from the grave and Christ will enlighten you,
because he invites you, so as he can make these people special and
you a saint "and secondly": wake up you who are hiding and hide no
more. Many people are asking for you. After these, while handing


over him the stone tablets, he will say to him what he is supposed to
do after he takes over the reign and he will also tell him the following:
"John, satisfy the God of the Sky and the Earth, who has been insulted
by the acts of the unlawful and the impious, secure the true orthodox
faith to the Savior of the world that belongs to Our Lord Jesus Christ,
recreate virtuous morals and place (establish) priests and archbishops,
the merited one, those who have expressed their good faith to our
Holy Trinitarian God.
After all these take place and this terrible civil war is still taking place
among the Nations, Saint Methodius and Leo the Wise emphasize
quite explicitly on the fact that "suddenly there will be shed bright
divine light over Constantinople that will come from the sky as if it
was a column of fire and that there will appear the star that was also
obvious at the night that Christ was born, in the middle of the city,
above the temple of the Purest, the Mother of our God, in the third
day (Wednesday) and in the third hour (3). At the same time a
preacher, who will not be seen (the angel), will cry out with strong
voice three times: "With fear, peace to you, the punishment of the
disobedient and the insubordinate will be enough hurry, get away
quickly towards the West and to the right of the city on seven hills
(Constantinople) and there you will meet a virtuous man, friend of
God, wise, righteous, who comes from a royal family, who is dressed
shabbily, he is charitable (practices the act of almsgiving), has a harsh
face but he is sweet-tempered and he stands between two columns.
After meeting him, you will announce him a king.

After this extraordinary event we read in the texts of Leo the
Wise that the preaching and the revelation of this honourable king
will be realized by the angel within three days and three nights, as the
signs will be obvious on the sky. Furthermore, after everybody sees
these extraordinary instances, the people who slaughter each other
and are in and out of the city on seven hills (Constantinople), after
they hear the loud voice of the angel, they will stop at once the
slaughtering. They will be so surprised, they will come to an ecstasy
and full of joy and fear they will plead God with tears in their eyes to
reveal to them as fast as possible the man who was announced a king,
because due to the slaughter, the surprise and the excitement they will
not be able to find him immediately. In the same way, our Lord and
God will hear this pleading and He will reveal the man to the world,
for the sake of the elected. In a period of three days, during which that
man will be announced a king by the angel and along with the above
signs, which are in accordance with what is usual imposed on the
nations by God, there will appear in the Sky above the city on seven
hills (Constantinople) a cloudy solid (bright cloud) brighter than the
sun, which will be as long as a yard. Moreover, at the same time,
under this, there will be hanged, under God's wish, a purple cross and
in the left of it a rainbow, which our God set as an eternal will. And,
while it will be turning round in the sky, according to the credible
tradition, in the midst of this terrific and important moment, the
Angels will praise the Purest (the Blessed Virgin) and the Savior of
the world.

When this happens, the edge of the rainbow, after it will be
raised by a divine power and put outside the Cross, and get turned


towards the sky, it will fall down towards the side of the two columns,
where the Saint King John will be. When people see him and, after
they praise God, will run quickly towards the edge of the rainbow,
they will worship and follow the valuable and old king with candles
and palm leafs, so as to go and praise God and pray in the Great Zion
(Hagia Sophia).
And one of the God's Angels glory will say with a loud voice to the
people: "Do you like me?" they, when they listen to the
aforementioned, will feel great fear, terror and ecstasy and with tears
in they raise they will shout: "yes, Lord, we like you, because You
gave us to Him (John) due to your mercy".
In this instance, saint Methodius complements this moving
description of Leon the Wise and by being intelligible to the people's
senses and holding the honorable Cross as his scepter, he will place a
crown of glory on the king's head, as he had been announced, and he
will deliver to Him (the King) a sharp sword. He will tell to him in
front of the people: "Be a man, John, obtain power and defeat your
enemies". Leo the Wise also says that in this case even the Patriarch
of the Orthodox will address him and he will reveal that the reasons
of the Holy King's glory are His great fear towards God, his outmost
piety, faith, justice, virtue and unity of his soul.
The Agathagelos articulates his prophesy briefly with the following
few words that are used in critical times: "Be blessed the man who
respects God".
Furthermore, our holy tradition adds that, according to the above
official announcement of the Holy King, there will be present all the
hermits and the virtuous men who live at the mountains and into the
caves, so as they themselves get some pleasure and honor with their
presence this bright and most glorious day of the glory of God and the
greatness of Orthodoxy.
It is all about the resurrection of John. Saint Tarasius calls him also a
Holy King, for his great virtue and purity.
Leon the Wise writes the following about his physical and mental
characteristics: "The nail of the first finger of his right foot is hard, his
speech is pleasurable and his appearance is so presentable that it looks
like feminine. He is middle aged, bald -headed, competent,
provident, capable of conceiving and communicating the prophesies,
with eyes stand out, he is poor with a clean soul, dressed shabbily,
because the luxurious clothes are unnecessary to him. He is peaceful
and a philanthropist, communicable, generous, terrific, without a
beard and he has red crosses over his two shoulders and on his breast.
How is he going to resurrect? We will answer: "Whenever Gods
wishes to, nature can be defeated".
Now we will examine the activities of the excellent elected saint and
great king, according to the prophecies.
When he takes over the throne from Saint Constantine, God will give
to him (John), according to Leo the Wise, two Angels who will look
like men dressed in white and they will whisper in his ears everything
that he needs to do. So, by having those two Angels in his disposal
that God sent to him as guides, he will implement the task that God
assigned to him.


Saint Methodius and Leo the Wise say in brief that the holy king "will
hit every unfaithful generation" etc, not only those who deny Christ or
the Idolaters, the Rationalists, the Spiritualists, but also those who do
not believe the doctrines of the East Orthodox Church, namely the
heretics and the schematics, as well as the orthodoxies who live a
sinful life and commit illegal acts, as Saint Damascenes declares in
page 163 of his Dogmatic: as far as the Orthodox doctrine in
concerned, whoever does not believe in the tradition of the Catholic
Church or participated in illegal acts along with the devil is
considered to be unfaithful.
Saint John will run (he will visit) every nation preaching the Holy
Gospel of the orthodox true faith holding in his hands the Cross, the
Gospel and the sword, painted in an icon, which will be given to him
by the faithful Greek people. Along with him there will also be the
abbots from all the nations that have experienced God's mercy with
fear and terror for all the admirable things they saw happening in the
sky and due to God's glory. According to the Agathagelos, all of a
sudden the winds will disappear: "Those who think that will stand
against Him will mourn a lot and will suffer by terrible headaches".
So, whoever does not listen to his preach, will be destroyed,
according to John the theologian: "And I saw the beast (the earthly
and the marine) and the kings of the whole earth and their armies,
which were gathered to fight against the man who sat on his horse and
his armies". This war is being called "the great day of the
Pantocrator", which will effect in the destruction of the kings".
There will be so many men, who will get killed, that the Lord will
send carnivorous birds to tear up their fleshes, so as to avoid the
spread of any contaminations, because of the awful smells, and the
death of the faithful.
Especially as for as towards the warlike energies are concerned, the
Saint Andreas says that on account of Jesus he was names Salos:
"And the saint King will put his right hand on the sea and will civilize
the blond generations". Because of him it appears clearly that the
Russians will not stand the rousing of the Saint King, the resurrection
(revival) of the Byzantine Empire and the disappearance of their
conquering plans. Then the Saint King, after he turns to the sea of
Constantinople, where he will be because of the war, the fleet of
Russians, and after he makes a move with his right hand to this sign
of the Holy Cross all the fleets with all their crew will be destroyed
instantaneously by his own divine power. The Russians, after this
punishment, after they all get together they will bow their heads in
prayer to the Saint King who will subget them to the will of God.
After all this, the saint King will soon purify his Church of Christ
from the Simonists, the money -lenders and the unworthy for the
priest hood, the Archpriests, the priests, the deacons etc, and
according to Leon the Wise, he will replace them with other worthy
one's who will thank the God by doing good deeds. According to the
sacred and respectable tradition, the hatred of the saint King towards
such people will be so great that he, himself, as another Elias will
slaughter some by his own hand and he will commit some others to
the flames. The Saint men will ordain the righteous and the worthy
instead of the other, according to the suggestion of the Holy Spirit,


after they have been protected in life by divine care, immemorial
years ago, and after they have been perceptible by a lot of people on
the Saint Mount, not only once.

Please Listen His Holiness Patriarch, Archpriests,
priests and deacons

After all this has happened Saint Methodius says to us "that the holy
King will bring the peace to the Nations". The peace will be achieved
by the fall of Papism, Protestantism, the Spiritism and every impiety,
by making some who were left after the converse war to the true faith.
Afterwards by the power of the holy King we are being transferred to
the ultimate extinction a way of from the face of the earth of Asians,
whom were striken and won, first by the Russians, the Protectors by
the way of slaughter. But they were not able to terminate them utterly
because of the crowd and the civil war as it has been said. Well, after
the resurrection, the holy King will find the Ottomans not being
defeated, but pressing on disbelief, because of that and also because
of their revengefulness, they will not be willing to obey to his voice,
he will terminate them by fire and steel.
The "Saint" Andreas describes this disaster for the Ottomans very
clearly by the following words: "And after all this, he will turn his
face towards the East and he will humiliate the sons of Agar. Because
the master will be infuriated against them because of their
blaspheme."
We are referring to the most tragic and terrifying one of the deeds of
the Saint King. It is included in the most expressive extract of the
oracles of the Saint Father Methodius: "And a lot of nations along
with them, like the sand of the sea, and a big horror will be caused all
over the World. Then, the king will cry in front of the Master, the
God, fire will come down from the Sky and it will put them to death.
Then, great serenity will dominate all over the World." These
Nations, which look like the sand of the sea, are those, for which the
Saint Apocalypse referring to, in the 6th Unit, as follows: "And the
6th Angel was spilling the content of his bottle, into the big river, the
Efrati and the water was dried up there, so that the way to be
prepared, of the Kings from the "eastern of the Sun", all the barbaric
and disobedient Nations of the Central and the Eastern Asia ,the
Sines, the Japanese , the Indians , the Tatars, the Afghanistans, the
Persans, the Calmouhas, the Thibetians, etc." The above nations, after
they are incited by the Satan, they will make an expedition against the
Saint King and this army, by means of the God. This fact will lead the
Saint King to supplication, and of course for the God, although he
will not do anything without the prayer and the instruction of the
Angels. Because in a regular way, the slaughter will not exterminate
them quickly because of the great number of them, and The Lord the
Almighty Ruler of everything will hear this request of him and he will
send divine fire against them. Instantly then they will disappear from
the face of the Earth.


After having strengthened the Eastern Orthodox Church the
Holy King will come back carrying bays and a great glory which none
of the Kings and Caesars has brought to the global chair of his Global
Reign. By having as a chair Constantinople the queen of the Cities, he
will reign with an iron stick and extreme justice in the name of Jesus
Christ. Those who will survive after all this they will be happy.
Because, as soon as the Holy King comes back all the treasures of the
earth will be shown up by God, as Saint Methodius claims: "When he
comes back, all the treasures will be opened".

Also Saint Andreas says: "In those times, every piece of gold
which is hidden in every place, will be discovered by God's consent
during His Reign".
At the same time, according to the prognosticative Fathers, all the
Holy Relics will be discovered, all of which have been protected from
distruction by the divine care. For all of them Duke Michael, because
he thought they were lost, because of the fall of Constantinople in a
plaintive way in the monody he addresses towards the others about it:
"Where are the bodies of the Apostoles of My Master, which have
been planted into the Paradise which always thrives long before!
Where is the purple robe? Where is the spear? Where is the sponge?
Where is the reed?".

Then immediately the Saint King with these treasures,
according to the aforementioned Fathers and Leon, is going to build
and reconstruct the temples and the cities, which have been deserted
for the glory of the triadic God, of the very Saint Virgin Mary, and for
the honor of His exquisity Martyrs and all the Saints. Constantinople
will be restored once again, it will be more brilliant and the house of
the glory of God.
"The earth will offer great goods", as Saint Methodius says: "The
Earth will reproduce its fruit in a hundredfold degree". The grown ups
and young people will arrive in Constantinople from everywhere to
see and worship the wonderful and exquisite of the Lord saint King
Ioannis. Everyone will have the solution on what he is wondering
about by him, as the Wise Leon witnesses.
Furthermore the war is abolished as Saint Methodius testifies: "The
martial weapons will be transformed into plows and cradles". Also
Saint Andrew says:"Let us have no war any more they will cut and
transform their swords into cradles and their spars into agricultural
tools and they will cultivate the land by using them.
Similarly, during this glorious reign, all courts and trials will cease, as
Saint Andrews says "And there will be no other trial, neither there
will be the one who does wrong, neither the one who will be treated
unfairly, because by the fear, which will be caused (by the Saint
King), their children will be made to be decent, and he will humiliate
everyone who violates the law". Also balls, songs by the guitar,
merrymakings, theaters will be abolished as Saint Andrews says.
Furthermore everyone will have the value which he deserves, as Saint
Methodius says: "He will give the value to everyone" he will offer the
dignities and the wealth to the believers, as Saint Andrew says.
Then Saint Andrew says by describing the abundance of the goods of
that brilliant Reign: "And the years of the Saint King will be, as they
were during the age of Noah, however not as far as their shrewdness


is concerned but as far as convenience is concerned. Because people
will be very rich during this era (during which he will govern) and in
endless peace. They will eat and drink, they will get married and they
will marry their children. Also they will live on the sea and on the
land, free from cares for the earthly and further down says: "And will
prevail joy and exultation and will be rich goods from earth and from
the sea". Life during that long time era, according to Saint Andreas,
will be calm, respectable, holy and will provoke pleasure to God of
Heaven and Earth. Then, according to Leonta, many will escape to
places full of canyons and to deserts, they will build monasteries and
retreats. They will glorify the God. Then after the sinners will be
missing from the earth. The Reign of Saint Kings, according to Saint
Methodius will last 35 years. Happy will be the one, whoever will
survive and will see brilliant that King Ioannis, who will be resurrect
and the big great works that will be carried out completely.

The prophesy of Leon the Wise
Emperor in Byzantium in 886

About the legendary poor and selected king inhabits in the very
first part of Byzantium.

He is the true and great King, who inhabits in this place. This is who
was chased away from his house by the people, he who became
distinguishable. He is going to be revealed in the midst of a rainbow
and he will carry the marks of Christ and he will be catechized by the
Angel who will be visible. He will say to the ear of the one who is
sleeping to wake up: arise from the grave, Christ will touch you. He
calls you the special nation.
Secondly, he will say to him: "get out you who are hiding. Stop
hiding. Many are asking for you." And thirdly, he will give to him
stones, on which there has been engraved this, that the divine nation
has taken its revenge, has created honorable morals and good people,
who thanked the God of the Sky and the Earth. He (the King) carries
the marks as well: the nail of his first toe of his right foot has a
bunion, his speech is pleasant, his face is presentable, and his figure is
feminine. He is middle-aged, bald-headed, and erudite and an expert
in music, he is quick in predictions, capable of conceiving and
transmitting prophesies. His eyes pop out. He is poor, clean (in his
soul) and he is also dressed poorly. Furthermore, he is suave and a
philanthropist, willing to communicate something, generous,
fearsome, without beard and on his two shoulders and on his chest he
bears two deep red crosses.
He is Christ's elected, the poor man who lives for endless years, the
one who feels sorrow for the others and he himself might become the
acceptor of compassion. Along with it he has many images, he also
comes from a royal family-because his abominable name is a furious
wolf, while in class he is an Illustrious. He is deeply pious and he was
the first to spread prophesies and give answers. His importance,
however, fades away, as the people believe he is dead and not at all
useful. He is the one who God will reveal and He will anoint him with


oil at the end of the days. He is the one who has been revealed in this
way and the star will appear in the day (C) Wednesday, from the
middle of Constantinople to the market and in the third hour (3) in the
Temple of the Purest of all Mother of our Lord. Because the star that
will appear does not belong to the planets, but it is the one that shined
when Christ was born. And for three days and three nights a preacher
will call him and will reveal the one who gives the hope and at the
same time listening to the high tone of his preaching.
The people will be happy and at the same time scared will scream
ignoring the one who gives the hope. By shouting the "Lord Show
mercy on us," then, as he will be visible by everyone, they will sigh
and they will shed tears for their sorrow. They will plead God and He
will accept their pleading. He will be favourable to those who live on
earth and the one who was elected (by God) will be known to them.
In the sky a hazy star will be visible that will be brighter than the sun,
and having the size of a threshing floor, there will hanged a cross on
it.
On the left of the Red Cross (there will be hanged) a big rainbow,
which was place there for us (by God), as an eternal will, but
everybody will ignore it. The southern part of the rainbow will be cut
off and it will be moving in between the steps of the Sky. The whole
area will be filled and it will stay upon the hut of the true king. Then,
the nations, after they see him, they will pray the God of the Sky and
the Earth and they will rush into the edge of the rainbow. They will
take the precious and old-aged king with candles and leafs of palm
trees in their hands and they will bring him to the Big Zion. The
preacher with a loud voice, who will not be visible from the sky, will
ask the people: "Do you like him?". Then, everybody will be seized
by a feeling of fear, terror and in ecstasies and with tears in their eyes
they will say: "Yes, Lord. Because You gave him to us, we like him".
After they worship him, they will bring him in the midst of hymns to
the Big Zion (Constantinople), in order to pray. Then, after they get
him somewhere that will be high enough, they will call him a king.
Following this, two Angels, who will be like eunuchs, dressed in
white clothes that will drive him and tell him to his ear everything
that he will do. They, wishing to touch him, without noticing the
marks, they will speak in front of the then glorious and famous.
Afterwards, many will take refuge in distanced places and everybody
will praise God and their soul will tranquilize.

EXPLANATION

The prophesy of Leon the Wise
Emperor in Byzantium in 886

About the legendary poor and selected king inhabits in the very first
part of Byzantium.
He is the true and great King, who inhabits in this place. This is who
was chased away from his house by the people, he who became
distinguishable. He is going to be revealed in the midst of a rainbow
and he will carry the marks of Christ and he will be catechized by the
Angel who will be visible. He will say to the ear of the one who is


sleeping to wake up: arise from the grave, Christ will touch you. He
calls you the special nation.
Secondly, he will say to him: "get out you who are hiding. Stop
hiding. Many are asking for you." And thirdly, he will give to him
stones, on which there has been engraved this, that the divine nation
has taken its revenge, has created honorable morals and good people,
who thanked the God of the Sky and the Earth. He (the King) carries
the marks as well: the nail of his first toe of his right foot has a
bunion, his speech is pleasant, his face is presentable, and his figure is
feminine. He is middle-aged, bald-headed, and erudite and an expert
in music, he is quick in predictions, capable of conceiving and
transmitting prophesies. His eyes pop out. He is poor, clean (in his
soul) and he is also dressed poorly. Furthermore, he is suave and a
philanthropist, willing to communicate something, generous,
fearsome, without beard and on his two shoulders and on his chest he
bears two deep red crosses.
He is Christ's elected, the poor man who lives for endless years, the
one who feels sorrow for the others and he himself might become the
acceptor of compassion. Along with it he has many images, he also
comes from a royal family-because his abominable name is a furious
wolf, while in class he is an Illustrious. He is deeply pious and he was
the first to spread prophesies and give answers. His importance,
however, fades away, as the people believe he is dead and not at all
useful. He is the one who God will reveal and He will anoint him with
oil at the end of the days. He is the one who has been revealed in this
way and the star will appear in the day (C) Wednesday, from the
middle of Constantinople to the market and in the third hour (3) in the
Temple of the Purest of all Mother of our Lord. Because the star that
will appear does not belong to the planets, but it is the one that shined
when Christ was born. And for three days and three nights a preacher
will call him and will reveal the one who gives the hope and at the
same time listening to the high tone of his preaching. The people will
be happy and at the same time scared will scream ignoring the one
who gives the hope. By shouting the "Lord Show mercy on us," then,
as he will be visible by everyone, they will sigh and they will shed
tears for their sorrow. They will plead God and He will accept their
pleading. He will be favorable to those who live on earth and the one
who was elected (by God) will be known to them.
In the sky a hazy star will be visible that will be brighter than the sun,
and having the size of a threshing floor, there will hanged a cross on
it.
On the left of the Red Cross (there will be hanged) a big rainbow,
which was place there for us (by God), as an eternal will, but
everybody will ignore it. The southern part of the rainbow will be cut
off and it will be moving in between the steps of the Sky. The whole
area will be filled and it will stay upon the hut of the true king. Then,
the nations, after they see him, they will pray the God of the Sky and
the Earth and they will rush into the edge of the rainbow. They will
take the precious and old-aged king with candles and leafs of palm
trees in their hands and they will bring him to the Big Zion. The
preacher with a loud voice, who will not be visible from the sky, will
ask the people: "Do you like him?". Then, everybody will be seized


by a feeling of fear, terror and in ecstasies and with tears in their eyes
they will say: "Yes, Lord. Because You gave him to us, we like him".
After they worship him, they will bring him in the midst of hymns to
the Big Zion (Constantinople), in order to pray. Then, after they get
him somewhere that will be high enough, they will call him a king.
Following this, two Angels, who will be like eunuchs, dressed in
white clothes that will drive him and tell him to his ear everything
that he will do. They, wishing to touch him, without noticing the
marks, they will speak in front of the then glorious and famous.
Afterwards, many will take refuge in distanced places and everybody
will praise God and their soul will tranquilize.

Prophesies of a man towards the King Manuel the
Palaiologos about the fall of Constantinople and
freedom again, and about doomsday

Once, the King Manuel the Paleologos wanted to investigate if more
time was going to be added, or there would be the end of the world
over the seventh century. Therefore, after the King ordered, all the
wise and the masters of the City gathered together about thirty of
them in his palace <<and me, who wrote this, was standing next to the
King>> and the King started asking them <<and some of these wise
masters said to the King>> that if people wish to be good, God will
add further more time and if people are bad, time and years will
disappear, that is the end of the world will be soon.
Some of them also said that there will be this world until seven
thousand years will be accomplished and then there will be the end of
the world. Beside the King there was seated father, an old one, and
the King's spiritual, very saintly about ninety years of age and he was
most prudent, wise and learned, and he was full of fall virtuousness,
and he heard wise masters' speeches and he said nothing, he only sat
down and he had his hand occluded and he was resting on his left jaw.

EXPLANATION

Then the King Manuel faced him and he said to him "Why does your
sainthood say nothing about the mater that I am requesting? And he
replied in secret and he said to the King. Archbishop it is not the right
time for me to say something now, but next time if we wish to talk
separately let us be alone.

By hearing this the King Manuel, stood up from his
throne, and took the saint old man, and entered the royal treasury and
me Ioannis who heard and wrote this, I was the King Manuel son's
master, sir Ioannis, of the new King and followed them, myself as
well, since I had the courage towards the King, since I was his son's
master. Then that very saint Father said.

Know my holy Archbishop, from now on until fifteen years
lapse on Wednesday, on the 9th of March, at nine o'clock in the
morning, there is going to be a sign in the sky and if this sign exists as


I am saying there won't be the end of the world in these seven
centuries and if there is such a sign, God will add a thousand more
years, moreover, I say so and I assure you about it, and it is necessary
for this to happen, and the sign will be a Sword, and I am telling you
this, that there will be a ecumenical synod and you, oh King, will be
cheated and this synod will be the cause for the Ismael the Turkish
generation will be annoyed, a great plague (a terminal disease) is
going to exist for three years and if there is not a plague, Ismael the
Turkish is going to build a wall castle near Constantinople because
that Ismael has heard that the Christians want to come against him
and fight him. Also when the King Constantinos the Paleologos gives
his consent then Constantinople will be besieged by Moslems the
Turks and a lot of islands and countries will submit to Ismael.

And since Constantinople has been occupied by the
Turks that is for three hundred and ninety years up to about four
hundred years, then the Christians are going to have a great fleet,
Priests then and Monks and every human class, all of them and
unwilling, by not wanting to, by divine incitement, they will all go to
Constantinople only some of them will be led by God to go, those will
be selected good people, and the Lord will take care of them, such
fleet is going to be, that is the warships, that the heads and the leaders
of the fleet will be seventy (70) thousand of them, and each one of
these leaders will order ten thousand people.

Navigating then on the sea, all these fleets will start
going against Constantinople, to a place called Kondoskali. And when
Ismael the Turk sees them all the fleets there gathered, then he will
leave the City and he is going to go to the East in Asia, so as to be
saved.

These leaders of the army of the Christians will argue,
they will fight one against the other, who will rule the City, who will
occupy it, and during the fight , they will draw swords too, and they
will start ripping each other, among them the Christians and in that
one, one of the ten chapters of the Saint Equal to the Apostoles
Cosmas, where he says: "That the covete and the jealousy come from
the Christians "And there is going to happen so much slaughter and
ripping of people, that all the valleys, the hills and all the land of the
City will be full of blood the Saint Cosmas the Equal to the
Apostoles, blood the same one is said by the Saint over the year 1777
in these ten chapters".

And the blood is going to go into the sea for eighteen
stages (old measured distance) and the ripping, the war and the
slaughter is going to be extremely great, which one never happened in
the world again, nor there is going to happen until the end of the
world, and after this calamity during which all the sinner will be
ripped, and no one is going to be saved.

Then an angel from the Sky is going to descend by the order
of God, and he is going to have a crown in his hand (a royal sign) and
a sword of the Saintest King Constantine, and the pacific is going to
crown him King, who also is going to act as a medium at war, and the
angel is going to give him the crown and the sword, and he is going to
call him helpful and is going to tell him be a man and powerful and


beat the enemies of Jesus Christ and his holy learners and
immediately the war is going to cease.
Then three angels are going to lift the King and take them to Saint
Sophia's Church and there they are going to crown this King. All the
people left from the war who are going to be righteous, the fight
against each other is not going to cease, until all the sinners are killed.

There in New Sion in Saint Sophia they will all go, just like all
the world will gather and will go to worship this kind and great King,
from every where to the King.
And when he sees them coming from far away, he is going to get up
and receive them full of happiness and kisses with love, and they are
going to ask him where he is from, and he is going to tell them.

Then That King is going to give a lot of money, a charitable donation
to everybody who goes to see him, and they will ask him what is all
this money for, and he is going to tell them: "that all this and much
more is going to be given to you by me, and whoever wants to come
to Constantinople I will give them houses and fields and whatever
they need, and myself will be one of your brothers, and all of us are
brothers and Christ is the father of all of us".

Up to seven years the people are going to gather into the city
and all the islands are going to be deserted, so no people are going to
be there.
And during the seven years the city will be full of people Christians,
women and children of them. Then the King is going to say to them,
fathers and my brothers, it is good for us to go to fight to the enemy
against us, so that we could raise the honest Cross will raise and our
own blood will avenge. Then everybody all together, one breath, will
tell him "your consent to be done despot" and that the Voice of the
God will be heard by your mouth your command to be done.
Then the King will rise and all the people with him, and they will go
against the Ismaelists "then the written speech will be completed,
which will persecute about a hundred, and two of them will move a
thousand of them, and will move them will persecute as far as the
beautiful Gates (doors) which the King Alexander the Macedonian
has closed out, so far he will take them by persecuting them.
Then the King will say then, that the Ismaelitians will not get up to
fight then since now" and not alone the Turks but also the
Saracusiuns, the Skytuns, and every other nation which is faithless,
who do not believe in Christ.
Then the Christ is going to turn and come over to the town, and when
the treasures of this Earth are going to be opened, and where there is
gold or silver, then the earth will work out smoke, and the gullible
and the beneficent King says: "Enter so as to see which one is this
smoke, and since there is the command of the King they will go, and
they will find treasures of gold and silver and there is going to give as
a gift all the gold to all the devout ones, and after all these similarly
he will gift them to the devout people. Such there is going to be the
volume of the treasure, so that a part of it will be cast away and part
of it, because of its disuse delight and elation is going to be to all over
the world and there is not going to be unjust, nor aggrieved because
the sinners and the unjust are going to be annihilated former before
the land, and then the hand is going to languish honey and milk.


Furthermore in three years, the King is going to chase the
disloyal nations, then he is going to enter the Queen of the cities
"there he is going to repose in joy and happiness and after them
another King is going to reign and he is going to show brutality and a
great ferocity (misanthropy) and he will reign. Then Enoh and Elias
and Ioannis the Evangelist will come, preaching to all Christians, that
a fallacy is going to deceive them and watch out and be careful not to
be deceived and cheated as the Holy Gospel, so claims, that as the
said Antichrist will come. Thes. b' and Ioan. Let. Cathol. A' ch. b'.

EXPLANATION

Once, the King Manuel the Paleologos wanted to investigate if more
time was going to be added, or there would be the end of the world
over the seventh century. Therefore, after the King ordered, all the
wise and the masters of the City gathered together about thirty of
them in his palace <<and me, who wrote this, was standing next to the
King>> and the King started asking them <<and some of these wise
masters said to the King>> that if people wish to be good, God will
add further more time and if people are bad, time and years will
disappear, that is the end of the world will be soon.
Some of them also said that there will be this world until seven
thousand years will be accomplished and then there will be the end of
the world.

Beside the King there was seated father, an old one, and the
King's spiritual, very saintly about ninety years of age and he was
most prudent, wise and learned, and he was full of fall virtuousness,
and he heard wise masters' speeches and he said nothing, he only sat
down and he had his hand occluded and he was resting on his left jaw.

Then the King Manuel faced him and he said to him
"Why does your sainthood say nothing about the mater that I am
requesting? And he replied in secret and he said to the King.
Archbishop it is not the right time for me to say something now, but
next time if we wish to talk separately let us be alone.

By hearing this the King Manuel, stood up from his
throne, and took the saint old man, and entered the royal treasury and
me Ioannis who heard and wrote this, I was the King Manuel son's
master, sir Ioannis, of the new King and followed them, myself as
well, since I had the courage towards the King, since I was his son's
master. Then that very saint Father said.

Know my holy Archbishop, from now on until fifteen years
lapse on Wednesday, on the 9th of March, at nine o'clock in the
morning, there is going to be a sign in the sky and if this sign exists as
I am saying there won't be the end of the world in these seven
centuries and if there is such a sign, God will add a thousand more
years, moreover, I say so and I assure you about it, and it is necessary
for this to happen, and the sign will be a Sword, and I am telling you
this, that there will be a ecumenical synod and you, oh King, will be
cheated and this synod will be the cause for the Ismael the Turkish
generation will be annoyed, a great plague (a terminal disease) is
going to exist for three years and if there is not a plague, Ismael the
Turkish is going to build a wall castle near Constantinople because


that Ismael has heard that the Christians want to come against him
and fight him.
Also when the King Constantinos the Paleologos gives his consent
then Constantinople will be besieged by Ismaelisians the Turks and a
lot of islands and countries will submit to Ismael.

And since Constantinople has been occupied by the
Turks that is for three hundred and ninety years up to about four
hundred years, then the Christians are going to have a great fleet,
Priests then and Monks and every human class, all of them and
unwilling, by not wanting to, by divine incitement, they will all go to
Constantinople only some of them will be led by God to go, those will
be selected good people, and the Lord will take care of them, such
fleet is going to be, that is the warships, that the heads and the leaders
of the fleet will be seventy (70) thousand of them, and each one of
these leaders will order ten thousand people.

Navigating then on the sea, all these fleets will start
going against Constantinople, to a place called Kondoskali.

And when Ismael the Turk sees them all the fleets
there gathered, then he will leave the City and he is going to go to the
East in Asia, so as to be saved.

These leaders of the army of the Christians will argue,
they will fight one against the other, who will rule the City, who will
occupy it, and during the fight , they will draw swords too, and they
will start ripping each other, among them the Christians and in that
one, one of the ten chapters of the Saint Equal to the Apostoles
Cosmas, where he says: "That the covete and the jealousy come from
the Christians "And there is going to happen so much slaughter and
ripping of people, that all the valleys, the hills and all the land of the
City will be full of blood the Saint Cosmas the Equal to the
Apostoles, blood the same one is said by the Saint over the year 1777
in these ten chapters".

And the blood is going to go into the sea for eighteen
stages (old measured distance) and the ripping, the war and the
slaughter is going to be extremely great, which one never happened in
the world again, nor there is going to happen until the end of the
world, and after this calamity during which all the sinner will be
ripped, and no one is going to be saved.

Then an angel from the Sky is going to descend by the order
of God, and he is going to have a crown in his hand (a royal sign) and
a sword of the Saintest King Constantine, and the pacific is going to
crown him King, who also is going to act as a medium at war, and the
angel is going to give him the crown and the sword, and he is going to
call him helpful and is going to tell him be a man and powerful and
beat the enemies of Jesus Christ and his holy learners and
immediately the war is going to cease.
Then three angels are going to lift the King and take them to Saint
Sophia's Church and there they are going to crown this King. All the
people left from the war who are going to be righteous, the fight
against each other is not going to cease, until all the sinners are killed.

There in New Sion in Saint Sophia they will all go, just like all
the world will gather and will go to worship this kind and great King,
from every where to the King.


And when he sees them coming from far away, he is going to get up
and receive them full of happiness and kisses with love, and they are
going to ask him where he is from, and he is going to tell them.

Then That King is going to give a lot of money, a charitable donation
to everybody who goes to see him, and they will ask him what is all
this money for, and he is going to tell them: "that all this and much
more is going to be given to you by me, and whoever wants to come
to Constantinople I will give them houses and fields and whatever
they need, and myself will be one of your brothers, and all of us are
brothers and Christ is the father of all of us".

Up to seven years the people are going to gather into the city
and all the islands are going to be deserted, so no people are going to
be there.
And during the seven years the city will be full of people Christians,
women and children of them. Then the King is going to say to them,
fathers and my brothers, it is good for us to go to fight to the enemy
against us, so that we could raise the honest Cross will raise and our
own blood will avenge. Then everybody all together, one breath, will
tell him "your consent to be done despot" and that the Voice of the
God will be heard by your mouth your command to be done.
Then the King will rise and all the people with him, and they will go
against the Ismaelists "then the written speech will be completed,
which will persecute about a hundred, and two of them will move a
thousand of them, and will move them will persecute as far as the
beautiful Gates (doors) which the King Alexander the Macedonian
has closed out, so far he will take them by persecuting them.
Then the King will say then, that the Ismaelitians will not get up to
fight then since now" and not alone the Turks but also the
Saracusiuns, the Skytuns, and every other nation which is faithless,
who do not believe in Christ.
Then the Christ is going to turn and come over to the town, and when
the treasures of this Earth are going to be opened, and where there is
gold or silver, then the earth will work out smoke, and the gullible
and the beneficent King says: "Enter so as to see which one is this
smoke, and since there is the command of the King they will go, and
they will find treasures of gold and silver and there is going to give as
a gift all the gold to all the devout ones, and after all these similarly
he will gift them to the devout people. Such there is going to be the
volume of the treasure, so that a part of it will be cast away and part
of it, because of its disuse delight and elation is going to be to all over
the world and there is not going to be unjust, nor aggrieved because
the sinners and the unjust are going to be annihilated former before
the land, and then the hand is going to languish honey and milk.

Furthermore in three years, the King is going to chase the
disloyal nations, then he is going to enter the Queen of the cities
"there he is going to repose in joy and happiness and after them
another King is going to reign and he is going to show brutality and a
great ferocity (misanthropy) and he will reign. Then Enoh and Elias
and Ioannis the Evangelist will come, preaching to all Christians, that
a fallacy is going to deceive them and watch out and be careful not to
be deceived and cheated as the Holy Gospel, so claims, that as the
said Antichrist will come. Thes. b' and Ioan. Let. Cathol. A' ch. b'.

1440
Prophesies above the grave of Konstantinos The Great

Konstantios, the son of Konstantinos the Great, during his reign
brought his father corpse with royal splendor from Nicomidia to
Istanbul and buried him with a funeral procession in Saint Epistle's
church. Above the cover of the grave of Konstantinos The Great, who
was the first Christian King, there had been many wise men, that were
blessed at that time and could make predictions, who wrote the letters
below. Those include prophesies concerning the Turkish reign and its
end. A very wise man Patriarch Gennadios, while still being temporal,
judge and king interpreted the letter about Ioannis Palaiologos' reign
Floredia's Synod. We received those interpretations through time's
experience and human hands.

At the first of Indictou, Ismail's reign, the so -called
Moameth, is going to crush Palaiologo's generation and is going to


dominate over the seven hills, he will reign domestically, he'll also
govern many nations and he will devastate the islands up to Efxinos
Pontos. At the eight of Indictou he will conquer the Peloponnese and
will govern it. At the ninth of Indictou he is going to march out
against the northern parts. At the tenth of Indictou he will win and
he'll return again after many years into Dalmates where he will make
a great war with a result to be partially crushed. The human masses
and the nations, accompanied by westerns both at sea and land, will
make war and they will win Ismail (of Turkish). The blond nation (the
Russians) together with the avengers will dominate over the whole of
Ismail (Turkey) and will conquer the Seven Hills with all the
privileges they have. Then, the Russians will provoke a civil war,
which will be really ferocious until the fifth hour. And a voice will be
heard: "Stand, stand with fear and run very greatly towards the right.
You will find a brave, marvelous and sturdy man. This man you will
have as a despot (governor). Because he is a friend of mine and this
man after you get him, you will fulfill my own will".

A Manuscript by the Kostamonitou Monastery

The prophesy was written by the wise and the saints above the
grave of Constantine the Great, the first Christian king since 339
when Great Constantine died till 1440, when it was interpreted, 13
years before the Fall of Constantinople.

EXPLANATION

1440
Prophesies above the grave of Konstantinos The Great

Konstantios, the son of Konstantinos the Great, during his reign
brought his father corpse with royal splendor from Nicomidia to
Istanbul and buried him with a funeral procession in Saint Epistle's
church. Above the cover of the grave of Konstantinos The Great, who
was the first Christian King, there had been many wise men, that were
blessed at that time and could make predictions, who wrote the letters
below. Those include prophesies concerning the Turkish reign and its
end. A very wise man Patriarch Gennadios, while still being temporal,
judge and king interpreted the letter about Ioannis Palaiologos' reign
Floredia's Synod. We received those interpretations through time's
experience and human hands.

At the first of Indictou, Ismail's reign, the so -called Moameth, is
going to crush Palaiologo's generation and is going to dominate over
the seven hills, he will reign domestically, he'll also govern many
nations and he will devastate the islands up to Efxinos Pontos. At the
eight of Indictou he will conquer the Peloponnese and will govern it.
At the ninth of Indictou he is going to march out against the northern
parts. At the tenth of Indictou he will win and he'll return again after


many years into Dalmates where he will make a great war with a
result to be partially crushed. The human masses and the nations,
accompanied by westerns both at sea and land, will make war and
they will win Ismail (of Turkish). The blond nation (the Russians)
together with the avengers will dominate over the whole of Ismail
(Turkey) and will conquer the Seven Hills with all the privileges they
have. Then, the Russians will provoke a civil war, which will be
really ferocious until the fifth hour. And a voice will be heard: "Stand,
stand with fear and run very greatly towards the right. You will find a
brave, marvelous and sturdy man. This man you will have as a despot
(governor). Because he is a friend of mine and this man after you get
him, you will fulfill my own will".
***********************
The Arabs were the first ones who besieged Constantinople in 625,
then the Arabs in 671 for seven consequent years, secondly in 717
and twice the Russians did so in 865 and in 1043 year.
This is certified by the "theory of our saint's father Methodius (310)
bishop of Pataris about what is going to happen in the future" which is
saved in manuscripts. "The blond generation is going to rule on the
Sevenhills, for six or five, and cabbage is going to be planted on it
and a lot of them will be eaten for the revenge of the saints".
***********************

PROPHESY
of Saint Agathaggelos 1279 A.D.


"Greece will become again locale of robberies and devastations by the
Turkish". The governments and the nation will be found in a difficult
situation. The enemy will proceed up to the six miles. But, afterwards,
the Eastern nation will help the Greeks, which, after they get over by
the shock of invasion, they will march out together with their whole
army and they will persecute the Turkish not only from Greece but
from the whole of Europe. The Turkish will find shelter only in
Mecca (Red Apple tree). Constantinople will become again the capital
of Hellenism.

EXPLANATION

Prophesy of Saint Agathaggelos 1279 A.D.
"Greece will become again locale of robberies and devastations by the
Turkish". The governments and the nation will be found in a difficult
situation. The enemy will proceed up to the six miles. But, afterwards,
the Eastern nation will help the Greeks, which, after they get over by
the shock of invasion, they will march out together with their whole
army and they will persecute the Turkish not only from Greece but
from the whole of Europe. The Turkish will find shelter only in
Mecca (Red Apple tree). Constantinople will become again the capital
of Hellenism.

THE PROPHESIES -SAINT
KOSMAS of AETOLIA 1777 A.D.


Kosmas of Aetolia prophesies the same. The Turks will leave
and they will come back and they will reach Examilia. At the end:
"They will be persecuted to Kokkini Milia (Malum Punicum), in the
depth of Asia".
1."The Turks will leave and they will come back and they will reach
Examilia. At the end they will be persecuted to Kokkini Milia. One
third of the Turks will be killed and the other one third will be
baptized and only one third will manage to reach Kokkini Milia.
2."The Turks will be aware of the secret three days sooner than the
Christians". (In the Albanian manuscript, the prophesy is quoted as
follows: "The Turks will realize it three days sooner than the
Christians").
3."At the end of this open war the wolf will be living harmoniously
with the lamb".
4."In Constantinople there will be so much blood that will cover a
three years old calf".
5."Those who will survive the open war will be fortunate. They will
eat with silver spoons".
6."There will be such cruelty that the mothers will be terrified and
they will deliver their children earlier".
7."They will impose to you high and unbearable taxes, but they will
not have time to put them in effect".
8."They will even put taxes on the chickens and the windows".
9."They will recruit you. But they will not have time to put this in
effect".
10."The monks will be the worst and the most impious of all".
11."You should point your accusations against the Pope, because he is
the reason of all these".
12."You should wish to be a day and not a night, to be summer and
not winter".
13."There will be many things going on. Your big cities will become
cities of huts".
14.There will come the time when the Christians will fight one
another".
15."The army will be only halfway through Constantinople, when the
good news will arrive".
16."The Blond nation will free Constantinople".
17." This disaster will hold on three days or three months or three
years. "

PROPHESY
By Saint Anonymous 1053 A.D.
The Prophesy is found in Mount Athos, in the
Koutloumousiou Monastery

Within five, five and fifty years there will come the end of sufferings,
while in the seventh nobody will be in exile. They will return into the
open arms of the Mother Church.
This kind of people there will be and this is the way everything will
be done.
Amen. Amen. Amen.
I am the A and Z.
The first and the last one to be.
Finally the true Orthodox belief there will be a flock and a shepherd.
This is going to be.
Amen. Amen. Amen.



Facts that have already happened:
The Great European War.
The defeat of Germany, the destruction of Russia and Austria.
The defeat of Turkey by the Greeks.
The reinforcement of the Turks by the Western countries and the
defeat of the Greeks by the Turks.
The massacre of the Orthodoxies.
Great turbulence among the Orthodox nations.
Turkey became great power for a short period of time.
A new European War (Second World War)
.
The defeat of the French by the Germans.
The rebellion of the Indians and the separation of England.
England was lest with the Saxons.


Facts that will happen:
Victory of the Orthodox Nations. Defeat of the Turks and the
massacre of the Turks by the Orthodox Nations.
Turbulence in the world.
Desperation upon earth.
A fighting among seven nations in Constantinople. Three days and
three nights of massacring.
Victory of the most powerful nations among the seven ones.
Alliance of the six nations against the seventh one.
An Angel sent by Christ will cease the war and will return
Constantinople to the Greeks.
The prophesy means the Russian and some other Orthodox nations.


Prophesy by Saint Tarasius

What is of great concern in our days is a possible third world war,
maybe a nuclear disaster. There is no bigger stupidity than the one
that has overwhelmed them, since they are well aware of the
imminent disaster. Only a mistake, let it be an accident, is capable of
polluting and destroying everything. But they will not give way,
despite the protestations of the innocent people.
A nuclear war, the complatible weapons, despite being well
developed, was not able to cause any kind of desperation and world
danger. But now that they can destroy the whole earth eight times
within a few minutes, it is proved that the prophet's prediction, which
was done centuries ago, depicts the current situation. We shed our
light on the third world war and this because there will happen
unprecedented things. The first prophesy was referring to a horrible
war, "a civil war", the second referred to such a terrible massacre for
three days, that the blood with reach Keratios Gulf, according to the
following prophesies and thus there is an agreement and true among
the prophesies.

***********************

PROPHESY


of Saint Andreas.

So, afterwards, they will gather at the same place. One opposite the
other and after they clash, the one will cut the limbs of the other as it
happens in the butcher's with sheep, and the three kings of the army
will be killed with all the masses. And their blood will be poured
down to earth, like in flood with rain's water, so that everything will
be covered. Then, the sea will be mixed with their blood in twelve
points and all the women will be widows. Indeed, seven women will
be looking for a man and they will not find him because they were
killed in the war.

TRANSLATION
Prophesy of Saint Andreas.


So, afterwards, they will gather at the same place. One opposite the
other and after they clash, the one will cut the limbs of the other as it
happens in the butcher's with sheep, and the three kings of the army
will be killed with all the masses. And their blood will be poured
down to earth, like in flood with rain's water, so that everything will
be covered. Then, the sea will be mixed with their blood in twelve
points and all the women will be widows. Indeed, seven women will
be looking for a man and they will not find him because they were
killed in the war.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
08/02/2009 02:59 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
--------------This is from GLP 2003------------------------

Kay
10/18/2003
1:03 pm EDT
Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

Much of these prophecies are just taken from the Bible and a Muslim twist put on it.

For example, the part about Gog and Magog, where they die and the birds eat their flesh for 7 years... that is in Revelation.

The Plagues, the wars, much of it is in the book of Revelation.
salatheel
10/18/2003
1:06 pm EDT

Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

Of course I can be wrong. I am often wrong. I admit it.It is very dangerous to believe oneself or ones religion infallible. That is what creates all these problems in the first place.
Kay
10/18/2003
1:07 pm EDT
Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

Is there to be an eclipse on the first day of Ramadan this year?
Clear Eyes
10/18/2003
1:11 pm EDT

Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

Ramadan is Oct 26 - Nov. 24.

The lunar eclipse is Nov. 9 and the solar eclipse is Nov. 23.
MYSTIFIED
10/18/2003
1:16 pm EDT

Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

So in essence many of you are COMMON DAY FALSE PROPHET/ESS and FALSE VISIONARIES..

Meaning namely that you are not A TRUE PROPHET, whose PROPHECIES will come to PASS...

Some predictions that are being revealed by some of you, may certainly come to PASS, deeming our WORLD SITUATION in the MIDDLE EAST, but as Salatheel has stated, it is more common knowledge and logic.
Wyzyrd
10/18/2003
1:16 pm EDT

Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

oops
Wyzyrd
10/18/2003
1:16 pm EDT

Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

Actually, Islam and Christianty and Judiasm originated in Sumer and Babylon.

The stories are the same; the names have been changed to protect the guilty.

(You can include Buddhism and Janism and Tao and Hindu and the rest of the ´isms as well).

It all revolves around the Sun.

"Hey, we don´t HAVE to just be sheep!" - Gary Larson

heh
man_47
10/18/2003
1:18 pm EDT

Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

Prophecies are a matter of faith. Even after they have been fulfilled, some people will doubt the validity of the prophesy.

I think people who believe something in the presence of abundant evidence which normally requires faith, are simply free from the blinding delusion of the natural rebellion to God.

Rational and reasonable people will deny anything leading to the knowledge of God, even abundant proof, or clear fulfillment of prophecy when they are in rebellion to God.

They are too proud to believe in God. They think their vanity and self-esteem is a virtue.

I would believe Mohammed is a prophet of God if I see these prophecies fulfilled.
Clear Eyes
10/18/2003
1:19 pm EDT

Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

MYSTIFIED, incase you misssed the whole premise of this thread it deals with Islamic prophecies not prophecies of anyone at GLP.

Peace,
CE
Wyzyrd
10/18/2003
1:27 pm EDT

Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

Someone once said that the mark of a true prophet is that his/her prophecies do not come to pass.

Prophecies are warnings.

Just thought I´d throw that in. (c:

Also, consider prophecies as blueprints. "This must happen because it was foretold in..."

Self-fulfilling.

Just thoughts.
Kay
10/18/2003
1:27 pm EDT
Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

These prophecies are not from Mohammed. They are from imams throughout the world. Some even talk about airplanes.
Clear Eyes
10/18/2003
1:29 pm EDT

Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

Kay, and that is what I have been running into.

I still can not find this prophecy in the Koran with verse.

:: sigh ::
MYSTIFIED
10/18/2003
1:32 pm EDT

Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

Islamic prophecies should be scrutinized just as any prophecy, whether it be from Islam, Christianity, or from anyone for that matter..

I am not in anyway stating that these predictions/prophecies will not come to pass..

Often times, threads will veer off course, to discuss plausible scenarios...

Carry on...
salatheel
10/18/2003
1:41 pm EDT

Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

An International Prophecy Journal

© www.lampholderpub.com

lampholder@hotmail.com



...investigating dreams and visions

...studying the realm of the prophetic

From The Lampholder Prophecy Files

September 10, 2003,

with excerpts from January 6, 2003 Lampholder Newsletter







When Islamic extremists decide to attack,

they first send an order through a coded message...

perhaps, The Lampholder prophetically

discerned the message...?





A Sign of the Reappearance (al-qa´im)

of the (Imam)

August - November 2003?





Both the nearness of Mars and the November 2003 eclipses may have

special significance in Islamic eschatology

because it was prophesied that when a constant beam of light

from the star (the planet Mars),

shines brighter than the moon and appears in the East,

it will be the time of the appearance of Imam Mahdi.



From the "Wild Horse Prophecy" -

"A signal sounded, the flag was raised, and

the skillful horsemen emerged from a heated, desert sun..."









HAS THE BANNER BEEN RAISED?

We will send down on them signs from the sky, and

their necks will remain bent submissively to them. (XXVI 4)

...The chest and face of man will appear in the centre of the sun,

who will be recognized by his standing and genealogy



A prophecy in ancient Islamic tradition (usul) indicates a black wind (huayra yana) will rise up at the beginning of "The Day" [of judgment] and then a great earthquake will shake the land so much that it will almost be swallowed up; "before the one who will arise (al-qa´im), there will be red death and white death; there will be locusts at their usual time and at their unusual time like the colours of blood. As for red death that is (from) the sword, while white death is (from) plague." (1)

In the Islamic Hadith, the hour for the end-of-the-world, and the prophets who awake at the Last Judgment [salawatullahi ta´ala ´alaihim ajmain], cannot occur until the al-Mahdi comes forth, "the Guided one," the descendant of Fatima from the family of Muhammad. Mahdi is a man, not a prophet. In Islamic eschatology, Mahdi will lead the people for seven years just prior to the return of the [Islamic] Jesus [Isa]. Mahdi will lead Muslims in victory over an anti-christ (the Dajjal), Europeans, Americans, Jews, and the white race in general. A great war known as al-Malhamah al-Kubrah (also known to the Christian as Armageddon) will occur upon the face of the Earth. According to Islamic prophecy, this war will be carried out because Al-Hajj.39 permits Muslims to fight [against disbelievers; qitl fee sibil-Allah; Infidels] who fight against Muslim believers´ victory [the al-Mumrin]. NOTE: All Infidels are nonMuslims, and the hypocrites [and apostates] are Muslims who align with the Infidels. Apostate Muslims and the mushrik [polytheist] are considered counterfeit and not considered to be true, authentic Muslims. They, along with the Infidels, are to be eliminated.

The purpose of victory in this war is the conversion of the entire world to Islam in the cause of Allah [Jihad fee sibil-Allah]. Those who do not believe in Allah, the Last Day, or acknowledgement of the [Islamic] religion of truth must pay Jizya with willing submission [they must be subdued; 9.38]. All of those unwilling to convert will be killed because, according to the prophecy, God´s object is to purge those that are true in faith and to deprive of blessing those that "resist" faith [3:142]. After this time-period of great purging and conversion, then peace will encompass the entire world comprised entirely of Muslim followers.

Mahdi´s capital will ultimately be in Damascus, Syria (ancient Assyria); but the central location for the Mahdi´s appearance, spoken of by Muhammad, and the key areas for Islamic end-times prophecy are found both in Iraq (specifically Baghdad) and Afghanistan, ancient Khurasan. In the Arab world, Baghdad is the belly, or naval of the universe, just as Jerusalem is the belly of Israel, and Washington D.C. is the belly of the United States. It is in Afghanistan where Muhammad prophesied the Mahdi will gather together a great army. Islamic militants see these areas of the world as prophetic territory for Arab armies to unite against the evils [infidels] of the world, and with one goal - a march toward Jerusalem.

Again, the purpose is to conquer and dominate the world for Islam and to encompass the Islamic Khilafah as one great state. This one-world domination may be reflected in the two-fold representation of the Islamic standard [flag, banner containing the Shari`ah Islamic Law or Creed] - one flag is for jihad [war] and one for state/government [Ibn Majah; Islamic ruled].

The United States attacked the Taliban/al Qaeda in Afghanistan destroying much of their army/weaponry, but with the war in Iraq, more and more Islamic militants are flocking to Afghanistan to fulfill their call to join in the conquest. Now that Saddam is supposedly (and questionably?) out-of-the-way, the militants see this situation as an opportunity to organize in Iraq. All of this is playing out according to Islamic [extremists´] eschatology, except the United States is still a roadblock thwarting the gathering of Mahdi´s army. So it is the intention of the Taliban/al Qaeda, etc., to commit acts of terror in Iraq, Afghanistan, and other key areas around the world, in order to deplete the U.S./allies resources and weaken their resolve.

In this religious framework, of course the Iraqi´s are happy about being "liberated," but not only because of obtaining a democratic society or simply the end of the ruling Ba´ath party. Iraq is an integral part of the Mahdi prophecy, and according to Islamic prophecy, when he appears, the people of Iraq will come to Mahdi and swear allegiance to him. As a Muslim, when they are summoned to fight "against a people given to vehement war" they must obey in order to receive a reward or otherwise be greatly punished [61.4].

This is the reason why U.S.-led efforts in Iraq, Afghanistan, and other areas must not stop short of their purpose; otherwise, militant groups will continue to reorganize into a vast army intent on world domination.



The U.S. and Islamic Eschatology

According to Islamic tradition, the Qur´an indicates the great fire will burn up the wicked (non-Muslims, infidels), destroying the evil off the face of the Earth. This Islamic prophecy has a twofold purpose - (1) not to destroy the United States; but (2) to claim the United States as a Muslim nation; and (3) bring about the conflagration that helps to usher in the "Islamic Millennium."

To bring about this end, the old way of life, along with the infidels, must be eliminated before the new way of life can proceed. This will occur during the 16,000th year (or 7,000th year in Christian/Messianic Jewish theory). Another form of Islam purports a rather shocking revelation, "...Hereafter...The rule of the white race terminates at the 16,000th (7,000th) year and that year is the beginning of the Black nation´s rule again...This is the beginning of what is prophesied -- the7,000th year, meaning the seven thousandth year after the rule of 6,000 years by the white race, and in our calendar [Islamic] history, it is the white race, and in our calendar [Islamic] history, it is the 16,000th year (this is called the 7,000th year by the Christian writers)." (2) The 7th Year in Islamic eschatology is the 6,000th year in Christianity and representative of the Great Tribulation and horrible persecution. America is the Islamic millennial kingdom and according to Muslim prophecy, the U.S. capitol will surrender to Islam.

The West cannot ultimately defeat religious extremism when law makers and in many ways, ordinary citizens, cannot understand their own religious´ foundations. America is fast becoming a secular nation. Yet, it is vitally important to understand the religious´ nature of terror. Terrorism cannot be fought with diplomacy or politics. When people do not understand zealous faith, or the "religious" aspect of Islamic law (the Shari´ah) even when it is misguided, they fight with the weapons of politics. Politics can only temporarily subdue militant religious´ fervor, never eliminate it - because you can kill the terrorist but not the purpose that drives them. Bullets will only contribute to martyrdom. Being a Shahid martyr is an honor to extremists, and simply another obstacle to overcome in achieving the goal of paradise. To the Shahid martyr, death is not the end, but the beginning [3.170]. Martyrdom is an immediate entrance into the "Gardens beneath which Rivers flow, and to beautiful mansions in Gardens of Eternity" [61.13].

If the U.S. does not act aggressively in fighting against terrorists/terrorist regimes, the U.S./allies will be putting off the inevitable. Neutralizing an understanding of cultural/religious differences, along with supporting a basically nonreligious-oriented liberal agenda in dealing with Islamic extremists, could very well bring about the demise of the U.S. democracy. Attempts to pacify or make peace with terrorism is like making a viper your friend. Inevitably, the viper will turn inflicting death upon its victim. All countries around the world should be similarly concerned, not just the U.S. If terrorism had its way, no country will be safe. A friend to terrorists today, will be an enemy tomorrow. Islamic extremists are zealously committed in their attempts to unite in jihad to bring about the Mahdi prophecy, as Muhammad commanded, "even if you have to crawl over ice" to join the army.



Has the banner been raised?

Black is the color of Muhammad, but the black flag of extremism also signifies revenge, revolution, war, and reflected in the black headband [or turban] of a warrior going into battle. Islamic tradition teaches that there will be a call from the sky at the beginning of The Day, and an army will come forth out of Afghanistan (ancient Khurasan) wearing black headbands and carrying black banners [flag or standard]. It was Muhammad who told Muslims that when they see the black flags they must join that army of men in a relentless march toward [Illya] Jerusalem. It is this army that will pave the way for Imam Mahdi´s kingdom to rule. So it has been, and will continue to be, the ancient Islamic goal to have the black flag of Islam flying over the city of Jerusalem.

In one of his taped messages, Uosama bin Laden revealed that 2003 will be the year of his demise "in the belly of an eagle." Even though the Taliban/al-Qaeda´s strength has been significantly diminished, sadly a blending of the old vanquished and a new terror will soon confront the world. It will be this group that has the prophetic hopes of ushering in the 12th Imam Mahdi, thereby escalating Islamic world domination, and, as a result, bring about the end to U.S. hegemony. Quoting from another message from Uosama bin Laden, he said, "America will witness great events so great that they will be beyond the believable. They will exceed those ever imagined, and those of 11 September. We are ready to execute the events on orders. They will devastate the region...A great Black Wind will affect the infidels, the people of the book [Christians; Ahl al-Kitab or Kufaar] are awaiting this battle, a Armageddon...It will not be us, but America who will be effected. A Black Wind will blow across the land."

Where is Uosama bin Laden? The Lampholder revealed a prophetic vision of his possible whereabouts in the early part of 2001/2002. There are several places where an Islamic prophet might determine his fate, and also where he would come forth to claim the role of a prophet to all of Islam. Islamic prophecy is to unfold in Iraq and especially the mountains of Afghanistan. As reported in the September 25, 2001, Lampholder Newsletter on Uosama bin Laden in comparison to the Scorpion/Snake, he believes he has been appointed as [or the precursor to] the prophet/messiah/martyr of the Muslim world. Uosama bin Laden, or another greater than he, will attempt to lead an army of Islamic extremists against all Infidels.

If Uosama bin Laden believes himself to be the Imam Mahdi [or a precursor to], then it is quite understandable why he would want to remain in or near the Northern Afghan borders to fulfill the prophecy. The Mahdi will descend from the mountains in order to bring this prophecy into fulfillment, and Islamic extremists are flowing into these areas to join other Islamic warriors for a much anticipated end-time battle.

Al Jazeera television is probably the best friend of the Mahdi (or perhaps the presumed Mahdi, Uosama bin Laden). One of the best ways to support and recruit the world (especially Americans) to Islam is through the medium of television. Television is not only a microphone, but a testimonial, with the entire world as an audience. The taped messages aired conveniently-timed from Al Jazeera (in attempts to portray impartiality) only present Uosama bin Laden in a positive frame. His messages are not only openly confrontational and filled with threats, but they also have a subliminal quality of portraying Uosama bin Laden as an immortal legacy to the Arab people - just what the Mahdi would want to convey.





See also Terror Days of Ramadan





________________________________



The Book of Proverbs reads,

Train up a child in the way he should go

and when he is old, he will not depart from it.

Proverbs 22:6



So who is teaching love, tolerance, or hatred?



Islamic Youth Camps

Teach our children to love taking revenge...,

and teach them that our youngsters will liberate Palestine and al-Quds [Jerusalem]

when they go back to Islam and make jihad for the sake of Allah...

So we may defend the flag on this Day of Jihad....



According to the WAMY-Canada Internet site -

"The World Assembly of Muslim Youth is an international Islamic organization.

The headquarters is in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia.

U.S. Links Toronto group to bin Laden

Runs Islamic youth camps - Nephew Abdullah allegedly founded

Stewart Bell, National Post









S. A. Miller, Sr. Editor

Lampholder Publications 2003



This article presented for Educational Purposes Only

All Rights Reserved



_______________________________



NOTE: As a preface to a study on Islam, please remember Lampholder Publications is very pro-education in relationship to the research and study of world religions in relationship to prophecy. We do not intentionally find fault with any religion, but we do search out truth. This study is for dissemination and
discernment in seeking answers and to gain a clearer understanding of the Islamic "extremists" who terrorize the world. This study´s purpose is to stimulate thought and further questions. All people need compassion for the innocent victims of terror, irregardless of their religious´ belief or faith.





___________________________

References:

(1) Muhammad b. Abi al-Bilad

(2) Lampholder Publications, Lampholder Research, 2001

(3) Part II, Terror´s Agenda, The Hidden Message of bin Laden´s War, and The Second Part of the Prophecy,

Lampholder Publications, October 7, 2001
Kay
10/18/2003
1:46 pm EDT
Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

Clear Eyes, I don´t think it´s in the Koran.
It is just writings of teachers of Islam. They do have a book called the Hadith, which compiles this stuff. That is where this stuff is. I think it is pretty recent writings, too.
Anonymous Coward
10/18/2003
1:52 pm EDT
Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

Blurry eyes get off your high horse of cut and paste and stop acting as if a thread never remained the subject of the topic TITLE.

GIVE US A BREAK, why dont you!
Clear Eyes
10/18/2003
2:01 pm EDT

Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

AC, thanks for the bump.

Wanna dance?

;)
Clear Eyes
10/18/2003
2:03 pm EDT

Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

Kay, I don´t know whether it is or not.

Salatheel, thank you!!
Kay
10/18/2003
2:09 pm EDT
Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

The most bizarre prophecy that has come out of Islam recently is the proclamation that the Ummah, or the group of Islamic believers will inhabit America of all places, during their triumphant reign.
Clear Eyes
10/18/2003
2:13 pm EDT

Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

Kay, I wish I thought that was far-fetched.

I don´t.

Their prophecies deal heavily with Afghanistan and Iraq .. the very places our forces have invaded.

Did you read the last post by Salatheel?
Tree Hugger
10/18/2003
2:39 pm EDT

Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

I also believe in The Law of One and I believe Jesus also believed in The Law of One as did all the other masters who walked this earth and taught unconditional love. The abomination religions that were set up later in the name of those Masters have been a blight on the earth. Read the Oahspe Bible where the four major religions are called Beasts because of the bloodshed they have caused.
Trained Observer
10/18/2003
3:05 pm EDT
Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

i believe cleareyes is a nut. she needs stuff to do. sitting on the internet and copying and pasting doom and gloom stories is not productive. i´m worried about cleareyes. she needs professional help. sitting online 24/7 is unhealthy. please help her.
Clear Eyes
10/18/2003
3:14 pm EDT

Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

Untrained Observer, your facination with me is amazing.
Mash unlogged
10/18/2003
3:19 pm EDT
Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

First will come Dajjal. Men will think that he is god. Many will be deceived by him en follow him.

Then will come Jesus to fight Dajjal. Mahdi will be the last to come and he will bring an end to the bloodshed and establish the kingdom of Allah on earth which will last for forty yeras.

I dont know if this event will take place during the ramadan. This all i have heard from my parents in my childhood.

You can do a google search with these words dajjal, mahdi,
of maybe with deccal and mehdi

Mash
truth
10/18/2003
6:52 pm EDT
Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

wow bump
Kay
10/18/2003
7:03 pm EDT
Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

Yes, I read it a while back... the Black Wind... it´s pretty spooky. The thing is,
is that people are always saying "the New World Order...The Illuminati... ", when it could be really the Jihadists after all.

I really don´t think it could happen here. We have too many Christian Patriots, rednecks, and other defenders of their homes that won´t let it happen.

Americans are really pretty tough.
Anonymous Coward
10/18/2003
7:19 pm EDT
Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

I actually feel CHRISTIANITY has been taken over by the ANTI CHRIST-Satan.

GOD will return and cast most all of them into hell-even the Pride-filled so called "believers"
Anonymous Coward
10/18/2003
7:20 pm EDT
Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

I actually feel CHRISTIANITY has been taken over by the ANTI CHRIST-Satan.

GOD will return and cast most all of them into hell-even the Pride-filled so called "believers"
Anonymous Coward
10/18/2003
7:53 pm EDT
Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

CLEAR EYES
yes the prophecy is correct. but it may not be this Ramadn (some moslems don´t agree with me). the two eclipses will be seen from Arabia in 2005 and the war will start a year after.
if you are interested in Islamic prophecies, try to look for these titles:
in this forum:
WW III according to Islam
America´s oil supply not the reason for Iraq?
(last post)

and using a search engine, try these:
KITAB AL-FITAN
Who is the evil Dajjal
Timing of wwIII according to Islamic texts
AL MAHDI, JESUS and DAJJAL
Anonymous Coward
10/18/2003
9:28 pm EDT
Re: Anyone Know Islamic Prophecies? Is This True?

HOLY SHIT BATMAN BUMP
Page 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Anonymous Coward
User ID: 716629
Argentina
08/02/2009 03:05 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
[link to www.youtube.com]

[link to www.youtube.com]
Anonymous Coward
User ID: 716629
Argentina
08/02/2009 03:06 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
[link to www.youtube.com]

[link to www.youtube.com]
ALeopardSanctuary

User ID: 740091
United States
08/02/2009 03:08 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
Go Perseus -]+[-
your bday!
Brother sun, intuition moon. Home at the forest.

Sure every post I have mentions goat blood...How do you think we get plasma tv's?

Organic needs are being assaulted. I'm not amused by this & encourage all to grow heirloom seed for themselves.

The garden gives greatest power.
Diabetes curing food list [Forget the FDA - Think for yourself]:
Thread: Every item recently recalled by FDA for salmonella has diabetic healing also prostate Big Pharma rids their competition
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
08/02/2009 03:27 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
Go Perseus -]+[-
your bday!
 Quoting: ALeopardSanctuary

ty:)
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
08/02/2009 04:16 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
....WHEN CALIFORNIA FALLS INTO THE SEA ( prophecy )....

-----------CALIFORNIA FALLS INTO THE SEA-------------

The 1937 Vision of Joe Brandt, 17 "This is California.
We are going into the sea." I woke up in the hospital
room with a terrific headache--as if the whole world
was revolving inside my brain. I remember, vaguely,
the fall from my horse--Blackie. As I lay there,
pictures began to form in my mind--pictures that stood
sill. I seemed to be in another world. Whether it was
the future, or it was some ancient land, I could not
say. Then slowly, like the silver screen of the
"talkies", but with color and smell and sound, I
seemed to find myself in Los Angeles--but I swear it
was much bigger, and buses and odd-shaped cars crowded
the city streets. I thought about Hollywood Boulevard,
and I found myself there. Whether this is true, I do
not know, but there were a lot of guys my age with
beards and wearing, some of them, earrings. All the
girls, some of them keen-o, wore real short
skirts...and they slouched along--moving like a dance.
Yet they seemed familiar. I wondered if I could talk
to them, and I said, "Hello," but they didn´t see or
hear me. I decided I would look as funny to them as
they looked to me. I guess it is something you have to
learn. I couldn´t do it. I noticed there was a
quietness about the air, a kind of stillness.
Something else was missing, something that should be
there. At first, I couldn´t figure it out, I didn´t
know what it was--then I did. There were no birds. I
listened. I walked two blocks north of the
Boulevard--all houses--no birds. I wondered what had
happened to them. Had they gone away? Again, I could
hear the stillness. Then I knew something was going to
happen. I wondered what year it was. It certainly was
not 1937. I saw a newspaper on the corner with a
picture of the President. It surely wasn´t Mr.
Roosevelt. He was bigger, heavier, big ears. If it
wasn´t 1937, I wondered what year it was. . My eyes
weren´t working right. Someone was coming--someone in
1937--it was that darned, fat nurse ready to take my
temperature. I woke up. Crazy dream. [The next day].
Gosh, my headache is worse. It is a wonder I didn´t
get killed on that horse. I´ve had another crazy
dream, back in Hollywood. Those people. Why do they
dress like that, I wonder? Funny glow about them. It
is a shine around their heads--something shining. I
remember it now. I found myself back on the Boulevard.
I was waiting for something to happen and I was going
to be there. I looked up at the clock down by that big
theater. It was ten minutes to four. Something big was
going to happen. I wondered if I went into a movie
(since nobody could see me) if I´d like it. Some
cardboard blond was draped over the marquee with her
leg six feet long. I started to go in, but it wasn´t
inside. I was waiting for something to happen outside.
I walked down the street. In the concrete they have
names of stars. I just recognized a few of them. The
other names I had never heard. I was getting bored, I
wanted to get back to the hospital in Fresno, and I
wanted to stay there on the Boulevard, even if nobody
could see me. Those crazy kids. Why are they dressed
like that? Maybe it is some big Halloween doings, but
it don´t seem like Halloween. More like early spring.
There was that sound again, that lack of sound.
Stillness,stillness, stillness. The quiet is getting
bigger and bigger. I know it is going to happen.
Something is going to happen. It is happening now! It
sure did. She woke me up, grinning and smiling, that
fat one again. "It´s time for your milk, kiddo," she
says. Gosh, old women of thirty acting like the cat´s
pajamas. Next time maybe she´ll bring hot chocolate.
Where have I been? Where haven´t I been? I´ve been to
the ends of the earth and back. I´ve been to the end
of the world--there isn´t anything left. Not even
Fresno, even though I´m lying here right this minute.
If only my eyes would get a little clearer so I can
write all this down. Nobody will believe me, anyway.
I´m going back to that last moment on the Boulevard.
Some sweet kid went past, dragging little boys (twins,
I guess) by each hand. Her skirt was up--well, pretty
high--and she had a tired look. I thought for a minute
I could ask her about the birds, what had happened to
them, and then I remembered she hadn´t seen me. Her
hair was all frowzy, way out all over her head. A lot
of them looked like that, but she looked so tired and
like she was sorry about something. I guess she was
sorry before it happened--because it surely did
happen. There was a funny smell. I don´t know where it
came from. I didn´t like it. A smell like sulphur,
sulfuric acid, a smell like death. For a minute I
thought I was back in chem [chemistry]. When I looked
around for the girl, she was gone. I wanted to find
her for some reason. It was as if I knew something was
going to happen and I could stay with her, help her.
She was gone, and I walked half a block, then I saw
the clock again. My eyes seemed glued to that clock. I
couldn´t move. I just waited. It was five minutes to
four on a sunny afternoon. I thought I would stand
there looking at that clock forever waiting for
something to come. Then, when it came, it was nothing.
It was just nothing. It wasn´t nearly as hard as the
earthquake we had two years ago. The ground shook,
just an instant. People looked at each other,
surprised. Then they laughed. I laughed, too. So this
was what I had been waiting for. This funny little
shake. It meant nothing. I was relieved and I was
disappointed. What had I been waiting for? I started
back up the Boulevard, moving my legs like those kids.
How do they do it? I never found out. I felt as if the
ground wasn´t solid under me. I knew I was dreaming,
and yet I wasn´t dreaming. There was that smell again,
coming up from the ocean. I was getting to the 5 and
10 store and I saw the look on the kids´ faces. Two of
them were right in front of me, coming my way. "Let´s
get out of this place. Let´s go back East." He seemed
scared. It wasn´t as if the sidewalks were
trembling--but you couldn´t seem to see them. Not with
your eyes you couldn´t. An old lady had a dog, a
little white dog, and she stopped and looked scared,
and grabbed him in her arms and said: "Let´s go home,
Frou, Frou. Mama is going to take you home." That poor
lady, hanging on to her dog. I got scared. Real
scared. I remembered the girl. She was way down the
block, probably. I ran and ran, and the ground kept
trembling. I couldn´t see it. I couldn´t see it. But I
knew it was trembling. Everybody looked scared. They
looked terrible. One young lady just sat down on the
sidewalk all doubled up. She kept saying, "earthquake,
its the earthquake," over and over. But I couldn´t see
that anything was different. Then, when it came, how
it came. Like nothing in God´s world. Like nothing. It
was like the scream of a siren, long and low, or the>
scream of a woman I heard having a baby when I was a
kid. It was awful. It was as if something--some
monster--was pushing up the sidewalks. You felt it
long before you saw it, as if the sidewalks wouldn´t
hold you anymore. I looked out at the cars. They were
honking, but not scared. They just kept moving. They
didn´t seem to know yet that anything was happening.
Then, that white car, that baby half-sized one came
sprawling from the inside lane right against the curb.
The girl who was driving just sat there. She sat there
with her eyes staring, as if she couldn´t move, but I
could hear her. She made funny noises. I watched her,
thinking of the other girl. I said that it was a dream
and I would wakeup. But I didn´t wake up. The shaking
had started again, but this time different. It was a
nice shaking, like a cradle being rocked for a minute,
and then I saw the middle of the Boulevard seem to be
breaking in two. The concrete looked as if it were
being pushed straight up by some giant shovel. It was
breaking in two. That is why the girl´s car went out
of control. And then a loud sound again, like I´ve
never heard before--then hundreds of sounds--all kinds
of sounds; children, and women, and those crazy guys
with earrings. They were all moving, some of them
above the sidewalk. I can´t describe it. They were
lifted up.. And the waters kept oozing--oozing. The
cries. God, it was awful. I woke up. I never want to
have that dream again. It came again. Like the first
time which was a preview and all I could remember was
that it was the end of the world. I was right back
there--all that crying. Right in the middle of it. My
eardrums felt as if they were going to burst. Noise
everywhere. People falling down, some of them hurt
badly. Pieces of buildings, chips, flying in the air.
One hit me hard on the side of the face, but I didn´t
seem to feel it. I wanted to wake up, to get away from
this place. It had been fun in the beginning, the
first dream, when I kind of knew I was going to dream
the end of the world or something. This was terrible.
There were older people in cars. Most of the kids were
on the street. But those old guys were yelling bloody
murder, as if anybody could help them. Nobody could
help anybody. It was then I felt myself lifted up.
Maybe I had died. I don´t know. But I was over the
city. It was tilting toward the ocean--like a picnic
table. The buildings were holding, better than you
could believe. They were holding. They were holding.
They were holding. The people saw they were holding
and they tried to cling to them or get inside. It was
fantastic. Like a building had a will of its own.
Everything else breaking around them, and they were
holding, holding. I was up over them--looking down. I
started to root for them. "Hold that line," I said.
"Hold that line. Hold that line. Hold that line." I
wanted to cheer, to shout, to scream. If the buildings
held, those buildings on the Boulevard, maybe the
girl--the girl with the two kids--maybe she could get
inside. It looked that way for a long time, maybe
three minutes, and three minutes was like forever. You
knew they were going to hold, even if the waters kept
coming up. Only they didn´t. I´ve never imagined what
it would be like for a building to die. A building
dies just like a person. It gives way, some of the
bigger ones did just that. They began to crumble, like
an old man with palsy, who couldn´t take it anymore.
They crumbled right down to nothing. And the little
ones screamed like mad--over and above the roar of the
people. They were mad about dying. But buildings die.
I couldn´t look anymore at the people. I kept wanting
to get higher. Then I seemed to be out of it all, but
I could see. I seemed to be up on Big Bear near San
Bernardino, but the funny thing was that I could see
everywhere. I knew what was happening. The earth
seemed to start to tremble again. I could feel it even
though I was high up. This time it lasted maybe twelve
seconds, and it was gentle. You couldn´t believe
anything so gentle could cause so much damage. But
then I saw the streets of Los Angeles--and everything
between the San Bernardino mountains and Los Angeles.
It was still tilting towards the ocean, houses,
everything that was left. I could see the big
lanes--dozens of big lanes still loaded with cars
sliding the same way. Now the ocean was coming in,
moving like a huge snake across the land. I wondered
how long it was, and I could see the clock, even
though I wasn´t there on the Boulevard. It was 4:29.
It had been half an hour. I was glad I couldn´t hear
the crying anymore. But I could see everything. I
could see everything. Then, like looking at a huge map
of the world, I could see what was happening on the
land and with the people. San Francisco was feeling
it, but she was not in any way like Hollywood or Los
Angeles. It was moving just like that earthquake movie
with Jeanette McDonald and Gable. I could see all
those mountains coming together...I knew it was going
to happen to San Francisco--it was going to turn
over--it would turn upside down. It went quickly,
because of the twisting, I guess. It seemed much
faster than Hollywood, but then I wasn´t exactly
there. I was a long way off. I was a long, long way
off. I shut my eyes for a long time--I guess ten
minutes--and when I opened them I saw Grand Canyon.
When I looked at Grand Canyon, that great big gap was
closing in, and Boulder Dam was being pushed, from
underneath. And then, Nevada, and on up to Reno. Way
down south, way down. Baja, California. Mexico too. It
looked like some volcano down there was erupting,
along with everything else. I saw the map of South
America, especially Colombia. Another
volcano--eruption--shaking violently. I seemed to be
seeing a movie of three months before--before the
Hollywood earthquake. Venezuela seemed to be having
some kind of volcanic activity. Away off in the
distance, I could see Japan, on a fault, too. It was
so far off--not easy to see because I was still on Big
Bear Mountain, but it started to go into the sea. I
couldn´t hear screaming, but I could see the surprised
look on their faces. They looked so surprised.
Japanese girls are made well, supple, easy, muscles
that move well. Pretty, too. But they were all like
dolls. It was so far away I could hardly see it. In a
minute or two it seemed over. Everybody was gone.
There was nobody left. I didn´t know time now. I
couldn´t see a clock. I tried to see the island of
Hawaii. I could see huge tidal waves beating against
it. The people on the streets were getting wet, and
they were scared. But I didn´t see anybody go into the
sea. I seemed way around the globe. More flooding. Is
the world going to be drenched? Constantinople. Black
Sea rising. Suez Canal, for some reason seemed to be
drying up. Sicily--she doesn´t hold. I could see a
map. Mt Etna. Mt. Etna is shaking. A lot of area
seemed to go, but it seemed to be earlier or later. I
wasn´t sure of time, now. England--huge floods--but no
tidal waves. Water, water everywhere, but no one was
going into the sea. People were frightened and crying.
Some places they fell to the streets on their knees
and started to pray for the world. I didn´t know the
English were emotional. Ireland, Scotland--all kinds
of churches were crowded--it seemed night and day.
People were carrying candles and everybody was crying
for California, Nevada, parts of Colorado--maybe even
all of it, even Utah. Everybody was crying--most of
them didn´t even know anybody in California, Nevada,
Utah, but they were crying as if they were blood kin.
Like one family. Like it happened to them. New York
was coming into view--she was still there, nothing had
happened, yet water level was way up. Here, things
were different. People were running in the streets
yelling--"end of the world." Kids ran into restaurants
and ate everything in sight. I saw a shoe store with
all the shoes gone in about five minutes. 5th
Avenue--everybody running. Some radio
blasting--bigger--a loud speaker--that in a few
minutes, power might be shut off. They must control
themselves. Five girls were running like mad toward
the Y.M.C.A., that place on Lexington or somewhere.
But nothing was happening in New York. I saw an old
lady with garbage cans filling them with water.
Everybody seemed scared to death. Some people looked
dazed. The streets seemed filled with loud speakers.
It wasn´t daylight. It was night. I saw, like the next
day, and everything was topsy turvey. Loud speakers
again about fuel tanks broken in areas--shortage of
oil. People seemed to be looting markets. I saw a lot
of places that seemed safe, and people were not so
scared. Especially the rural areas. Here everything
was almost as if nothing had happened. People seemed
headed to these places, some on foot, some in cars
that still had fuel. I heard--or somehow I knew--that
somewhere in the Atlantic land had come up. A lot of
land. I was getting awfully tired. I wanted to wake
up. I wanted to go back to the girl--to know where she
was--and those two kids. I found myself back in
Hollywood--and it was still 4:29. I wasn´t up on Big
Bear at all, I was perched over Hollywood. I was just
there. It seemed perfectly natural in my dream. I
could hear now. I could hear, someplace, a radio
station blasting out--telling people not to panic.
They were dying in the streets. There were picture
stations with movies--some right in Hollywood--these
were carrying on with all the shaking. One fellow in
the picture station was a little short guy who should
have been scared to death. But he wasn´t. He kept
shouting and reading instructions. Something about
helicopters or planes would go over--some kind of
planes--but I knew they couldn´t. Things were
happening in the atmosphere. The waves were rushing up
now. Waves. Such waves. Nightmare waves. Then, I saw
again. Boulder Dam, going down--pushing together,
pushing together breaking apart--no, Grand Canyon was
pushing together, and Boulder Dam was breaking apart.
It was still daylight. All these radio stations went
off at the same time--Boulder Dam had broken. I
wondered how everybody would know about it--people
back East. That was when I saw the "ham radio
operators." I saw them in the darndest places, as if I
were right there with them. Like the little guy with
glasses, they kept sounding the alarm. One kept
saying: "This is California. We are going into the
sea. This is California. We are going into the sea.
Get to high places. Get to the mountains. All states
west--this is California. We are going into the...we
are going into the..." I thought he was going to say
"sea," but I could see him. He was inland, but the
waters had come in. His hand was still clinging to the
table, he was trying to get up, so that once again he
could say: "This is California. We are going into the
sea. This is California. We are going into the sea." I
seemed to hear this, over and over, for what seemed
hours--just those words--they kept it up until the
last minute--all of them calling out, "Get to the
mountains--this is California. We are going into the
sea." I woke up. It didn´t seem as if I had been
dreaming. I have never been so tired. For a minute or
two, I thought it had happened. I wondered about two
things. I hadn´t seen what happened to Fresno and I
hadn´t found out what happened to that girl. I´ve been
thinking about it all morning. I´m going home
tomorrow. It was just a dream. It was nothing more.
Nobody in the future on Hollywood Boulevard is going
to be wearing earrings--and those beards. Nothing like
that is ever going to happen. That girl was so real to
me--that girl with those kids. It won´t ever
happen--but if it did, how could I tell her (maybe she
isn´t even born yet) to move away from California when
she has her twins--and she can´t be on the Boulevard
that day. She was so gosh-darned real. The other
thing--those ham operators--hanging on like that--over
and over--saying the same thing: "This is California.
We are going into the sea. This is California. We are
going into the sea. Get to the mountains. Get to the
hilltops. California, Nevada, Colorado, Arizona, Utah.
This is California. We are going into the sea." I
guess I´ll hear that for days. This vision was written
by Joe Brandt, age 17, while recovering from a brain
concussion in a Fresno, California hospital in 1937.
Previously published in "California Superquake
1975-1977?" written by Paul James. Again published in
"When the Comet Runs" by Tom Kay, 1997
Blindsam

User ID: 739280
Ireland
08/02/2009 04:23 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
Three names which I came across, which interested me for different reasons.

Paradigm Caughey.

Melanie Mathieu (Calvat).

Mother Mariana de Jesus Torres.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
08/02/2009 04:53 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
........PROPHECIES CONCERNING THE LAST TIMES.........

"You will hear of wars and reports of wars; see that you are not alarmed, for these things must happen, but it will not yet be the end. Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom; there will be famines and earthquakes from place to place. All these things are the beginnings of the labor pains."
Matthew 24: 6-7

Since before the time of the prophet Daniel there have been warnings about the nature of the final days of the earth. Perhaps the best known of these is from the New Testament:

"When you see the desolating abomination spoken of through Daniel the prophet standing in the holy place (let the reader understand), then those in Judea must flee to the mountains, a person on the housetop must not go down to get things out of his house, a person in the field must not return to get his cloak. Woe to pregnant women and nursing mothers in those days. Pray that your flight not be in winter or on the sabbath, for at that time there will be great tribulation, such has not been seen since the beginning of the world until now, nor ever will be."
(Matt 24: 15-21)

"Men will surrender to the spirit of the age. They will say that if they had lived in our day, faith would be simple and easy. But in their day, they will say, things are complex; the Church must be brought up to date and made meaningful to the day's problems. When the Church and the world are one, then those days are at hand"

St. Antony the Abbot - Fourth Century

"Falsehood will characterize that class of men who will sit in judgment to pass sentence according to law: between the father and his son, litigations will subsist. The clergy of the holy church will be addicted to pride and injustice. Women will abandon feelings of delicacy, and cohabit with men out of wedlock"

St. Senanus - Sixth Century

"The time is coming when princes and peoples will reject the authority of the Pope. Some countries will prefer their own Church rulers to the Pope. The German Empire will be divided."
Saint Hildegard - Twelfth Century

"In the 20th century there will be wars and fury that will last a long time; whole provinces shall be emptied of their inhabitants, and kingdoms shall be thrown into confusion. In many places the land shall be left untilled, and there shall be great slaughters of the upper class. The right hand of the world shall fear the left, and the north shall prevail over the south."
Saint Hildegard - Twelfth Century

"The pope will change his residence and the Church will not be defended for twenty-five months or more because, during all that time there will be no Pope in Rome...After many tribulations, a Pope shall be elected out of those who survived the persecutions"
Bishop Christianos Ageda - Twelfth Century

"Before the comet comes, many nations, the good excepted, will be scourged by want and famine. The great nation in the ocean that is inhabited by people of different tribes and descent will be devestated by earthquake, storm, and tidal wave. It will be divided and, in great part, submerged. That nation will also have many misfortunes at sea and lose its colonies"
John of Vitiguerro - Thirteenth Century

"The great Monarch and the great Pope will precede Antichrist. The nations will be at war for four years and a great part of the world will be destroyed. The Pope will go over the sea carrying the sign of Redemption on his forehead. The great Monarch will come to restore peace and the Pope will share in the victory."
Abbot Werdin D'Orante - Thirteenth Century

"In the days of peace that are to come after the desolation of revolutions and wars, before the end of the world, the Christians will become so lax in their religion that they will refuse to receive the Sacrament of Confirmation, saying 'it is an unnecessary Sacrament'"
St. Vincent Ferrer - Fourteenth Century

"The chastisement will come when carriages go without horses and many accidents fill the world with woe. It will come when thoughts are flying around the earth in the twinkling of an eye, when long tunnels are made for horseless machines, when men can fly in the air and ride under the sea, when ships are wholly made of metal, when fire and water great marvels do, when even the poor can read books, and when many taxes are levied for war."
Mother Shipton - Sixteenth Century

"The fifth period of the Church, which began circa 1520, will end with the arrival of the holy Pope and of the powerful Monarch who is called 'Help From God' because he will restore everything. The fifth period is one of affliction, desolation, humiliation, and poverty for the Church. Jesus Christ will purify His people through cruel wars, famines, plagues, epidemics, and other horrible calamities. He will also afflict and weaken the Latin Church with many heresies. It is a period of defections, calamities and exterminations. Those Christians who survive the sword, plague and famines, will be few on earth."
Ven. Bartholomew Holzhauser - Seventeenth Century

"During this period, many men will abuse of the freedom of conscience conceded to them. It is of such men that Jude the Apostle spoke when he said: 'These men blaspheme whatever they do not understand; and they corrupt whatever they know naturally as irrational animals do... They will ridicule Christian simplicity; they will call it folly and nonsense, but they will have the highest regard for advanced knowledge, and for the skill by which the axioms of law, the precepts of morality, the Holy Canons and religious dogmas are clouded by senseless questions and elaborate arguements."
Ven. Bartholomew Holzhauser - Seventeenth Century

"These are the evil times, a century full of dangers and calamities. Heresy is everywhere, and the followers of heresy are in power almost everywhere...But God will permit a great evil against His Church: Heretics and tyrants will come suddenly and unexpectedly; they will break into the Church...They will enter Italy and lay Rome waste; they will burn down churches and destroy everything."
Ven. Bartholomew Holzhauser - Seventeenth Century

"It was revealed to me that through the intercession of the Mother of God, all heresies will disappear. This victory over heresies has been reserved by Christ for His Blessed Mother...Before the Second Coming of Christ, Mary must, more than ever, shine in mercy, might and grace in order to bring unbelievers into the Catholic Faith."
Venerable Mary of Agreda - Seventeenth Century

"The most Holy Trinity confirmed the desire of my Queen, assuring that God will bless all those who, by their support and help, contribute in the making of the Holy Statue, as well as all those who help spread this devotion (to Our Lady of Good Success) throughout the centuries, making known its origin and these apparitions in the 20th century. This will be a time of great corruption of customs...the sacred sacrament of Holy Orders will be ridiculed, oppressed and despised, for in doing this, one scorns and defiles the Church of God, and even God Himself, represented by His priests. The Demon will try to persecute the Ministers of the Lord in every possible way..."
Sr. Marianne de Jesus Torres - Seventeenth Century

"God will punish the world when men have devised marvelous inventions that will lead them to forgetting God. They will have horseless carriages, and they will fly like birds"
Blessed Rembordt - Eighteenth Century

"Before the war breaks out again, food will be scarce and expensive. There will be little work for the workers, and fathers will hear their children crying for food. There will be earthquakes and signs in the sun. Toward the end, darkness will cover the earth. When everyone believes that peace is assured, when everyone least expects it, the great happening will begin. Revolution will break out in Italy almost at the same time as in France. For some time the Church will be without a Pope.".
The Ecstatic of Tours - Nineteenth Century

"All states will be shaken by war and civil conflict. During a darkness lasting three days the people given to evil ways will perish so that only one-fourth of mankind will survive."
Sr. Mary of Jesus Crucified - Nineteenth Century

"The crisis will come on all of a sudden and the Chastisement will be worldwide." .
Marie-Julie Jahenny - Nineteenth Century

In 1946, just after the end of World War II, Therese Neumann, a German stigmatic and mystic, was asked by an American GI if the United States would ever be destroyed or invaded in a war. Her answer was pointed:
"No, but at the end of this century America will be destroyed economically by a series of natural disasters."
Therese Neumann, German mystic, Twentieth Century

Prophecy of Our Lady of Fatima 1917:

"In the end, my Immaculate Heart shall triumph"
Anonymous Coward
User ID: 305219
United States
08/02/2009 04:58 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
bsflag demonic dribble.
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
08/02/2009 05:09 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
...............Ancient Vedic Prophecies.............

Symptoms of the Kali Yuga

Writing itself is a symptom of the Kali Yuga. If you think about it, humans beings have been on planet Earth far longer than we have any record of any written word. However there are a few ancient writings which give us some idea of the other three ages. These were orally transmitted, memorized texts which were handed down from generation to generation and later written in Sanskrit down during the Kali Yuga. We no longer possess this remarkable command of memory. Imagine memorizing complete books! Most of us can barely remember the grocery list!

From the Sanskrit text the Linga Purana:

Some of these ancient texts actually predicted the conditions which now in exist the Twilight of the Kali Yuga. Remember, these are predictions! The ancients who bothered to write these prophecies down did so because they considered them to be abnormal, unheard-of, and outrageous.

Thieves will become kings, and kings will be the thieves.

Rulers will confiscate property and use it badly.

They will cease to protect the people.

Base men who have gained a certain amount of learning (without having the virtues necessary for its use) will be esteemed as sages.

There will be many displaced persons, wandering from one country to another.

Predatory animals will be more violent.

Fetuses will be killed in the wombs of their mothers.

People will prefer to choose false ideas.

No one will be able to trust anyone else.

People will be envious.

There will be many children born whose life expectancy is no more than 16 years.

People suffering from hunger and fear will take refuge in "underground shelters."

Young girls will do trade in their virginity.

The god of clouds will be inconsistent in the distribution of the rains.

Shopkeepers will run dishonest businesses.

There will be many beggars and unemployed people.

Everyone will use hard and vulgar language.

Men will devote themselves to earning money; the richest will hold power.

The state leaders will no longer protect the people but, through taxes, will appropriate all wealth.

Water will be lacking.

And my favorite quote:

"Pre-cooked food will be readily available!"

The fact that our food supply contains very little nutrition and is full of toxins also tells us something about the frequencies of Time we live in.

(The source of this information is a wonderful book entitled: While the Gods Play: Shiva Oracles and Predictions on the Cycles of History and the Destiny of Mankind, by Alain Danielou; Inner Traditions International Ltd., paperback, 1985.)


The End of the World
From the Sanskrit Puranas and the Mahabharata

At the end of each Kalpa

There are three kinds of what we call the "end of the world" (paralaya): the first induced (naimittka); the second natural (prakrita); the third immediate (atyantika). Induced destruction (which concerns all living beings on earth) takes place at the end of each Kalpa [cycle of the Yuga(s)]. It is called either accidental or induced (naimittka).

Natural destruction (prakritka) is that which concerns the whole universe. It takes place when the divine dream which is the world ends. Matter, space, and time then cease to exist. It takes place at the end of time (parardha). [Vishnu Purana 1.3.1-3]

The third destruction, called immediate (atayantika), refers to the liberation (moksha) of the individual for whom the visible world ceases to exist. Immediate destruction therefore concerns the individual, induced destruction all living species on earth, and natural destruction the end of the universe.

Accidental or induced destruction (Naimittika Pralaya)

To put an end to the disastrous and unplanned increase in the number of living beings.

What is called accidental or provoked destruction (of living species) (naimittika) takes place at the end of...the cycle of Yugas. Therefore it concerns the human species. It takes place when the creator can no longer find any remedy apart from a total destruction of the world to put an end to the disastrous and unplanned increase in the number of living beings. [Mahabharata 12.248.13-17]

This destruction will start with an underwater explosion called Vadava, the mare, which will take place in the southern ocean.

"It will be proceeded by a hundred year drought during which the people who are not robust will perish. The seas, the rivers, the mountain streams, and the underground streams will be drained.

Twelve suns will cause the seas to evaporate. Fed by this water, seven suns will form which will reduce the three worlds to ashes; the earth will become hard like a turtle's shell.

The underground serpent will burn the lower worlds A fire from the mouth of the underground serpent will burn the lower worlds, then the surface of the earth, and will set the atmosphere ablaze. This mass of fire will burn with a great noise. Surrounded by these circles of fire, all animate and inanimate objects will be destroyed.

The destroyer god will breathe enormous clouds, which will make a terrible noise.

A mass of clouds charged with energy, destroyer of all (sarvantaka), will appear in the sky like a herd of elephants. [Vishnu Purana 1.8.18-31]

When the moon is in the constellation of Pushya (Aquarius), invisible clouds called Pushkara (cloud of death) and Avarta (cloud without water, nirjala) will cover the earth. [Shiva Purana 5.1.48-50]

Immense clouds will darken the sky Some of these clouds will be black, others white like jasmine, others bronzed, others gray like donkeys, others red, others blue like lapis or sapphire, others speckled, orangish, indigo. They will resemble towns or mountains. They will cover all the earth. These immense clouds, making a terrible noise, will darken the sky and will shower the earth in a rain of dust which will extinguish the terrible fire.

Then, by means of an interminable downpour, they will flood the whole earth with water. This torrential rain will swamp the earth for twelve years, and humanity will be destroyed. The whole world will be in darkness. The flood will last seven years and the earth will seems like an immense ocean. [Vishnu Purana 1.7.24-40]

Refuge in the extraplanetary world of Mahar When the dissolution of the world seems immanent, some people abandon the earth during the last days of the Kalpa and take refuge in the world of Mahar [the extraplanetary world] and from there will return to the world of life" (janaloka). [Linga Purana 1.4.39-40]

Seven humanities must again succeed each other on earth, and when the Golden Age reappears, seven sages will emerge to again teach the divine law to the few survivors of the four castes. [Shiva Purana 5.4.40-70]

Those few humans who survive the holocaust will be the progenitors of the future humanity (Danielou).

The world dissolves into the imperceptible The destruction of the world is implied in the very event of the creation and follows the reverse process in the thoughts of the Creator. When the force of expansion (tamas) and that of concentration (sattva) equalize, the tension (rajas), which is the primary cause, the substance (pradhana) of the universe, ceases to exist and the world dissolves into the imperceptible.

All vestiges of creation are destroyed; Pradhana and Purusha become idle. The earth, the atmosphere, the planetary and extraplanetary worlds disappear. Everything that exists is united into one single liquid mass, an ocean of fire in which the world dissolves. It is in this immense cosmic ocean (ekarnava) that the organizing principle, Bramha, sleeps until, at the end of the night, he awakens and, taking the form of a wild boar, raises a new world out of the waves. [Linga Purana 1.4.36-61]

The duration of the universe is expressed by a number having eighteen figures. When the end of time has come, the principle of smell (gandha tanmatra) disappears and, with it, solid matter. Everything becomes liquid.

All that remains is the vibration of space Then the principle of taste (rasa tanmatra) disappears and with it the liquid element. Everything becomes gaseous. Then the principle of touch (sparsha tanmatra) disappears and with it the gaseous element. Everything becomes fire. Then the principle of visibility disappears, all that remains is the vibration of space, which in turn fades.

Like a void of spherical shape All that remains is space like a void of spherical shape where only the vibratory principle exists. This vibration is reabsorbed in the "Principle of the Elements" (bhutadi), that is, the principle of identification or of individuality (ahamkara), which is part of the force of expansion (tamas), which itself dissolves into a great principle (mahat tattva), which is the principle of consciousness (buddhi).

The plan (purusha), indestructible, omnipresent, which is emanation of Being, returns to its origin. [Vishnu Purana 1.8.9]

The game (lila) of the birth and the disappearance of the worlds is an act of power of the Being who is beyond substance (pradhana) and beyond the plan (purusha), beyond the manifest (vyakta) and the unmanifest (avyakta), and beyond time (kala). The time of the Being has neither beginning nor end. That is why the birth, duration, and disappearance of the worlds never stops.

Apart from Being, nothing exists any longer At the time of the destruction neither day nor night, space or earth, darkness or light, nor anything else exists any longer, apart from Being, beyond the perceptions of the senses or thought. [Vishnu Purana 1.1.18-23]
Perseus -]+[- (OP)

User ID: 691183
Greece
08/02/2009 05:51 PM
Report Abusive Post
Report Copyright Violation
Re: P R O P H E C I E S for the Times Ahead
Prophecy on the Fall of the Antichrist and the Last Judgement

Hildegard:"Henoch and Elias are being instructed by God in a mysterious manner in paradise. God shows them the works of men as though they could see these with natural eyes. The two men are therefore, much wiser than all wise men put together. The same force which removed Henoch and Elias from the earth will bring them back in a storm wind at the time when the Antichrist will spread his false doctrine. As long as they will dwell amongst men they will always be refreshed after 4O days. They have the mission from God to resist the Antichrist and lead the erring back to the road of salvation. Both men, distinguished by age and stature, will speak to men: `This accursed one is sent by the devil in order to lead men into error. We have been preserved by God at a secreted place, where we did not experience the suffering of men. We are now sent by God in order to oppose the heresy of this destroyer. Look, if we resemble you in stature and age.' And because the testimony of both shall agree they will be believed. All will follow these two aged men and renounce heresy. They will visit all cities and towns where previously the Antichrist had sown his heresy, and through the power of the Holy Ghost will work genuine miracles. All the people will be greatly astonished at them. Henoch and Elias will confuse the followers of Satan with thunder strokes, and destroy them and fortify the Christians in faith. Therefore, the Christians will hurry to martyrdom, which the son of evil will prepare for them like to a banquet, so that the murderers will grow tired of counting the dead on account of their great numbers; for their blood will run like rivers."
"Henoch and Elias have been taught much wisdom and knowledge in Paradise while awaiting their return to earth. God will instruct them every forty days while they are on earth. They will receive exceptional graces and powers from God to use against Antichrist."

"When the fear of God has been disregarded everywhere, violent and furious wars will take place. A multitude of people will be slaughtered and many cities will be transformed into heaps of rubbish.

The Son of Corruption and Ruin will appear and reign for only a short time, towards the end of the days of the world's duration; the period which corresponds to the moment when the sun has disappeared beyond the horizon; that is to say he shall come at the last days of the world. He will not be Satan himself, but a human being equalling and resembling him in atrocious hideousness. His mother, a depraved woman possessed by the devil, will live as a prostitute in the desert. She will declare that she is ignorant as to the identity of his father, and will maintain that her son was presented to her by God in a supernatural manner, as was the Child of the Blessed Virgin. She will then be venerated as a saint by deceived people."

"Antichrist will come from a land that lies between two seas, and will practise his tyranny in the East. After his birth false teachers and doctrines will appear, followed by wars, famines, and pestilence."

"His mother will seldom let any one see him, and yet by magic art, she will manage to gain the love of the people for him. He will be raised at different secret places and will be kept in seclusion until full grown. When he has grown to full manhood he will publicly announce a hostile doctrine on religion. He will lure and attract the people to himself by granting them complete exemption from the observance of all divine and ecclesiastical commandments, by forgiving them their sins and requiring of them only their belief in his divinity. He will spurn and reject baptism and the gospel. He will open his mouth to preach contradiction. He will say, `Jesus of Nazareth is not the son of God, only a deceiver who gave himself out as God; and the Church instituted by him is only superstition'. The true Christ has come in his person. He will say, `I am the Saviour of the world'. Especially will he try to convince the Jews that he is the Messiah sent by God, and the Jews will accept him as such. His doctrine of faith will be taken from the Jewish religion and seemingly will not differ much from the fundamental doctrine of Christianity, for he will teach that there is one God who created the world, who is omniscient and knows the thoughts of man and is just, who rewards the obeyers of his commands and the trespassers he chastises, who raises all from the dead in due time. This God has spoken through Moses and the Prophets, therefore the precepts of the Mosaic laws are to be kept, especially circumcision and keeping the Sabbath, yet by his moral laws he will try to reverse all order on earth. Therefore he is called in Holy Writ the `Lawless One'. He will think that he can change time and laws. He will discard all laws, morals and religious principles, to draw the world to himself. He will grant entire freedom from the commandments of God and the Church and permit everyone to live as his passions dictate. By doing so he hopes to be acknowledged by the people as deliverer from the yoke, and as the cause of prosperity in the world. Religion he will endeavour to make convenient. He will say that you need not fast and embitter your life by renunciation, as the people of former times did when they had no sense of God's goodness. It will suffice to love God. He will let the people feast to their heart's content so that they will pity the unfortunate people of former centuries. He will preach free love and tear asunder family ties. He will scorn everything holy, and he will ridicule all graces of the Church with devilish mockery. He will condemn humility and foster proud and gruesome dogmas. He will tear down that which God has taught in the Old and New Testament and maintain sin and vice are not sin and vice. Briefly he will declare the road to Hell is the way to Heaven."

"When the great ruler exterminates the Turks almost entirely, one of the remaining Mohammadans will be converted, become a priest bishop and cardinal, and when the new pope is elected (immediately before Antichrist) this cardinal will kill the pope before he is crowned, through jealousy, wishing to be pope himself; then when the other cardinals elect the next pope this cardinal will proclaim himself Anti-pope, and two-thirds of the Christians will go with him. He, as well as Anti-christ, are descendants of the tribe of Dan."

"The mark (of Antichrist) will be a hellish symbol of Baptism, because thereby a person will be stamped as an adherent of Antichrist and also of the Devil in that he thereby gives himself over to the influence of Satan. Whoever will not have this mark of Antichrist can neither buy nor sell anything and will be beheaded."

"He will win over to himself the rulers, the mighty and the wealthy, will bring about the destruction of those who do not accept his faith and, finally, will subjugate the entire earth."

"The streets of Jerusalem, will then shine in the bright- est gold with the blood of Christians which will flow like water. Simultaneously Antichrist will try to increase his wonders. His executioners will work such miracles when they torment the Christians that the people will think Antichrist is the true God. The executioners will not permit the Christians to win the martyrs' crown easily for they will endeavour to prolong their pain until they renounce their faith. Yet some will receive a special grace from God to die during the torments."

"Antichrist will make the earth move, level mountains, dry up rivers, produce thunder and lightning and hail, remove the leaves from the trees and return them again to the trees, make men sick and cure them, exorcise devils, raise the dead to life. He will appear to be crucified and rise from the dead. All in all, Christians will be astounded and in grievous doubts while the followers of Antichrist will be confirmed in their false faith."

"Finally, when he shall have converted all his plans into action, he will gather his worshippers about him and tell them that he will presently ascend toward Heaven. However, at the moment of the ascension a bolt of lightning will overwhelm and annihilate him. The planned ascent into heaven will have been prepared by the artful employment of ingenious devices, and the moment at which the event was to have taken place, leading to his destruction, will produce a cloud that will spread an unbearable odour. Through this many people will again come to their senses and to understanding."

"Then the people should prepare for the last judgment, the day of which is indeed veiled in secrecy and obscurity, but not far distant."

St. Mechtilda:"After the two prophets, (Henoch and Elias) are killed the greatest power on earth will be given to Antichrist. Then they will set up cauldrons on the streets with boiling contents, and drive the men who are known as Christians, and their wives and children, there, to choose either to profess in the Deity of Antichrist and thereby to keep their family and be rewarded with riches and a home, or to profess the Christian faith, and thereby, death in the boiling cauldron. Thereupon the women and their children, who will choose to die for love of Jesus, will be thrown into a pit of fire covered with wood and straw and burnt.

Both men are in Paradises living in bliss and eating the same foods which once Adam had eaten. They, too, must shun, in obedience to God, the same tree from which Adam and Eve were not to eat. This tree is not large; its fruit looks very nice and lovely like a rose, in the interior, however, it is sour by nature whereby is indicated the bitter evil of sin. God has forbidden this fruit because it is very harmful to men and is even now regarded as poison. An angel will accompany Henoch and Elias from Paradise. The clearness and bliss which surrounded their bodies will then disappear and they will receive again the terrestrial appearance and will become mortal beings. As soon as they will see the earth they will be frightened like people who see the ocean and do not know how they can cross it. They will eat honey and figs and drink water mixed with wine while their spirit will be nourished by God. They will appear as preachers in the last time of misery when most of the good men have already died as martyrs, and they will console the people for a long time yet. Henoch and Elias will close in on the Antichrist; they will tell the people who he is, by whose power he works miracles, in which way he came into the world and what will be his end. Then many a man and woman will be converted.

Henoch and Elias will expose the devilish trickery of Antichrist to the people. As a consequence he will put them to death. For three and one-half days their bodies will be exposed to insults and the followers of Antichrist will presume that all danger is now past, but suddenly the bodies of the two prophets will move, rise and gaze on the crowd and begin to praise God. A great earthquake, similar to that at Christ's resurrection, will take place: Jerusalem will be partially destroyed and thousands killed. Then a voice from heaven will call out "Ascend," whereupon the prophets will ascend into heaven, resulting in the conversion of many. Antichrist will reign thirty days after their ascension."

John of the Cleft Rock: "This Prince of Liars will swear by the Bible and pose as the arm of the Almighty, chastising a corrupt age.

"The Angels will enlighten men and in the third week they will wonder if this is truly the Antichrist, and realising that it is they will either have to fight to overthrow him or become his slaves.

Antichrist will be recognised by various tokens: in especial he will massacre the priests, the monks, the women, the children, and the aged. He will show no mercy, but will pass torch in hand, like the barbarians, yet invoking Christ! His words of imposture will resemble those of Christians, but his actions will be those of Nero and of the Roman persecutors. He will have an eagle in his coat of arms as also his lieutenant, the other wicked ruler - this latter will be a Christian who will die when cursed by the Pope, who will be elected at the beginning of the reign of Antichrist.

Priests and monks will no longer be seen hearing confessions and absolving the combatants: partly because they will be fighting alongside other Christians and partly because the Pope, having cursed Antichrist, will proclaim that all who fight against him, if they die, will go to Heaven as martyrs. The Bull, proclaiming these things will rekindle the courage of the faint-hearted and will cause the death of the monarch allied with Antichrist. Before Antichrist is overthrown however, more men will have been killed than were ever within the walls of Rome."

In the beginning he will work by cunning and crime. His spies will infest the whole world and he will become master of the secrets of the mighty. He will pay theologians to show that his mission is from God.

A war will give him the opportunity to assume his true role - this war will not be the one he will wage against a French sovereign but one which will within a fortnight involve the whole world and will be easily recognised by his mark on his followers."

"Never will humanity have been faced with such a peril, because the triumph of Antichrist would be that of the demon, who will have taken possession of his personality. For it has been said that, twenty centuries after the Incarnation of the Word the Beast will be incarnate in his turn and will menace the earth with as many evils as the Incarnation has brought it graces.

Towards the year 2000 Antichrist will be made manifest. His army, will surpass in number anything that can be imagined. There will be Christians among his cohorts, and there will be Mohammedan and heathen soldiers among the defenders of the Lamb."

Bernadine Von Busto:"At the time when Antichrist is about twenty years old, most of the world will have lost the faith."

"Antichrist will be descended from the tribe of Dan. The people at that time will be very corrupt. He will preach to the people while flying through the air. Many fervent priests and religious in the wilderness and desert will be miraculously sustained by God. Some of them will travel about to encourage the Christians to remain firm in the faith till death."

"When a pious Christian is pleading to God for help before a crucifix in his room, Satan will disturb him in his prayers and confuse him. He will cause a voice to come from the crucifix saying: `Why do you call on Me, as if I can help you? I am not God nor the Saviour of the world, but a sorcerer, an instigator and deceiver of the people, for I was a false prophet and as a consequence I am damned to everlasting hell fire. Therefore, call on me no more, lest by calling on me you increase the pain that I must suffer in Hell. Through the power of Almighty God, whose gospel is now preached throughout the world, I am urged and compelled to tell you the truth and reveal to you that I am not the son of God, but rather the greatest sorcerer the world has ever had, and hence for all eternity I must suffer the severest pains without hope of redemption.' Also the pictures of the Mother of God at times will speak when someone will be praying before them: `Cease your supplications. I am not the Mother of God. I have no power with God. I am only a miserable creature. You should take refuge with the true Brother of the Most High, whose teachings are being taught to you today.' It will be the same with the pictures of the Saints. That it is the devil who speaks from the crucifixes and pictures but few will perceive, on the contrary, many will run excitedly to the apostles of Antichrist to accept the new religion. By order of these apostles they will trample on the crucifix and holy pictures and break them into pieces. "

"When a mother has her infant in her arms or puts it in the cradle, in a clear and distinct voice it will begin to speak, acknowledging the deity of Antichrist and urging the mother to leave Christ and turn to Antichrist. The child will reproach the parents, that they, in spite of the many miracles of Antichrist, still persist in their wickedness and obstinacy. Oh how much anguish will those parents have to bear! Yet many Christians will remember that this was all foretold of Antichrist for centuries past and perceive the fraud of Satan and refuse to be deceived. They will stand firm and enlighten the faint-hearted and console them."

Ven B. Holzhauser: "Antichrist will come as the Messiah from a land between two seas in the East. He will be born in the desert; his mother being a prostitute to the Jews and Hindus; he will be a lying and false prophet and will try to ride to heaven like Elias. He will begin work in the East, as a soldier and preacher of religion when thirty years old. Antichrist and his army will conquer Rome, kill the Pope and take the throne. He will restore the Turkish regime destroyed by the Great Monarch. The Jews, knowing from the Bible that Jerusalem will be the seat of the Messiah, will come from everywhere and accept Antichrist as the Messiah. He will be able to fly. His flight will take place from Mt. Calvary. He will tell the crowd he is going after Henoch and Elias (who has arisen from the dead) in order to kill them again."

"The conception of Antichrist will be like Christ's except that it will be by the devil instead of the Holy Ghost. He will have the devil's power like Christ had God's."

Dionysius of Luxemburg:"Elias will cause the rain, dew and snow to cease in those countries where the inhabitants oppose the two prophets and refuse to reject Antichrist. The first land to be so punished will be Palestine in order to win over the Jews."

"After Elias finds the `Ark of the Covenant' of the Jews, (hidden until the recall of the Jews to God), he and Henoch will place the Blessed Sacrament upon it. The Jews will then realise the Jesus Christ and not Antichrist is the true Messiah. They will desert Antichrist and make a pilgrimage to Mount Nebo (where the Ark is found) bewailing the hardheartedness of their ancestors. Thereafter they will accept the Christian faith."

"The Antichrist will kill Henoch and Elias and leave them unburied. These will, however, be resurrected after three and one-half days and ascend into heaven in a cloud in the presence of their enemy. This miraculous event will actually confuse Antichrist. In order that the nations will not abandon him, he will lift himself with great majesty into space on Mt. Olivet, with the purported intention to cast down the prophets who have ascended into heaven. But in this moment Christ will strike him down. The earth will open and swallow him and his prophets alive. Then a large part of Jerusalem will fall into ruins from the earthquake."

St. Zenobius: "Then the Son of God, Our Lord Jesus Christ, shall come in person. He shall appear on the clouds of heaven surrounded by legions of angels; and, shining with glory, He will put to death Antichrist, the Beast, the Enemy, the Seducer, and all his followers. This shall be the end of time and the beginning of the general judgment."